WO2023176134A1 - Article, method for producing article, foamable adhesive sheet, and adhesive composition - Google Patents
Article, method for producing article, foamable adhesive sheet, and adhesive composition Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023176134A1 WO2023176134A1 PCT/JP2023/001532 JP2023001532W WO2023176134A1 WO 2023176134 A1 WO2023176134 A1 WO 2023176134A1 JP 2023001532 W JP2023001532 W JP 2023001532W WO 2023176134 A1 WO2023176134 A1 WO 2023176134A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- adhesive
- layer
- adhesive layer
- foam
- foaming agent
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B5/00—Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts
- B32B5/18—Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by features of a layer of foamed material
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B7/00—Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
- B32B7/04—Interconnection of layers
- B32B7/12—Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09J—ADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
- C09J11/00—Features of adhesives not provided for in group C09J9/00, e.g. additives
- C09J11/08—Macromolecular additives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09J—ADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
- C09J201/00—Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09J—ADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
- C09J7/00—Adhesives in the form of films or foils
- C09J7/30—Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to an article, a method for manufacturing the same, and a foamable adhesive sheet and adhesive composition used therefor.
- Adhesives for bonding members together are used in various fields, and many bonding methods are known.
- Patent Documents 1 to 3 disclose adhesive sheets containing a foaming agent (foamable adhesive sheets).
- a foamable adhesive sheet for example, a method is known in which a foamable adhesive sheet is placed between members, and then the foamable adhesive sheet is foamed and cured by heating to bond the members together.
- foamable adhesive sheet has good adhesion after foaming and curing.
- the present disclosure has been made in view of the above-mentioned circumstances, and provides an article with excellent adhesiveness, a method for manufacturing the article that can improve adhesiveness, a foamable adhesive sheet, and an adhesive composition.
- the main purpose is
- One embodiment of the present disclosure is an article having a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member, wherein the adhesive member includes at least the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent;
- the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 ⁇ m is 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- an article having fewer than 7 pieces per length.
- Another embodiment of the present disclosure is an article having a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member, the adhesive member comprising: It has at least a cured adhesive layer, and the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and the thickness direction of the foam layer is In a cross section parallel to , the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 ⁇ m or more is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. , provide goods.
- Another embodiment of the present disclosure is a method for manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer being a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. , arranging the foamable adhesive sheet between the first member and the second member; foaming and curing the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet to form a foam layer; and an adhesion step of adhering the second member, and the foam curing conditions in the adhesion step are set to the length of the foam layer in the thickness direction in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- the number of bubbles having a value equal to or greater than the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 ⁇ m is set to be less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- Another embodiment of the present disclosure is a method for manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer being a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. , arranging the foamable adhesive sheet between the first member and the second member; foaming and curing the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet to form a foam layer; and an adhesion step of adhering the member and the second member, and the foam curing conditions in the adhesion step are set to the length of the foam layer in the thickness direction in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- the number of bubbles having a diameter of 100 ⁇ m or more is set to be less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- Another embodiment of the present disclosure is a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer being a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent;
- the foaming agent is a thermosetting adhesive
- the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule
- the foaming adhesive sheet is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ⁇ 20°C.
- the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer is foamed and cured to form a foam layer, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length of the foam layer in the thickness direction is the thickness of the foam layer.
- the present invention provides a foamable adhesive sheet in which the number of bubbles having a value of -6 ⁇ m or more is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- Another embodiment of the present disclosure is a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer being a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent;
- the foaming agent is a thermosetting adhesive
- the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule
- the foaming adhesive sheet is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ⁇ 20°C.
- the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer is foamed and cured to form a foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 ⁇ m or more in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- a foamable adhesive sheet in which the number of adhesive sheets is less than 7 per 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent wherein the curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, and the foaming agent comprises:
- the adhesive composition is applied to one side of the support to a thickness of 45 ⁇ m, and the coating film of the adhesive composition is heated at ⁇ 20° C. at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent for 15 ⁇ m.
- the coating film is foamed and cured by heating for 1 minute to form a foam layer, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is the foam layer.
- an adhesive composition in which the number of bubbles having a value equal to or greater than the value of body layer thickness - 6 ⁇ m is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- Another embodiment of the present disclosure is an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, wherein the curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, and the foaming agent comprises:
- the adhesive composition is applied to one side of the support to a thickness of 45 ⁇ m, and the coating film of the adhesive composition is heated at ⁇ 20° C. at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent for 15 ⁇ m.
- the coating film is foamed and cured by heating for minutes to form a foam layer, the length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 ⁇ m or more in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- the number of bubbles is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an article in the present disclosure.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an article in the present disclosure.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an article in the present disclosure.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an article in the present disclosure.
- FIG. 2 is a process diagram illustrating a method for manufacturing an article according to the present disclosure.
- FIG. 2 is a process diagram illustrating a method for manufacturing an article according to the present disclosure.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating a foamable adhesive sheet in the present disclosure.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating a foamable adhesive sheet in the present disclosure.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating a foamable adhesive sheet in the present disclosure.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating a foamable adhesive sheet in the present disclosure.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating a foamable adhesive sheet in the present disclosure.
- 1 is a graph illustrating a TMA curve for a foamable adhesive sheet.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating the state of the foamable adhesive sheet according to the present disclosure after foaming and curing.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating the state of the foamable adhesive sheet according to the present disclosure after foaming and curing.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating a method for testing the adhesion of a foamable adhesive sheet after foaming and curing.
- the term “sheet” also includes a member called a "film.”
- the term “film” also includes a member called a "sheet.”
- the numerical range in this specification is a range of average values.
- a first embodiment of an article according to the present disclosure is an article having a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member.
- the adhesive member has at least a cured adhesive layer, and the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, In a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the thickness of the foam layer - 6 ⁇ m is determined by the number of cells in the foam layer. Less than 7 pieces per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the article of this embodiment.
- the article 100 includes a first member 20a, a second member 20b, and an adhesive member 30 disposed between the first member 20a and the second member 20b.
- the adhesive member 30 has a cured adhesive layer 11.
- the cured adhesive layer 11 is a foam layer 15 containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and contains air bubbles 31 inside.
- the length s of the foam layer 15 in the thickness direction D1 of the bubbles 31 is equal to the thickness t of the foam layer 15.
- the number of bubbles within a predetermined range is less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length L in the direction d2 perpendicular to the thickness direction d1 of the foam layer 15.
- the adhesive member has one cured adhesive layer and the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer
- the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer
- the contact area between the cured adhesive layer and the first member and the contact area between the cured adhesive layer and the second member are very large. becomes smaller. Therefore, it is thought that adhesion failures such as peeling, lifting, and cracking of the cured adhesive layer tend to occur starting from the bubbles.
- the adhesive member has one cured adhesive layer and the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer
- the cured adhesive layer in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer,
- the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness of the foam layer is less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the article of this embodiment.
- the adhesive member 30 can have a first cured adhesive layer 11a and a second cured adhesive layer 11b.
- the first cured adhesive layer 11a and the second cured adhesive layer 11b are respectively foam layers 15a and 15b containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and have air bubbles inside.
- Contains 31 In the cross section of the foam layer 15a constituting the first cured adhesive layer 11a in the thickness direction D1, the length s of the foam layer 15a in the thickness direction D1 of the bubbles 31 is equal to the thickness t1 of the foam layer 15a.
- the number of bubbles within a predetermined range is less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length L in the direction D2 perpendicular to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15a. Further, in the cross section in the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15b constituting the second cured adhesive layer 11b, the length s of the foam layer 15b in the thickness direction D1 of the bubbles 31 is equal to the thickness of the foam layer 15b. The number of bubbles within a predetermined range with respect to t2 is less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length L in the direction D2 perpendicular to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15b.
- both the first cured adhesive layer 11a and the second cured adhesive layer 11b are foam layers 15a containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- 15b but only one of the first cured adhesive layer 11a and the second cured adhesive layer 11b is a foam containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. It may be a layer.
- the size is the thickness of the foam layer. If there are large air bubbles, such as those that are present, the first cured adhesive layer may not be in contact with the first member, or the second cured adhesive layer may not be in contact with the second member in the area where such air bubbles are present. Or, the contact area between the first cured adhesive layer and the first member becomes very small, or the contact area between the second cured adhesive layer and the second member becomes very small. Therefore, it is thought that adhesion defects such as peeling, lifting, and cracking of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer tend to occur starting from the bubbles.
- the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer are foam layers.
- the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness of the foam layer is determined by the thickness of the foam layer. Adhesion defects can be suppressed by being less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the width direction. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
- the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer
- first cured adhesive layer or the second cured adhesive layer is a foam layer
- FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the article of this embodiment.
- the adhesive member 30 can have a first cured adhesive layer 11a, a base material 12, and a second cured adhesive layer 11b in this order.
- FIG. 3 is the same as FIG. 2 described above except that the base material 12 is disposed between the first cured adhesive layer 11a and the second cured adhesive layer 11b.
- both the first cured adhesive layer 11a and the second cured adhesive layer 11b are foam layers 15a containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- 15b but only one of the first cured adhesive layer 11a and the second cured adhesive layer 11b is a foam containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. It may be a layer.
- the size is foamed. If there are large bubbles that are about the thickness of the body layer, the first cured adhesive layer may not be in contact with the first member and the base material, or the second cured adhesive layer may not be in contact with the first member and the base material in the area where such bubbles are present. may not be in contact with the second member and the base material, or the contact area between the first cured adhesive layer and the first member and the base material may be very small, or the second cured adhesive layer may not be in contact with the second member and the base material. The contact area with the material becomes very small. Therefore, it is thought that adhesion defects such as peeling, lifting, and cracking of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer tend to occur starting from the bubbles.
- the adhesive member when the adhesive member has the first cured adhesive layer, the base material, and the second cured adhesive layer in this order, the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer are foamed.
- the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness of the foam layer By being equal to or less than a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer, poor adhesion can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
- the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer, a base material, and a second cured adhesive layer
- first cured adhesive layer or the second cured adhesive layer is a foam layer
- the adhesive member in the present disclosure is disposed between the first member and the second member, and has at least a cured adhesive layer.
- the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, The number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the layer is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness of the foam layer is less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- the adhesive member only needs to have at least a cured adhesive layer, for example, it may have one cured adhesive layer, or it may have a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer.
- the first cured adhesive layer, the base material, and the second cured adhesive layer may be provided in this order.
- the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer, or when it has a first cured adhesive layer, a base material, and a second cured adhesive layer in this order, the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer At least one of the two cured adhesive layers is the foam layer described above.
- the cured adhesive layer located on the first member side is referred to as the first cured adhesive layer
- the cured adhesive layer located on the second member side is referred to as the second cured adhesive layer.
- the cured adhesive layer in this embodiment is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and is formed in the thickness direction of the foam layer. In a cross section parallel to The impact is below a predetermined value.
- the cured adhesive layer in this embodiment is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and has bubbles inside.
- the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 ⁇ m is Less than 7 pieces per 4 mm length in the vertical direction.
- the number of bubbles is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, even more preferably 1 or less, and particularly preferably 0.
- cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is greater than or equal to the thickness of the foam layer - 6 ⁇ m means that the length of the cells in the thickness direction of the foam layer is greater than or equal to the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 ⁇ m.
- the thickness of the foam layer is 200 ⁇ m
- the thickness of the foam layer is 00 ⁇ m
- the length of the bubbles in the thickness direction of the foam layer and the number of bubbles in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer can be determined by, for example, observation using an optical microscope or a scanning electron microscope (SEM). It can be determined from an obtained image or from a tomogram obtained by an X-ray CT scan. X-ray CT scanning allows non-destructive, non-contact observation of air bubbles in the cross section of the foam layer. Therefore, when cutting the article to expose the cross section of the foam layer, it is possible to prevent the bubbles from collapsing. Therefore, the length of the bubbles in the thickness direction of the foam layer and the number of bubbles can be accurately determined. Among these, for example, when the first member and the second member are metal members, observation using an optical microscope or a scanning electron microscope (SEM) is preferable.
- SEM scanning electron microscope
- the number of bubbles in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer is the average value of the number of bubbles at three randomly selected locations.
- the thickness of the foam layer is measured from a cross section in the thickness direction of the foam adhesive sheet observed with a transmission electron microscope (TEM), a scanning electron microscope (SEM), or a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM). This value can be taken as the average value of the thickness at 10 randomly selected locations. Note that the method for measuring the thickness of each layer can be similarly applied.
- TEM transmission electron microscope
- SEM scanning electron microscope
- STEM scanning transmission electron microscope
- the thickness direction of the foam layer is perpendicular to the plane direction of the first member or the second member. Further, the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer is the plane direction of the first member or the second member. Note that the plane direction of the first member and the second member refers to the plane direction of the first member and the second member when viewed macroscopically.
- methods for suppressing bubbles whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is within a predetermined range include, for example, a method of adjusting the composition of the adhesive composition, and a method of foaming and curing the adhesive composition.
- One method is to adjust the conditions.
- Methods for adjusting the composition of the adhesive composition include, for example, methods for adjusting the molecular weight of the resin component that is the main ingredient of the curable adhesive, methods for adjusting the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent, and methods for adjusting the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent. Examples include a method of adjusting the foaming ratio in , a method of adjusting the content of the blowing agent, and a method of adjusting the structure of the thermally expandable microcapsules when the blowing agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule.
- thermosetting adhesive is used as the curable adhesive.
- the resin component is softened and fluidity increases.
- the fluidity of the resin component is lower than when the molecular weight of the resin component is small. Therefore, the bubbles are less likely to grow and the bubbles are less likely to connect with each other, so the generation of large bubbles as described above tends to be suppressed. Therefore, by including a high molecular weight resin component as the main resin component of the curable adhesive, the generation of large bubbles as described above can be suppressed.
- thermally expandable microcapsules are used as the foaming agent.
- a thermally expandable agent such as a hydrocarbon is encapsulated inside a shell made of resin.
- the resin constituting the shell softens, and the pressure of a thermally expandable agent such as a hydrocarbon increases, causing the thermally expandable microcapsules to expand.
- the thermal expansion agent will escape from the thermally expandable microcapsules, causing the thermally expandable microcapsules to contract.
- the foaming agent will shrink during the foaming and curing process of the adhesive composition, which will prevent the thickness of the foam layer (cured adhesive layer) from becoming thinner. I can do it. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the size of the bubbles from increasing relatively to the thickness of the foam layer (cured adhesive layer). Therefore, since the size of the bubbles can be made relatively small with respect to the thickness of the foam layer (cured adhesive layer), the formation of large bubbles as described above can be suppressed.
- the foaming ratio at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent for example, if the foaming ratio at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent is large, the thickness of the foam layer (cured adhesive layer) tends to increase. . Therefore, the size of the bubbles can be made relatively small with respect to the thickness of the foam layer (cured adhesive layer). Therefore, large bubbles as described above can be suppressed.
- the thickness of the foam layer (cured adhesive layer) tends to increase. Therefore, the size of the bubbles can be made relatively small with respect to the thickness of the foam layer (cured adhesive layer). Therefore, large bubbles as described above can be suppressed.
- thermally expandable microcapsules when the blowing agent is thermally expandable microcapsules, for example, if the shell thickness of the thermally expandable microcapsules is thick, gas permeability decreases and air bubbles tends to decrease in size. Furthermore, for example, when the shell of a thermally expandable microcapsule is crosslinked, the gas permeability tends to decrease and the size of the bubbles tends to decrease.
- Examples of methods for adjusting the foaming and curing conditions of the adhesive composition include a method of adjusting the heating temperature when the foaming agent is thermally expandable microcapsules. For example, by setting the heating temperature within a predetermined range relative to the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent, generation of large bubbles as described above can be suppressed. Further, for example, by setting the heating temperature within a predetermined range with respect to the extrapolated maximum displacement temperature of the foamable adhesive sheet, the generation of large bubbles as described above can be suppressed.
- the specific heating temperature will be described in the section "B. Manufacturing method of article" below.
- the cured adhesive layer in this embodiment contains a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- curable Adhesive As the curable adhesive used for the cured adhesive layer in this embodiment, a curable adhesive generally used for the adhesive layer of a foamable adhesive sheet can be used.
- the curable adhesive include thermosetting adhesives and photocurable adhesives. Among these, thermosetting adhesives are preferred. The thermosetting adhesive can be applied even when the first member and the second member do not have transparency, such as metal members.
- curable adhesives include epoxy resin adhesives, acrylic resin adhesives, phenolic resin adhesives, unsaturated polyester resin adhesives, alkyd resin adhesives, urethane resin adhesives, Examples include thermosetting polyimide resin adhesives.
- the curable adhesive is preferably an epoxy resin adhesive. That is, the curable adhesive preferably contains an epoxy resin and a curing agent.
- epoxy resin adhesives have excellent mechanical strength, heat resistance, insulation, chemical resistance, etc., have low curing shrinkage, and can be used in a wide range of applications.
- the curable adhesive is an epoxy resin adhesive
- Epoxy resin in this embodiment is a compound that has at least one epoxy group or glycidyl group and is cured by causing a crosslinking polymerization reaction when used in combination with a curing agent.
- Epoxy resins also include monomers having at least one epoxy group or glycidyl group.
- epoxy resin an epoxy resin generally used for epoxy resin adhesives can be used.
- the curable adhesive contains an epoxy resin having a weight average molecular weight of 900 or more and 100,000 or less.
- the epoxy resin softens and becomes more fluid.
- the fluidity of the epoxy resin is lower than when the molecular weight of the epoxy resin is small. Therefore, the bubbles are less likely to grow and the bubbles are less likely to connect with each other, so the generation of large bubbles tends to be suppressed. Therefore, by containing the high molecular weight epoxy resin, the generation of large bubbles can be suppressed.
- the weight average molecular weight of the epoxy resin is, for example, 900 or more and 100,000 or less, may be 1,650 or more and 80,000 or less, or may be 3,800 or more and 60,000 or less.
- the weight average molecular weight of the resin component is a value in terms of polystyrene when measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
- the curable adhesive includes a first epoxy resin having a softening temperature of 50° C. or higher and an epoxy equivalent of 5000 g/eq or lower, and a first epoxy resin having a softening temperature higher than that of the first epoxy resin. It is preferable to contain a second epoxy resin having a high weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or more.
- the first epoxy resin when using a first epoxy resin with a relatively low softening temperature (relatively high crystallinity) and a low molecular weight (low epoxy equivalent), the first epoxy resin has a temperature higher than the softening temperature. At high temperatures, it rapidly melts and turns into a low-viscosity liquid. Therefore, it is easy to improve the adhesiveness after foaming and curing. On the other hand, since the first epoxy resin has relatively high crystallinity, it can suppress the occurrence of blocking compared to an epoxy resin with relatively low crystallinity or an epoxy resin without crystallinity.
- the adhesive layer composed of the adhesive composition may have too high a stickiness (tackiness).
- a second epoxy resin that has a relatively high softening temperature (relatively low crystallinity) and a high molecular weight it is possible to improve the effect of suppressing the occurrence of blocking and to reduce the The adhesiveness (tackiness) of the adhesive layer can be kept low.
- the first epoxy resin has a softening temperature of 50° C. or higher and an epoxy equivalent of 5000 g/eq or lower.
- the first epoxy resin has a relatively low softening temperature (relatively high crystallinity) compared to the second epoxy resin described below. Since the first epoxy resin has relatively high crystallinity and low molecular weight, it is easy to improve adhesiveness and blocking resistance after foaming and curing. In addition, since the first epoxy resin has a low molecular weight, it is possible to increase the crosslinking density, and an adhesive layer with good mechanical strength, chemical resistance, and curability can be obtained. Moreover, it is preferable that the first epoxy resin is an epoxy resin that is solid at room temperature (23° C.).
- the softening temperature of the first epoxy resin is usually 50°C or higher, may be 55°C or higher, or may be 60°C or higher. On the other hand, the softening temperature of the first epoxy resin is, for example, 150° C. or lower.
- the softening temperature can be measured by the ring and ball method in accordance with JIS K7234.
- the epoxy equivalent of the first epoxy resin is, for example, 5000 g/eq or less, may be 3000 g/eq or less, may be 1000 g/eq or less, or may be 600 g/eq or less.
- the epoxy equivalent of the first epoxy resin is, for example, 90 g/eq or more, may be 100 g/eq or more, or may be 110 g/eq or more.
- Epoxy equivalent can be measured by a method based on JIS K7236 corresponding to ISO 3001 (Plastics Epoxy compounds-Determination of epoxy equivalent), and is the number of grams of resin containing 1 gram equivalent of epoxy groups.
- the first epoxy resin may be a monofunctional epoxy resin, a bifunctional epoxy resin, a trifunctional epoxy resin, or a tetrafunctional or higher functional epoxy resin. .
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the first epoxy resin is usually smaller than the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the second epoxy resin described below.
- the Mw of the first epoxy resin is, for example, 6,000 or less, may be 4,000 or less, or may be 3,000 or less.
- the Mw of the first epoxy resin is, for example, 400 or more.
- the first epoxy resin has a melt viscosity at 150°C of, for example, 0.005 Pa ⁇ s or more, may be 0.015 Pa ⁇ s or more, may be 0.03 Pa ⁇ s or more, and may be 0.05 Pa ⁇ s or more. - It may be s or more, and may be 0.1 Pa ⁇ s or more. If the melt viscosity is too low, good foamability may not be obtained. Additionally, if the melt viscosity of the first epoxy resin is too low (if the crystallinity of the first epoxy resin is too high), the adhesive layer composed of the adhesive composition may have high stickiness (tackiness). be.
- the first epoxy resin has a melt viscosity at 150°C of, for example, 10 Pa ⁇ s or less, may be 5 Pa ⁇ s or less, or may be 2 Pa ⁇ s or less. If the melt viscosity is too high, the uniformity of the adhesive layer made of the adhesive composition may deteriorate.
- Melt viscosity is measured in accordance with JIS K6862, which corresponds to ISO 2555 (Resins in the liquid state or as emulsions or dispersions Determination of Brookfield RV viscosity), using a Brookfield type single cylinder rotational viscometer and for heating the solution. It can be determined by measuring using a thermocell.
- the first epoxy resin examples include aromatic epoxy resins, aliphatic epoxy resins, alicyclic epoxy resins, and heterocyclic epoxy resins.
- Specific examples of the first epoxy resin include bisphenol type epoxy resins such as bisphenol A type epoxy resin and bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol A novolac type epoxy resin, novolac type epoxy resin such as cresol novolac type epoxy resin, and urethane modified epoxy resin.
- modified epoxy resins such as resins and rubber-modified epoxy resins.
- biphenyl-type epoxy resin stilbene-type epoxy resin, triphenolmethane-type epoxy resin, alkyl-modified triphenolmethane-type epoxy resin, triazine nucleus-containing epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene-modified phenol-type epoxy resin
- examples include naphthalene type epoxy resin, glycol type epoxy resin, and pentaerythritol type epoxy resin.
- the number of first epoxy resins may be one, or two or more.
- the bisphenol A epoxy resin can exist in a liquid state at room temperature or in a solid state at room temperature, depending on the number of repeating units in the bisphenol skeleton.
- a bisphenol A type epoxy resin whose main chain has a bisphenol skeleton of, for example, 2 or more and 10 or less is solid at room temperature.
- bisphenol A type epoxy resin is preferable since it can improve heat resistance.
- the first epoxy resin is a bisphenol A novolak type epoxy resin represented by the following general formula (1).
- R 1 is a group represented by C m H 2m (m is 1 or more and 3 or less), and R 2 and R 3 are each independently C p H 2p+1 (p is 1 or more and 3 or less), and n is 0 or more and 10 or less.
- m in R 1 is preferably 1, that is, R 1 is -CH 2 -.
- p in R 2 and R 3 is 1, ie, R 2 and R 3 are -CH 3 .
- the hydrogen bonded to the benzene ring in general formula (1) may be substituted with another element or another group.
- the second epoxy resin has a softening temperature higher than that of the first epoxy resin, and a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or more.
- the second epoxy resin has a relatively high softening temperature (relatively low crystallinity) compared to the first epoxy resin described above. Since the second epoxy resin has relatively low crystallinity and high molecular weight, it is easy to improve blocking resistance. Furthermore, since the second epoxy resin has relatively low crystallinity and high molecular weight, it can suppress the increase in stickiness (tackiness) caused by the first epoxy resin.
- the second epoxy resin is an epoxy resin that is solid at room temperature (23° C.).
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the second epoxy resin is usually larger than the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the first epoxy resin.
- the Mw of the second epoxy resin is usually 20,000 or more, may be 30,000 or more, or may be 35,000 or more.
- the Mw of the second epoxy resin is, for example, 100,000 or less.
- the epoxy equivalent of the second epoxy resin may be larger, smaller, or the same as the epoxy equivalent of the first epoxy resin.
- the epoxy equivalent of the second epoxy resin is, for example, 4000 g/eq or more, may be 5000 g/eq or more, or may be 6000 g/eq or more.
- the epoxy equivalent of the second epoxy resin is, for example, 20,000 g/eq or less.
- the second epoxy resin may be a monofunctional epoxy resin, a bifunctional epoxy resin, a trifunctional epoxy resin, or a tetrafunctional or higher functional epoxy resin. .
- the softening temperature of the second epoxy resin is usually higher than that of the first epoxy resin.
- the difference between the two may be, for example, 10°C or more, 20°C or more, or 30°C or more.
- the softening temperature of the second epoxy resin is, for example, 80°C or higher, and may be 90°C or higher.
- the softening temperature of the second epoxy resin is, for example, 180° C. or lower.
- the structure of the second epoxy resin is the same as the structure of the first epoxy resin described above, so a description thereof will be omitted here.
- the adhesive composition may further contain an acrylic resin that is compatible with the epoxy resin.
- Acrylic resin is a resin that is compatible with epoxy resin. Since acrylic resin is compatible with epoxy resin, it tends to improve the toughness of the adhesive layer made of the adhesive composition. As a result, the adhesiveness after foaming and curing can be improved. Furthermore, the acrylic resin acts as a compatibilizer for the foaming agent (for example, a foaming agent whose shell is made of acrylonitrile copolymer resin), and is thought to improve adhesiveness after foaming and curing by uniformly dispersing and foaming. .
- the flexibility of the acrylic resin is exhibited, and it is possible to improve the adhesion to the base material after foaming and hardening and the cracking resistance after foaming and hardening. Furthermore, since the acrylic resin is compatible with the epoxy resin, the hardness of the surface of the adhesive layer can be maintained high. On the other hand, if the acrylic resin is incompatible with the epoxy resin, a flexible portion will be formed on the surface of the adhesive layer, making the interface with the first member and the second member less slippery, which may reduce workability. be.
- the acrylic resin in this embodiment is compatible with the epoxy resin.
- the fact that the acrylic resin is compatible with the epoxy resin can be confirmed, for example, by observing a cross section of the adhesive layer made of the adhesive composition using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) or a transmission electron microscope (TEM). In some cases, this can be confirmed by the fact that micron-sized islands are not occurring. More specifically, it is preferable that the average particle size of the islands is 1 ⁇ m or less. Among these, the average particle size of the islands may be 0.5 ⁇ m or less, or 0.3 ⁇ m or less.
- the number of samples is preferably large, for example 100 or more.
- the area to be observed is in the range of 100 ⁇ m ⁇ 100 ⁇ m, or in the case where the thickness of the adhesive layer is 100 ⁇ m or less, the area is in the range of thickness ⁇ 100 ⁇ m.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is, for example, 50,000 or more, may be 70,000 or more, or may be 100,000 or more.
- the first epoxy resin has relatively high crystallinity, and its melt viscosity (or dynamic viscoelasticity) during heating becomes too low, and the adhesive composition is difficult to form when curing after foaming (after the foaming agent has finished foaming).
- the melt viscosity can be prevented from becoming too low, and shrinkage can occur during curing after foaming. It becomes difficult to wake up.
- the Mw of the acrylic resin is, for example, 1,500,000 or less.
- the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin can be measured by GPC (eluent: THF, standard substance: PS, sample: 20 ⁇ L, flow rate: 1 mL/min, column temperature: 40° C.).
- the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the acrylic resin is, for example, 90°C or higher, and may be 100°C or higher. On the other hand, the Tg of the acrylic resin is, for example, 180° C. or lower. Tg is based on JIS K7121 corresponding to ISO 3146, and can be measured by thermal analysis using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) or the like.
- the acrylic resin may have a storage modulus (E') of 1 ⁇ 10 6 Pa or less at the foaming start temperature.
- E' storage modulus
- a low E' at the start of foaming improves fluidity and provides good foamability.
- E' at the foaming start temperature is, for example, 1 ⁇ 10 5 Pa or more. Note that the foaming start temperature varies depending on the type of foaming agent. Furthermore, when two or more types of foaming agents are used as the foaming agent, the starting temperature of the main foaming reaction is defined as the foaming starting temperature.
- the acrylic resin may have a storage modulus (E') of 1 ⁇ 10 5 Pa or more at the curing start temperature.
- E' storage modulus
- shrinkage may occur during curing after foaming (from the end of foaming of the foaming agent until the adhesive composition hardens), but due to the large E' at the curing start temperature, shrinkage may occur. , shrinkage can be suppressed and good shape retention can be obtained.
- the curing start temperature varies depending on the type of curing agent. Furthermore, when two or more types of curing agents are used as the curing agent, the starting temperature of the main curing reaction is defined as the curing starting temperature.
- the acrylic resin may have an average storage modulus (E') of 1 ⁇ 10 6 Pa or more at 0° C. or higher and 100° C. or lower.
- E' average storage modulus
- the average value of the storage elastic modulus (E') at 0° C. or higher and 100° C. or lower is, for example, 1 ⁇ 10 8 Pa or lower.
- the acrylic resin may have a polar group.
- the polar group include an epoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a nitrile group, and an amide group.
- the acrylic resin is a homopolymer of acrylic ester monomers, may be a mixed component containing two or more of the above homopolymers, or is a copolymer of two or more acrylic ester monomers. , or a copolymer. Moreover, the acrylic resin may be a mixed component of the above-mentioned homopolymer and the above-mentioned copolymer.
- the acrylic acid ester monomer "acrylic acid" also includes the concept of methacrylic acid. Specifically, the acrylic resin may be a mixture of a methacrylate polymer and an acrylate polymer, or may be an acrylic acid ester polymer such as acrylate-acrylate, methacrylate-methacrylate, or methacrylate-acrylate. . Among these, the acrylic resin preferably contains a copolymer of two or more types of acrylic ester monomers ((meth)acrylic ester copolymer).
- Examples of the monomer components constituting the (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer include the monomer components described in JP-A-2014-065889.
- the monomer component may have the above-mentioned polar group.
- Examples of the (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer include ethyl acrylate-butyl acrylate-acrylonitrile copolymer, ethyl acrylate-acrylonitrile copolymer, and butyl acrylate-acrylonitrile copolymer.
- “acrylic acid” such as methyl acrylate and ethyl acrylate also includes “methacrylic acid” such as methyl methacrylate and ethyl methacrylate.
- the above (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer is preferably a block copolymer, and more preferably an acrylic block copolymer such as a methacrylate-acrylate copolymer.
- the (meth)acrylate constituting the acrylic block copolymer include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, butyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, and acrylic acid. Examples include benzidyl. These "acrylic acids” also include “methacrylic acids.”
- methacrylate-acrylate copolymer examples include acrylic copolymers such as methyl methacrylate-butyl acrylate-methyl methacrylate (MMA-BA-MMA) copolymer.
- MMA-BA-MMA copolymers also include block copolymers of polymethyl methacrylate-polybutyl acrylate-polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA-PBA-PMMA).
- the acrylic copolymer does not need to have a polar group, or may be a modified product in which the above-mentioned polar groups are partially introduced. Since the above-mentioned modified product is easily compatible with the epoxy resin, the adhesiveness is further improved.
- the acrylic resin is a (meth)acrylic acid having a first polymer part having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 10°C or lower and a second polymer part having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 20°C or higher.
- Tg glass transition temperature
- Tg glass transition temperature
- it is an ester copolymer.
- Such a (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer has a first polymer portion that becomes a soft segment and a second polymer portion that becomes a hard segment.
- the manifestation of the above effects can be estimated as follows.
- an acrylic resin that has both soft and hard segments such as the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer
- the hard segments contribute to heat resistance
- the soft segments contribute to toughness or flexibility.
- an adhesive layer with good heat resistance, toughness, and flexibility can be obtained.
- At least one of the first polymer portion and the second polymer portion contained in the (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer has compatibility with the epoxy resin. If the first polymer portion is compatible with the epoxy resin, flexibility can be increased. Moreover, when the second polymeric part has compatibility with the epoxy resin, cohesiveness and toughness can be improved.
- the (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer is a polymer portion that is compatible with the epoxy resin. It has a certain compatible part and an incompatible part which is a polymer part that has no compatibility with the epoxy resin. In this case, when the (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer is added, the compatible sites become compatible with the epoxy resin, and the incompatible sites are not compatible with the epoxy resin, resulting in fine phase separation. As a result, a fine sea-island structure appears.
- the sea-island structure depends on the type of (meth)acrylic ester copolymer, the compatibility of the first polymer part and the second polymer part contained in the (meth)acrylic ester copolymer, and the degree of modification by polar group introduction.
- a sea-island structure where the cured epoxy resin and (meth)acrylic ester copolymer are compatible with the sea, and the (meth)acrylic ester copolymer is incompatible with the islands.
- An example is a sea-island structure in which the acrylic ester copolymer is the sea and the cured epoxy resin is the island.
- the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer is preferably a block copolymer, particularly ABA in which the compatible portion is polymer block A and the incompatible portion is polymer block B.
- it is a block copolymer.
- the first polymer portion is an incompatible portion
- the second polymer portion is a compatible portion
- the first polymer portion is a polymer block B
- the second polymer portion is a polymer block A.
- -BA block copolymer is preferred.
- the compatible sites of the cured epoxy resin and the (meth)acrylic ester copolymer are In the case of a sea-island structure in which the incompatible part of the merging is an island, the island portion can be made small. In addition, in the case of a sea-island structure where the incompatible parts of the (meth)acrylic ester copolymer are oceans and the compatible parts of the cured epoxy resin and (meth)acrylic ester copolymer are islands, In the case of a sea-island structure in which the (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer is a sea and the cured epoxy resin is an island, the sea portion can be made small.
- the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer may be a modified product in which the above-mentioned polar group is introduced into a part of the first polymer portion or the second polymer portion.
- the Tg of the first polymer portion contained in the above (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer is 10°C or less, within the range of -150°C or more and 10°C or less, especially -130°C or more and 0°C or less. It can be within a range, particularly within a range of -110°C or higher and -10°C or lower.
- the first polymer portion contained in the (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer may be a homopolymer or a copolymer, but is preferably a homopolymer.
- the monomer components and polymer components constituting the first polymer portion may be monomer components and polymer components that can obtain a first polymer portion having a Tg within a predetermined range, such as acrylic Acrylic acid ester monomers such as butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, isononyl acrylate, methyl acrylate, other monomers such as vinyl acetate, acetal, urethane, and polar group-containing monomers containing the above polar groups. copolymers such as EVA and EVA.
- the Tg of the second polymer portion contained in the above (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer is 20°C or higher, within the range of 20°C or higher and 150°C or lower, particularly within the range of 30°C or higher and 150°C or lower. , especially within the range of 40°C or higher and 150°C or lower.
- the second polymer portion contained in the above (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer may be a homopolymer or a copolymer, but a homopolymer is particularly preferable.
- the monomer component constituting the second polymer part may be any monomer component that can obtain a second polymer part having a Tg within a predetermined range, such as an acrylic ester monomer such as methyl methacrylate.
- polar group-containing monomers containing the above-mentioned polar groups.
- One example is the body.
- a specific example of the (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer having the first polymer portion and the second polymer portion is the MMA-BA-MMA copolymer described above.
- a curing agent generally used for epoxy resin adhesives can be used.
- the curing agent is preferably solid at room temperature (23°C).
- a hardening agent that is solid at room temperature can have a longer storage stability (pot life) than a hardening agent that is liquid at room temperature.
- the curing agent may be a latent curing agent.
- the curing agent may be a curing agent that causes a curing reaction due to heat, or may be a curing agent that causes a curing reaction due to light.
- a curing agent may be used alone or two or more types may be used.
- the reaction initiation temperature of the curing agent is, for example, 110°C or higher, and may be 130°C or higher. If the reaction initiation temperature is too low, the reaction will start early, and curing will occur with the resin component having low flexibility and fluidity, making it difficult to achieve uniform curing. On the other hand, the reaction initiation temperature of the curing agent is, for example, 200° C. or lower. If the reaction initiation temperature is too high, the resin component may deteriorate. In addition, when using a resin with high heat resistance, such as a phenol resin, in addition to the epoxy resin, the reaction initiation temperature of the curing agent may be, for example, 300 ° C. or lower, since the resin component is less likely to deteriorate. .
- the reaction initiation temperature of the curing agent can be determined by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC).
- the curing agent examples include imidazole curing agents, phenol curing agents, amine curing agents, acid anhydride curing agents, isocyanate curing agents, and thiol curing agents.
- imidazole curing agents include imidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole, 2-methylimidazole, 2-ethylimidazole, 2-ethyl Examples include -4-methylimidazole, 2-isopropylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, carboxylates of imidazole compounds, and adducts with epoxy compounds.
- the imidazole curing agent preferably has a hydroxyl group. Since crystallization occurs due to hydrogen bonds between hydroxy groups, the reaction initiation temperature tends to be high.
- phenolic curing agents examples include phenolic resins. Further, examples of the phenol resin include resol type phenol resin and novolak type phenol resin. From the viewpoint of adhesion to the substrate after foaming and curing, cracking resistance after foaming and curing, etc., a phenolic novolac resin having a Tg of 110° C. or less is particularly preferred. Furthermore, a phenolic curing agent and an imidazole curing agent may be used in combination. In that case, it is preferable to use an imidazole curing agent as a curing catalyst.
- amine curing agent examples include aliphatic amines such as diethylenetriamine (DETA), triethylenetetramine (TETA), and metaxylylene diamine (MXDA); diaminodiphenylmethane (DDM), m-phenylenediamine (MPDA), and diamino Examples include aromatic amines such as diphenylsulfone (DDS); alicyclic amines; and polyamide amines.
- a dicyandiamide curing agent such as dicyandiamide (DICY), an organic acid dihydrazide curing agent, an amine adduct curing agent, or a ketimine curing agent can be used.
- acid anhydride curing agents include alicyclic acid anhydrides (liquid acid anhydrides) such as hexahydrophthalic anhydride (HHPA) and methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride (MTHPA); trimellitic anhydride (TMA); Examples include aromatic acid anhydrides such as pyromellitic anhydride (PMDA) and benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid (BTDA).
- liquid acid anhydrides such as hexahydrophthalic anhydride (HHPA) and methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride (MTHPA); trimellitic anhydride (TMA);
- aromatic acid anhydrides such as pyromellitic anhydride (PMDA) and benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid (BTDA).
- Examples of the isocyanate curing agent include block isocyanate.
- thiol curing agent examples include ester bond type thiol compounds, aliphatic ether bond type thiol compounds, and aromatic ether bond type thiol compounds.
- foaming agent used in the cured adhesive layer in this embodiment a foaming agent generally used in the adhesive layer of a foamable adhesive sheet can be used. Further, the foaming agent may be a foaming agent that causes a foaming reaction due to heat, or may be a foaming agent that causes a foaming reaction due to light.
- the foaming agent examples include thermally expandable microcapsules. It is preferable that the thermally expandable microcapsules have a core made of a thermal expansion agent such as a hydrocarbon and a shell made of a resin such as an acrylonitrile copolymer.
- an organic blowing agent for example, an organic blowing agent or an inorganic blowing agent may be used.
- organic blowing agents include azo blowing agents such as azodicarbonamide (ADCA), azobisformamide, and azobisisobutyronitrile, fluorinated alkane blowing agents such as trichloromonofluoromethane, and paratoluenesulfonyl hydrazide.
- Hydrazine blowing agents such as p-toluenesulfonyl semicarbazide, triazole blowing agents such as 5-morpholyl-1,2,3,4-thiatriazole, N, such as N,N-dinitrosoterephthalamide, etc.
- examples include nitroso blowing agents.
- examples of inorganic blowing agents include ammonium carbonate, ammonium hydrogen carbonate, ammonium nitrite, ammonium borohydride, and azides.
- the foaming initiation temperature of the foaming agent must be equal to or higher than the softening temperature of the main ingredient of a curable adhesive such as an epoxy resin, and below the activation temperature of the curing reaction of the main ingredient of a curable adhesive such as an epoxy resin. is preferred.
- the foaming start temperature of the foaming agent is, for example, 70°C or higher, and may be 100°C or higher. If the reaction initiation temperature is too low, foaming will start early, foaming will occur while the flexibility and fluidity of the resin component is low, and uniform foaming may be difficult to produce. On the other hand, the foaming start temperature of the foaming agent is, for example, 210° C. or lower. If the foaming start temperature is too high, the resin component may deteriorate.
- the softening temperature of the main ingredient of a curable adhesive such as an epoxy resin can be measured using the ring and ball softening temperature test method specified in JIS K7234.
- the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent is preferably higher than the glass transition temperature of the main ingredient of a curable adhesive such as an epoxy resin.
- the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent is, for example, preferably 140°C or more and 230°C or less, more preferably 150°C or more and 220°C or less, and even more preferably 160°C or more and 210°C or less. . If the maximum foaming temperature is too low, the foaming agent will shrink, making it impossible to maintain the thickness of the cured adhesive layer, which may reduce adhesive strength. On the other hand, if the maximum foaming temperature is too high, the expansion of the foaming agent will be insufficient and the adhesive strength may decrease.
- the foaming start temperature and maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent can be determined by thermomechanical analysis (TMA). Specifically, when measured by thermomechanical analysis (TMA) at a heating rate of 20°C/min and a load force of 0.06N, the maximum displacement is The temperature indicated by the amount is defined as the maximum foaming temperature, and the temperature at 3% displacement with respect to the maximum displacement is defined as the foaming start temperature.
- TMA thermomechanical analysis
- the average particle diameter of the blowing agent may be, for example, 10 ⁇ m or more, 13 ⁇ m or more, or 17 ⁇ m or more. Further, the average particle size of the foaming agent is preferably equal to or less than the thickness of the adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet, and may be, for example, 44 ⁇ m or less, 30 ⁇ m or less, or 24 ⁇ m or less. Good too.
- the average particle size of the blowing agent is the particle size at 50% of the integrated value in the particle size distribution determined by laser diffraction scattering method. Furthermore, when measuring the average particle size of the foaming agent, the adhesive composition is dissolved in a solvent and the foaming agent is separated.
- the solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is capable of dissolving components other than the foaming agent contained in the adhesive composition, and is appropriately selected depending on the type of curable adhesive. Any solvent used in formulations can be used. Specifically, methyl ethyl ketone, ethyl acetate, toluene, etc. can be used.
- the foaming ratio of the foaming agent at the maximum foaming temperature is, for example, 1.5 times or more, and may be 2 times or more. On the other hand, the foaming ratio of the foaming agent at the maximum foaming temperature is, for example, 15 times or less, and may be 10 times or less. Note that the foaming ratio of the foaming agent is the ratio of the diameter of the foaming agent after foaming to the diameter of the foaming agent before foaming.
- the adhesive composition used for the cured adhesive layer in this embodiment contains only an epoxy resin and an acrylic resin as resin components. or may further contain other resins. Examples of other resins include urethane resins.
- the adhesive composition may contain additives such as silane coupling agents, fillers, antioxidants, light stabilizers, ultraviolet absorbers, lubricants, plasticizers, antistatic agents, crosslinking agents, colorants, etc., as necessary. may contain.
- silane coupling agent include epoxy-based silane coupling agents.
- the filler include inorganic fillers such as calcium carbonate, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, antimony trioxide, zinc borate, molybdenum compounds, and titanium dioxide.
- examples of the antioxidant include phenolic antioxidants and sulfur-based antioxidants.
- the thickness of the cured adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and is appropriately set depending on the application.
- the thickness of the cured adhesive layer may be, for example, 30 ⁇ m or more and 1000 ⁇ m or less, 40 ⁇ m or more and 900 ⁇ m or less, or 50 ⁇ m or more and 800 ⁇ m or less. If the cured adhesive layer is too thin, sufficient adhesion may not be obtained. Furthermore, if the cured adhesive layer is too thick, the surface quality may deteriorate.
- the cured adhesive layer may be a continuous layer or a discontinuous layer.
- the cured adhesive layer contains a foamed cured product of the adhesive composition.
- foaming and curing the adhesive composition include heating and light irradiation. Among these, it is preferable to foam and harden the adhesive composition by heating. The heating method is applicable even when the first member and the second member do not have transparency, such as metal members.
- first cured adhesive layer and second cured adhesive layer when the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer, or when the first cured adhesive layer and the base material and a second cured adhesive layer in this order, at least one of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer contains a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. All you have to do is stay there.
- one of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer contains a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and the other contains a curable adhesive.
- both the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer may contain a cured product of an adhesive composition that does not contain a foaming agent, and both the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer contain a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. It may also contain a foamed cured product of the adhesive composition. Among these, it is preferable that both the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer contain a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. Adhesion can be improved. Furthermore, when manufacturing articles using the foamable adhesive sheet, the insertability of the foamable adhesive sheet can be improved.
- the adhesive member in this embodiment may have a base material between the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer.
- a base material is arranged between the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer, when manufacturing an article using the foamable adhesive sheet, the handling and workability of the foamable adhesive sheet can be improved. You can make it better.
- a base material is not placed between the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer, when manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet, the thickness of the entire foamable adhesive sheet is It can be made thinner, and the foam adhesive sheet can be inserted into narrow gaps.
- the base material has insulation properties. Further, the base material is preferably in the form of a sheet.
- the base material may have a single layer structure or a multilayer structure. Further, the base material may or may not have a porous structure inside.
- Examples of the base material include resin base materials and nonwoven fabrics.
- polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), and aromatic polyester; polycarbonate; polyarylate; polyurethane; polyamide, polyether amide, etc. polyamide resins; polyimide resins such as polyimide, polyetherimide, and polyamideimide; polysulfone resins such as polysulfone and polyethersulfone; polyetherketone resins such as polyetherketone and polyetheretherketone; polyphenylene sulfide (PPS); modified polyphenylene Examples include oxides.
- the glass transition temperature of the resin is, for example, 80°C or higher, may be 140°C or higher, or may be 200°C or higher.
- liquid crystal polymer (LCP) may be used as the resin.
- nonwoven fabric examples include nonwoven fabrics containing fibers such as cellulose fibers, polyester fibers, nylon fibers, aramid fibers, polyphenylene sulfide fibers, liquid crystal polymer fibers, glass fibers, metal fibers, and carbon fibers.
- fibers such as cellulose fibers, polyester fibers, nylon fibers, aramid fibers, polyphenylene sulfide fibers, liquid crystal polymer fibers, glass fibers, metal fibers, and carbon fibers.
- the base material may be subjected to surface treatment in order to improve the adhesion with the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer.
- the thickness of the base material is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 2 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, 5 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, or 9 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less.
- the adhesive member in this embodiment may have a first intermediate layer between the base material and the first cured adhesive layer. Moreover, the adhesive member in this embodiment may have a second intermediate layer between the base material and the second cured adhesive layer.
- the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer By arranging the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer, it is possible to improve the adhesion of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer to the base material.
- the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer are arranged to reduce the stress applied to the bent portion when the foamable adhesive sheet is folded. The stress applied to the cut portion when the foamable adhesive sheet is cut can be relaxed. As a result, it is possible to suppress lifting and peeling of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer from the base material when the foamable adhesive sheet is bent or cut.
- the first intermediate layer 13a is arranged between the base material 12 and the first cured adhesive layer 11a, and the first intermediate layer 13a is arranged between the base material 12 and the second cured adhesive layer 11b.
- a second intermediate layer 13b is arranged.
- the adhesive member 30 has both the first intermediate layer 13a and the second intermediate layer 13b in FIG. 4, it may have only either one.
- the adhesive member only needs to have at least one of the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer, for example, only the first intermediate layer disposed between the base material and the first cured adhesive layer. It may also have only a second intermediate layer disposed between the base material and the second cured adhesive layer, and a first intermediate layer disposed between the base material and the first cured adhesive layer; It may have both a base material and a second intermediate layer disposed between the second cured adhesive layer. Among these, it is preferable that the first intermediate layer is disposed between the base material and the first cured adhesive layer, and that the second intermediate layer is disposed between the base material and the second cured adhesive layer.
- the materials included in the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer are materials that can enhance the adhesion between the base material and the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer, and can also alleviate stress. If so, it is not particularly limited, and is appropriately selected depending on the materials of the base material, the first cured adhesive layer, the second cured adhesive layer, and the like. Examples include polyester, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl acetate, polyurethane, polymers obtained by copolymerizing at least two thereof, crosslinked products thereof, and mixtures thereof.
- the crosslinked product is a crosslinked product obtained by crosslinking the above resin with a curing agent.
- the curing agent include isocyanate curing agents.
- the reactive group/NCO equivalent is 1, it is preferable to add the isocyanate curing agent to the resin at a ratio of 0.5% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less.
- the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer contain a crosslinked resin.
- crosslinked resin refers to one that does not melt even at high temperatures. This makes it possible to improve adhesive strength at high temperatures, that is, heat resistance.
- the thickness of the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 0.1 ⁇ m or more, may be 0.5 ⁇ m or more, or may be 1 ⁇ m or more. If the first intermediate layer or the second intermediate layer is too thin, when manufacturing an article using a foam adhesive sheet, the first adhesive layer or the second adhesive layer from the base material will be removed when the foam adhesive sheet is bent or cut. There is a possibility that the effect of suppressing layer peeling cannot be sufficiently obtained. On the other hand, the thickness of the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer is, for example, 4 ⁇ m or less, and may be 3.5 ⁇ m or less. The first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer themselves usually do not have high heat resistance, so if the first intermediate layer or the second intermediate layer is too thick, the heat resistance (adhesion strength at high temperatures) may decrease. There is.
- the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer can be formed, for example, by applying a resin composition and removing the solvent.
- coating methods include roll coating, reverse roll coating, transfer roll coating, gravure coating, gravure reverse coating, comma coating, rod coating, blade coating, bar coating, wire bar coating, die coating, lip coating, and dip coating. Can be mentioned.
- the first member and second member in this embodiment are appropriately selected depending on the use of the article, etc.
- the first member and the second member are preferably members that require adhesion and insulation.
- parts of electric/electronic equipment may be mentioned, and specific examples thereof include stator cores and coils of stators for rotating electric machines, cores and permanent magnets of embedded magnet type motors, and the like.
- a second embodiment of the article according to the present disclosure is an article having a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member.
- the adhesive member has at least a cured adhesive layer, and the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, In a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 ⁇ m or more is 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Less than 7 pieces per length.
- FIGS. 1 to 3 are schematic cross-sectional views showing an example of the article of this embodiment. Note that since FIGS. 1 to 3 were described in the section of the first embodiment above, their explanations will be omitted here.
- the distance of the gap between the first member and the second member is, for example, about several hundred ⁇ m.
- the thickness of the adhesive member is, for example, about several hundred ⁇ m
- the thickness of the cured adhesive layer of the adhesive member is also, for example, about several hundred ⁇ m.
- the adhesive member has one cured adhesive layer and the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer
- the cured adhesive layer is not in contact with the first member and the second member, or the contact area between the cured adhesive layer and the first member and the area between the cured adhesive layer and the second member are small.
- the contact area becomes very small. Therefore, it is thought that adhesion failures such as peeling, lifting, and cracking of the cured adhesive layer tend to occur starting from the bubbles.
- the adhesive member has one cured adhesive layer and the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer
- a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer In this method, the number of bubbles having a length of 100 ⁇ m or less in the thickness direction of the foam layer is less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer, thereby preventing poor adhesion. Can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
- the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer, and the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer are foam layers.
- the first cured adhesive layer may not be in contact with the first member or the second cured adhesive layer may not be in contact with the first member in the area where such bubbles are present. or the contact area between the first cured adhesive layer and the first member is very small, or the contact area between the second cured adhesive layer and the second member is very small. or Therefore, it is thought that adhesion defects such as peeling, lifting, and cracking of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer tend to occur starting from the bubbles.
- the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer, and the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer are foam layers.
- the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness of the foam layer is Adhesion failure can be suppressed by being less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
- the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer, and either one of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer is a foam layer.
- the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer, a base material, and a second cured adhesive layer in this order, and the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer are
- the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer are
- the second cured adhesive layer is not in contact with the second member and the base material, or the contact area between the first cured adhesive layer and the first member and the base material is extremely small. , the contact area between the second cured adhesive layer and the second member and base material becomes very small. Therefore, it is thought that adhesion defects such as peeling, lifting, and cracking of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer tend to occur starting from the bubbles.
- the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer, a base material, and a second cured adhesive layer in this order, and the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer is a foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness of the foam layer in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer is less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer, thereby making it possible to suppress poor adhesion. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
- the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer, a base material, and a second cured adhesive layer
- first cured adhesive layer or the second cured adhesive layer is a foam layer
- the adhesive member, the first member, and the second member can be the same as those of the first embodiment.
- the cured adhesive layer in this embodiment is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and has air bubbles inside.
- the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 ⁇ m or more is per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Less than 7 pieces.
- the number of bubbles is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, even more preferably 1 or less, and particularly preferably 0.
- the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 150 ⁇ m or more is 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- the number of pieces per length is preferably less than 7, more preferably 3 or less, even more preferably 2 or less, particularly preferably 1 or less, and preferably 0. Most preferred.
- the length of the foam layer in the thickness direction is 100 ⁇ m or more, and the foam layer and other cells adjacent to the foam layer are
- the number of bubbles having a distance of 3 ⁇ m or less from the interface of the member is preferably less than 7, and preferably 3 or less, per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- the number is more preferably 2 or less, even more preferably 1 or less, and most preferably 0.
- adhesion failures such as peeling, lifting, and cracking of the cured adhesive layer tend to occur starting from the bubbles.
- the distance between the bubbles and the interfaces of the foam layer and other members adjacent to the foam layer is, for example, as shown in FIG.
- the first embodiment of the method for manufacturing an article according to the present disclosure is a method for manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer being a curable adhesive.
- a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a foaming agent and a foaming agent
- an adhesion step of foaming and curing to form a foam layer, and adhering the first member and the second member, and the foaming curing conditions in the adhesion step are set in a direction parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 ⁇ m is 4 mm long in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Set so that the number of hits is less than 7.
- FIGS. 5(a) to 5(b) are process diagrams illustrating the method for manufacturing the article of this embodiment.
- the foamable adhesive sheet 10 is placed between the first member 20a and the second member 20b.
- the foamable adhesive sheet 10 has an adhesive layer 1, and the adhesive layer 11 is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer 5 containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer 5 (adhesive layer 1) of the foamable adhesive sheet 10 is foamed and cured to form a cured adhesive layer 11 which is a foam layer 15, and the cured adhesive layer 11 is formed as a foam layer 15.
- the foam curing conditions are set such that, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15, the length s of the foam layer 15 in the thickness direction D1 is The number of bubbles within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness t of the foam layer 15 is set to be below a predetermined value per a predetermined length L in the direction D2 perpendicular to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15. do. Thereby, article 100 is obtained.
- FIGS. 6(a) to 6(c) are process diagrams illustrating the method for manufacturing the article of this embodiment.
- the foamable adhesive sheet 10 is attached to the second member 20b.
- the foamable adhesive sheet 10 has a first adhesive layer 1a and a second adhesive layer 1b, and the first adhesive layer 1a and the second adhesive layer 1b each contain a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. These are foaming agent-containing adhesive layers 5a and 5b.
- the surface of the second adhesive layer 11b of the foamable adhesive sheet 10 is attached to the second member 20b.
- the second member 20b on which the foamable adhesive sheet 10 is arranged is inserted into the hole of the first member 20a.
- each of the foaming agent-containing adhesive layers 5a and 5b (first adhesive layer 1a, second adhesive layer 1b) of the foamable adhesive sheet 10 is foamed and cured to form a foam layer 15a. , 15b, and the first member 20a and the second member 20b are bonded together by the adhesive member 30 having the first cured adhesive layer 11a and the second cured adhesive layer 11b. do.
- the foam curing conditions are set, for example, as shown in FIG.
- the length s of D1 is within a predetermined range with respect to the thicknesses t1 and t2 of the foam layers 15a and 15b.
- the number of bubbles is a predetermined length in the direction D2 perpendicular to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layers 15a and 15b.
- the value is set to be below a predetermined value per length L. Thereby, article 100 is obtained.
- both the first adhesive layer 1a and the second adhesive layer 1b are foaming agent-containing adhesive layers 5a and 5b containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- either one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- the foamable adhesive sheet 10 is attached to both sides of the second member 20b, but the foamable adhesive sheet may be attached to one side of the second member.
- the foam curing conditions in the adhesion step are set so that the foam hardens in the cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness of the foam layer is below a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- the adhesive layer located on the first member side is referred to as the first adhesive layer
- the adhesive layer located on the second member side is referred to as the second adhesive layer.
- the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment has at least an adhesive layer, and the adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- the foamable adhesive sheet only needs to have at least an adhesive layer.
- the foamable adhesive sheet 10 may have one adhesive layer 1.
- the adhesive layer 1 is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer 5 containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- the foamable adhesive sheet 10 may have a first adhesive layer 1a and a second adhesive layer 1b.
- both the first adhesive layer 1a and the second adhesive layer 1b may be foaming agent-containing adhesive layers 5a and 5b containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- either one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- the foamable adhesive sheet 10 may include a first adhesive layer 1a, a base material 12, and a second adhesive layer 1b in this order.
- both the first adhesive layer 1a and the second adhesive layer 1b may be foaming agent-containing adhesive layers 5a and 5b containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- either one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- the adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- the adhesive layer is preferably substantially non-adhesive (tack-free). Since the adhesive layer is substantially non-adhesive (tack-free), a foamable adhesive sheet with good slip properties and anti-blocking properties can be obtained. Therefore, the handleability and workability of the foamable adhesive sheet can be improved. Specifically, in the placement process, the foam adhesive sheet may be smoothly inserted into the gap between the first member and the second member, or if the first member has holes or grooves, the holes in the first member may be inserted smoothly. The second member can be smoothly inserted into the gap after the foam adhesive sheet is placed in the groove.
- non-adhesive is generally used to mean low adhesive strength, and in this specification, “non-adhesive” means that the foam adhesive sheet is wound into a roll and then , refers to a state in which it can be easily unrolled without resistance.
- the tack of the adhesive layer is preferably 0 gf or more and less than 10 gf, may be 5 gf or less, and may be 2 gf or less.
- the adhesive layer can be made substantially non-adhesive, and a foamable adhesive sheet with good slip properties and anti-blocking properties can be obtained.
- the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment has a first adhesive layer and a second adhesive layer, or when it has a first adhesive layer, a base material, and a second adhesive layer in this order, the first adhesive Both the layer and the second adhesive layer may be substantially tack-free, or one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be substantially tack-free. (free), and the other may have adhesiveness (tackiness).
- the foam adhesive sheet has one adhesive layer, and the adhesive layer is non-tacky. It is possible to obtain the same effect as when it is tack-free.
- the second adhesive layer can have good adhesion to the second member.
- the surface of the second adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet is pasted on the second member, and the second member with the foamable adhesive sheet pasted into the holes, grooves, etc. of the first member.
- the surface of the second adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet can be attached to the second member using the adhesiveness of the second adhesive layer, Adhesion of the second adhesive layer to the second member can be improved. Thereby, when the second member to which the foamable adhesive sheet is attached is inserted into the hole or groove of the first member, peeling or displacement of the foamable adhesive sheet can be suppressed.
- the second adhesive layer since the second adhesive layer has adhesive properties, the second adhesive layer can have good reworkability. Therefore, for example, when attaching the surface of the second adhesive layer of the foam adhesive sheet to the second member using the adhesiveness of the second adhesive layer as described above, the misalignment of the foam adhesive sheet is corrected. be able to.
- the first adhesive layer is non-adhesive, the first adhesive layer can have good slip properties. Therefore, for example, when inserting the second member to which the foamable adhesive sheet is pasted into the hole or groove of the first member as described above, the second member to which the foamable adhesive sheet is pasted can be smoothly inserted. It is possible to improve the insertability. Thereby, peeling and displacement of the foamable adhesive sheet can be suppressed.
- aligning the first and second members by moving the second member relative to the first member it is necessary to insert the second member into the hole or groove of the first member while the first member is being moved. The second member can be moved smoothly relative to the second member, and positioning can be easily performed.
- the second adhesive layer has excellent adhesion with the second member, and the first adhesive layer has excellent slipperiness. Misalignment can be suppressed. Therefore, it suppresses the decrease in adhesion of the foamable adhesive sheet after foaming and curing due to peeling or misalignment of the foamable adhesive sheet, and also suppresses the adhesion of the foamable adhesive sheet after foaming and curing due to peeling or misalignment of the foamable adhesive sheet. Variations in strength can be reduced.
- the second adhesive layer has adhesive properties, lifting of the second adhesive layer can be suppressed, for example, when the second adhesive layer is formed by a transfer method. Furthermore, as described later, when the second separator is disposed on the side of the second adhesive layer opposite to the first adhesive layer, the second adhesive layer has adhesiveness, so that the second separator can be easily peeled off, improving workability.
- the adhesive layer has adhesive properties, for example, it contains a relatively large amount of low molecular weight resin components, and thus fluidity tends to increase when the resin component softens during the foaming and curing process of the adhesive layer. Therefore, when the adhesive layer (adhesive layer containing a foaming agent) is foamed and cured to form a foam layer, the cells tend to connect with each other and become larger. Therefore, when one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer is substantially non-adhesive (tack-free) and the other is adhesive (tacky), the method for manufacturing the article of this embodiment is useful.
- the tack of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be greater than or equal to 0 gf and less than 10 gf, respectively. Preferably, it may be 5 gf or less, or 2 gf or less.
- the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer can be made substantially non-adhesive, and have good slip properties and anti-blocking properties. It can be made into a foamable adhesive sheet.
- the tack of the first adhesive layer is 0 gf or more. , less than 10 gf, and the tack of the second adhesive layer is preferably 10 gf or more and 400 gf or less.
- the tack of the first adhesive layer is preferably 0 gf or more and less than 10 gf, and may be 5 gf or less, or 2 gf or less.
- the first adhesive layer can be made substantially non-adhesive, and a foamable adhesive sheet with good sliding properties and anti-blocking properties can be obtained. .
- the tack of the second adhesive layer is preferably 10 gf or more, may be 30 gf or more, or may be 50 gf or more. If the tack of the second adhesive layer is too low, for example, when attaching the surface of the second adhesive layer of the foam adhesive sheet to the second member using the tack of the second adhesive layer, the second adhesive layer and There is a possibility that the adhesion between the two parts will decrease, or the adhesion between the second adhesive layer and the second member may be poor when inserting the second member with a foam adhesive sheet pasted into the hole or groove of the first member.
- the foam adhesive sheet may peel off or shift its position, resulting in decreased adhesion of the first adhesive layer and second adhesive layer after the foam is cured, or variations in adhesive strength.
- the tack of the second adhesive layer is preferably 400 gf or less, may be 300 gf or less, or may be 200 gf or less. If the tack of the second adhesive layer is too high, reworkability will be reduced, and for example, when attaching the surface of the second adhesive layer of the foam adhesive sheet to the second member using the tack of the second adhesive layer, It may become difficult to correct misalignment of the foam adhesive sheet.
- the tack of the adhesive layer can be measured by a probe tack test based on JIS Z3284-3:2014. Specifically, a cylindrical stainless steel probe with a diameter of 5 mm was pressed against the surface of the adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet at a temperature of 25°C, a load of 10.0 gf, and a speed of 30 mm/min. After holding it for a second, it is peeled off at a speed of 30 mm/min, and the load when peeled off is measured. This measurement is performed five times, and the average value is taken as the tack.
- a tacking tester for example, a tacking tester "TAC-II" manufactured by RHESCA can be used.
- Examples of means for controlling the tack of the adhesive layer include a method of adjusting the composition of the adhesive layer. Specifically, in an adhesive layer containing an epoxy resin and a curing agent, the tackiness of the adhesive layer can be reduced by using an epoxy resin that is solid at room temperature or using a curing agent that is solid at room temperature. can. On the other hand, in an adhesive layer containing an epoxy resin and a hardening agent, if an epoxy resin that is liquid at room temperature or a hardening agent that is liquid at room temperature is used, the adhesive layer tends to have higher stickiness.
- the tackiness of the adhesive layer can be reduced by containing an epoxy resin with a high softening temperature or an epoxy resin with a large weight average molecular weight.
- the adhesive layer contains multiple types of epoxy resins with different softening temperatures, that is, the adhesive layer has a softening temperature of 25°C or higher and a softening temperature higher than that of the first epoxy resin.
- the tackiness of the adhesive layer can be reduced.
- the adhesive layer may contain a plurality of types of epoxy resins having different weight average molecular weights, that is, the adhesive layer may contain one epoxy resin and a weight average molecular weight of 370 or more, and the adhesive layer may contain one epoxy resin and the other epoxy resin.
- the adhesive layer may contain another epoxy resin having a weight average molecular weight of 300 or more higher than the weight average molecular weight, the adhesiveness of the adhesive layer can be reduced.
- the epoxy resins include a first epoxy resin with a low softening temperature and a low molecular weight, and a second epoxy resin with a high softening temperature and a high molecular weight.
- the adhesiveness of the adhesive layer can be reduced.
- an adhesive layer containing an epoxy resin and a curing agent if an epoxy resin with a low softening temperature or an epoxy resin with a small weight average molecular weight is contained, the adhesive layer tends to have higher tackiness.
- the adhesiveness of the adhesive layer can be reduced by containing an acrylic resin that is compatible with the epoxy resin, as described above.
- tackifying resin tackifier
- adhesion is a concept included in “adhesion.” A distinction is sometimes made in that adhesion is used to mean a temporary adhesion phenomenon, whereas adhesion is used to mean a substantially permanent adhesion phenomenon (Iwanami Shoten Physical and Chemistry Dictionary 5th Edition). "Adhesiveness” and “adhesive force” refer to the property of adhering by pressure sensitivity and the adhesion force at that time.
- adheresiveness of the adhesive layer and “adhesive force of the adhesive layer” refer to the adhesiveness and adhesive force that the adhesive layer has before curing, unless there are special circumstances.
- adhesiveness of the adhesive layer and “adhesive force of the adhesive layer” refer to the adhesiveness and adhesive force that the adhesive layer has after curing, unless there are special circumstances.
- the adhesive layer in this embodiment contains a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- the material of the adhesive layer is the same as that described in the section "A. Article" above, so a description thereof will be omitted here.
- the curable adhesive is an epoxy resin adhesive
- the curable adhesive has a softening temperature of 50°C or higher and an epoxy equivalent of 5000 g/eq or lower, as described above.
- the adhesive layer contains a first epoxy resin and a second epoxy resin whose softening temperature is higher than that of the first epoxy resin and whose weight average molecular weight is 20,000 or more
- the content of the first epoxy resin is
- the resin component contained in 100 parts by mass is 1 part by mass or more, it may be 3 parts by mass or more, it may be 5 parts by mass or more, and it is 10 parts by mass or more.
- the amount may be 15 parts by mass or more, or may be 25 parts by mass or more.
- the content of the first epoxy resin is, for example, 90 parts by mass or less, may be 80 parts by mass or less, and 70 parts by mass or less, when the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is 100 parts by mass. The amount may be 60 parts by mass or less, 50 parts by mass or less, or 40 parts by mass or less. If the content of the first epoxy resin is too high, the content of the second epoxy resin and acrylic resin will be relatively low, resulting in non-stick properties, anti-blocking properties, adhesion to the substrate after foaming and curing. It may not be possible to balance the cracking resistance of the foam and the adhesion after foaming and curing.
- the content of the second epoxy resin is, for example, 10 parts by mass or more, and may be 15 parts by mass or more, when the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is 100 parts by mass. It may be 20 parts by mass or more, 25 parts by mass or more, 30 parts by mass or more, 35 parts by mass or more, 40 parts by mass or more, The amount may be 45 parts by mass or more. If the content of the second epoxy resin is too small, tackiness may increase and blocking resistance may decrease. On the other hand, the content of the second epoxy resin is, for example, 90 parts by mass or less, may be 85 parts by mass or less, and 80 parts by mass or less, when the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is 100 parts by mass. The amount may be 75 parts by mass or less.
- the content of the second epoxy resin is too high, the content of the first epoxy resin and acrylic resin will be relatively small, resulting in non-stick properties, blocking resistance, adhesion to the substrate after foaming and curing, and It may not be possible to balance the cracking resistance of the foam and the adhesion after foaming and curing.
- the ratio of the first epoxy resin to the total of the first epoxy resin and the second epoxy resin is, for example, 5% by mass or more, may be 10% by mass or more, may be 15% by mass or more, and may be 20% by mass or more. It may be more than % by mass.
- the above proportion of the first epoxy resin is, for example, 80% by mass or less, may be 75% by mass or less, or may be 60% by mass or less.
- the total ratio of the first epoxy resin and the second epoxy resin to all the epoxy resins contained in the adhesive layer is, for example, 50% by mass or more, may be 70% by mass or more, and may be 90% by mass or more. It may be 100% by mass.
- the first adhesive layer is substantially non-tacky and the second adhesive layer is tacky, and the curable adhesive is an epoxy resin adhesive
- the first adhesive layer is substantially non-adhesive as described above.
- a first epoxy resin having a softening temperature of 50° C. or higher and an epoxy equivalent of 5000 g/eq or lower and a first epoxy resin having a softening temperature higher than the first epoxy resin and a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 It is preferable to contain the above-mentioned second epoxy resin.
- the second adhesive layer it is preferable to use an epoxy resin that is liquid at room temperature, such as a bisphenol A epoxy resin or a bisphenol F epoxy resin, and an epoxy resin that has a low softening point. This is because by using these epoxy resins, the tack of the second adhesive layer can be easily adjusted within a predetermined range.
- an epoxy resin that is liquid at room temperature such as a bisphenol A epoxy resin or a bisphenol F epoxy resin
- an epoxy resin that has a low softening point such as a bisphenol A epoxy resin or a bisphenol F epoxy resin
- the content of the acrylic resin is determined by the resin component contained in the adhesive layer. is 100 parts by mass, for example, it is 1 part by mass or more, may be 3 parts by mass or more, may be 5 parts by mass or more, may be 7 parts by mass or more, and 10 parts by mass. or more. If the content of the acrylic resin is too small, the adhesion to the substrate after foaming and curing, the cracking resistance after foaming and curing, and the adhesiveness after foaming and curing may decrease.
- the content of the acrylic resin is, for example, 60 parts by mass or less, may be 50 parts by mass or less, and may be 40 parts by mass or less, when the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is 100 parts by mass. The amount may be 35 parts by mass or less, or 30 parts by mass or less. If the content of acrylic resin is too high, the content of the first epoxy resin and the second epoxy resin will be relatively small, resulting in poor non-stick properties, anti-blocking properties, adhesion to the substrate after foaming and curing, and poor foaming and curing. It may not be possible to balance the cracking resistance of the foam and the adhesion after foaming and curing. Furthermore, if the content of the acrylic resin is too large, the film strength may decrease.
- the content of the curing agent is, for example, 1 part by mass or more and 40 parts by mass or less, when the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is 100 parts by mass.
- the content of the curing agent is, for example, 1 part by mass or more and 15 parts by mass or less, when the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is 100 parts by mass. It is preferable that
- the content of the curing agent is, for example, 5 parts by mass or more and 40 parts by mass or less, when the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is 100 parts by mass.
- an imidazole curing agent or a phenolic curing agent as a main component as a curing agent means that the mass proportion of the imidazole curing agent or phenol curing agent is the largest in the curing agent.
- the content of the foaming agent is, for example, 0.5 parts by mass or more, may be 2 parts by mass or more, and may be 3 parts by mass or more when the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is 100 parts by mass. The amount may be 4 parts by mass or more, or 5 parts by mass or more. On the other hand, the content of the foaming agent is, for example, 25 parts by mass or less, may be 20 parts by mass or less, or may be 15 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin component contained in the adhesive layer. . If the content of the foaming agent is too large, the content of the curable adhesive will be relatively small, which may reduce the adhesiveness after foaming and curing.
- At least one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may contain a foaming agent.
- the first adhesive layer when the first adhesive layer is substantially non-adhesive and the second adhesive layer is adhesive, it is preferable that the first adhesive layer contains a foaming agent. This is because the inclusion of a foaming agent increases surface roughness, reduces the coefficient of friction, and improves slipperiness.
- both the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer contain a foaming agent.
- the total ratio of the epoxy resin and the acrylic resin to the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is, for example, 70% by mass or more, may be 80% by mass or more, may be 90% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass. It may be %.
- the content of the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is, for example, 60% by mass or more, may be 70% by mass or more, may be 80% by mass or more, or may be 90% by mass or more.
- the adhesive layer can be foamed at a foaming ratio of, for example, 1.5 times or more and 15 times or less.
- the expansion ratio may be, for example, 3.5 times or more, 4 times or more, or 4.5 times or more. Further, the expansion ratio may be, for example, 9 times or less, 8.5 times or less, or 8 times or less. If the foaming ratio is too small or too large, the adhesiveness after foaming and curing may decrease.
- the foaming ratio can be determined by the following formula.
- Foaming ratio (times) Thickness of adhesive layer after foaming and curing / Thickness of adhesive layer before foaming and curing
- the thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably equal to or larger than the average particle size of the foaming agent, for example, 10 ⁇ m or more, may be 15 ⁇ m or more, or may be 20 ⁇ m or more. If the adhesive layer is too thin, it may not be possible to obtain sufficient adhesion to the base material and adhesion after foaming and curing. On the other hand, the thickness of the adhesive layer is, for example, 200 ⁇ m or less, may be 150 ⁇ m or less, or may be 100 ⁇ m or less. If the adhesive layer is too thick, the surface quality may deteriorate.
- the adhesive layer may be a continuous layer or a discontinuous layer.
- the discontinuous layer include patterns such as stripes and dots.
- the surface of the adhesive layer may have an uneven shape such as embossing.
- the adhesive layer can be formed, for example, by applying an adhesive composition containing the above-mentioned curable adhesive and foaming agent, and removing the solvent.
- coating methods include roll coating, reverse roll coating, transfer roll coating, gravure coating, gravure reverse coating, comma coating, rod coating, blade coating, bar coating, wire bar coating, die coating, lip coating, dip coating, etc. can be mentioned.
- the adhesive composition may or may not contain a solvent.
- solvent as used herein has a broad meaning that includes not only a strict solvent (a solvent that dissolves a solute) but also a dispersion medium. Further, the solvent contained in the adhesive composition is evaporated and removed when the adhesive composition is applied and dried to form an adhesive layer.
- the adhesive composition can be obtained by mixing the above-mentioned components, kneading and dispersing as necessary.
- common kneading and dispersing machines such as two-roll mills, three-roll mills, pebble mills, trom mills, Szegvari attritors, high-speed impeller dispersing machines, high-speed stone mills, high-speed impact mills, and despars are used.
- high-speed mixer, ribbon blender, co-kneader, intensive mixer, tumbler, blender, desperser, homogenizer, and ultrasonic dispersion machine are applicable.
- the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment may have a base material between the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer. Since the base material is the same as described in the section "A. Article" above, the explanation here will be omitted.
- the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment may have a first intermediate layer between the base material and the first adhesive layer. Moreover, the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment may have a second intermediate layer between the base material and the second adhesive layer.
- the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer are the same as those described in the section "A. Article" above, so the description thereof will be omitted here.
- the foamable adhesive sheet 10 shown in FIG. Layer 13b is arranged.
- the foamable adhesive sheet 10 has both the first intermediate layer 13a and the second intermediate layer 13b in FIG. 10, it may have only either one.
- the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment may have a separator on one or both sides of the adhesive layer.
- the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment has a first adhesive layer and a second adhesive layer, or a first adhesive layer, a base material, and a second adhesive layer in this order.
- the layer may have a first separator on the side opposite to the second adhesive layer, and the second adhesive layer may have a second separator on the side opposite to the first adhesive layer. .
- the separator is peeled off from the foamable adhesive sheet when the foamable adhesive sheet is placed between the first member and the second member.
- the separator is not particularly limited as long as it can be peeled off from the adhesive layer, and it can have enough strength to protect the adhesive layer.
- Examples of such a separator include a release film, release paper, and the like. Further, the separator may have a single layer structure or a multilayer structure.
- Examples of the single-layer separator include fluororesin films.
- a separator with a multilayer structure for example, a laminate having a release layer on one or both sides of a base layer can be mentioned.
- the base material layer include resin films such as polypropylene, polyethylene, and polyethylene terephthalate, and papers such as high-quality paper, coated paper, and impregnated paper.
- the material for the release layer is not particularly limited as long as it has release properties, and examples include silicone compounds, organic compound-modified silicone compounds, fluorine compounds, aminoalkyd compounds, melamine compounds, acrylic compounds, polyester compounds, and long-lasting materials. Examples include chain alkyl compounds. These compounds may be of emulsion type, solvent type or non-solvent type.
- the first separator and the second separator may be the same or different.
- the first separator has heavy releasability and the second separator has light releasability. is preferred.
- the foam adhesive sheet is placed on the second member.
- the second separator will be peeled off, so the first separator has heavy releasability and the second separator has light releasability, so that the second separator can be peeled off more easily than the first separator.
- light peeling and heavy peeling refer to the degree of force required to peel off the first separator and second separator from the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer, and light peeling has a higher peeling force than heavy peeling. means that is small.
- the thickness of the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment is, for example, 10 ⁇ m or more, and may be 20 ⁇ m or more. On the other hand, the thickness of the foamable adhesive sheet is, for example, 1000 ⁇ m or less, and may be 200 ⁇ m or less.
- the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment preferably has good shape retention. It is preferable that the shape retention property is good.
- the bending moment based on JIS P8125 corresponding to ISO 2493 is, for example, 0.1 gf ⁇ cm or more, and may be 1 gf ⁇ cm or more. On the other hand, the bending moment is, for example, less than 40 gf ⁇ cm, and may be less than 30 gf ⁇ cm.
- a common method for foam adhesive sheets is to increase the bending moment to improve shape retention and ease of insertion into narrow gaps.
- the inventors of the present disclosure believe that shape retention can be ensured by devising the shape, and that a high bending moment has other problems, so in consideration of other characteristics, It has been found that the bending moment is preferably within the above range. If the bending moment is smaller than the above range, it may be difficult to maintain the shape even if measures such as folding are used. Furthermore, if the bending moment is larger than the above range, the shape will return to its original shape after the bending process, so it is necessary to heat it during the bending process or to add streaks to the crease. Heating can reduce the sheet life, and forming streaks can reduce the insulation properties of those areas.
- the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment has a high surface hardness so that the surface will not be damaged even when inserted at high speed.
- the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment preferably has high adhesiveness after foaming and curing.
- the shear strength (adhesive strength) based on JIS K6850 corresponding to ISO 4587 at 23°C may be, for example, 1.50 MPa or more, 1.80 MPa or more, or 2.10 MPa or more. good. Further, the shear strength (adhesive strength) may be, for example, 0.50 MPa or more, 0.75 MPa or more, or 1.00 MPa or more at 130°C.
- a high-strength acrylic foam adhesive tape that does not require heating has a shear strength (adhesive strength) of about 1 MPa or more and 2 MPa or less at room temperature, and has no heat resistance at 200°C.
- shear strength (adhesive strength) is within the above range at 23° C., there is an advantage in terms of strength. Further, if the shear strength (adhesive strength) is within the above range at 130° C., it can be applied to automobile engine areas and other applications where heat resistance similar to that is required.
- the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment preferably has high electrical insulation properties after foaming and curing.
- the dielectric breakdown voltage based on JIS C2107 corresponding to IEC 60454-2 is preferably, for example, 3 kV or more, and more preferably 5 kV or more.
- the thermal conductivity is preferably, for example, 0.1 W/mK or more, and more preferably 0.15 W/mK or more.
- the thermal conductivity is within the above range, the parts can be made smaller and the curing reaction during heating can be promoted.
- the method for producing the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment is not particularly limited, and is appropriately selected depending on the layer structure of the foamable adhesive sheet.
- a foamable adhesive sheet is arranged between the first member and the second member.
- the method of arranging the foamable adhesive sheet between the first member and the second member is appropriately selected depending on the types of the first member and the second member.
- a method of inserting a foam adhesive sheet between the first member and the second member or a method of inserting a foam adhesive sheet into the hole or groove of the first member, and then inserting the foam adhesive sheet into the hole or groove of the first member.
- Examples include a method of inserting a second member into the gap after the foamable adhesive sheet is placed.
- the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet is foamed and cured to form a foam layer, and the first member and the second member are bonded.
- the foam curing conditions are such that, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 ⁇ m.
- the number of bubbles is set to be less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- the foam curing conditions are preferably set so that the number of bubbles is 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, and 1 or less. is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable to set the number to zero.
- Examples of methods for foaming and curing the foamable adhesive sheet include heating and light irradiation. Among these, it is preferable to foam and harden the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet by heating.
- the heating method is applicable even when the first member and the second member do not have transparency, such as metal members.
- the heating conditions are set to meet the foaming and curing conditions described above.
- the heating conditions can be appropriately set depending on, for example, the type of curable adhesive or foaming agent contained in the adhesive layer.
- the heating temperature is, for example, preferably within ⁇ 40°C of the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent, more preferably within ⁇ 30°C of the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent, and within ⁇ 20°C of the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent. It is even more preferable that there be. If the heating temperature is higher than the above range, even if the resin component is cured, the foaming agent will shrink, making it impossible to maintain the thickness of the adhesive layer during foaming, and the foam layer (cured adhesive layer) will shrink. ) The size of the bubbles tends to be relatively large compared to the thickness of the film. Therefore, adhesive strength may decrease. On the other hand, if the heating temperature is lower than the above range, the expansion of the foaming agent may become insufficient and the adhesive strength may decrease. In this case, interfacial destruction may easily occur between the cured adhesive layer and the first member or the second member.
- the heating temperature for at least one foaming agent may be within the above range.
- the heating temperature of the foaming agent with a higher content is within the above range.
- the heating temperature of all of the plurality of foaming agents be within the above range.
- the heating temperature is preferably, for example, at least -7°C or higher, the extrapolated maximum displacement temperature of the foamable adhesive sheet, or lower than the maximum displacement extrapolated temperature of the foamable adhesive sheet, which exceeds the maximum displacement temperature of the foamable adhesive sheet. It is more preferable that the extrapolated temperature is +15°C or more, and the extrapolated maximum displacement temperature of the foamable adhesive sheet is +63°C or less, and the extrapolated maximum displacement temperature of the foamable adhesive sheet is +23°C or more, and the extrapolated maximum displacement temperature of the foamable adhesive sheet. More preferably, the temperature is +43°C or lower.
- the heating temperature is higher than the above range, even if the resin component is cured, the foaming agent will shrink, making it impossible to maintain the thickness of the adhesive layer during foaming, and the foam layer (cured adhesive layer) will shrink. )
- the size of the bubbles tends to be relatively large compared to the thickness of the film. Therefore, adhesive strength may decrease.
- the heating temperature is lower than the above range, the expansion of the foaming agent may become insufficient and the adhesive strength may decrease. In this case, interfacial destruction may easily occur between the cured adhesive layer and the first member or the second member.
- FIG 11 shows the results of thermomechanical analysis (TMA) of a foamable adhesive sheet when a compressive load was applied, the temperature was raised at a predetermined temperature increase rate, and the displacement was measured. It is a graph illustrating a TMA curve with an axis.
- a TMA curve for a foamable adhesive sheet containing thermally expandable microcapsules as a foaming agent usually has a peak associated with expansion (foaming).
- the tangent line at the temperature showing the maximum amount of displacement and the curve of the part of the TMA curve that shows expansion behavior as expansion (foaming) starts were differentiated.
- the temperature at the point of intersection with the tangent line at the minimum temperature is defined as the maximum displacement extrapolated temperature T max1 of the foamable adhesive sheet.
- the heating temperature is within a predetermined range with respect to the maximum displacement extrapolated temperature T max1 .
- thermomechanical analysis of the foamable adhesive sheet is performed by the following method. First, a sample is prepared by punching out a foam adhesive sheet into a size of ⁇ 4 mm. Next, the sample was placed in an aluminum container with a diameter of 5 mm so that the surface of the second adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet was on the bottom side. Next, an aluminum plate with a diameter of 4 mm is placed on top of the sample. Next, using a thermomechanical analyzer, the temperature is raised from 25° C. to 250° C. at a rate of 20° C./min, and measurement is performed in compression mode under a load of 10 mN. As the thermomechanical analyzer, a thermomechanical analyzer TMA7100 manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Co., Ltd. can be used.
- the maximum amount of displacement is the maximum value of the amount of displacement in the TMA curve for the foamable adhesive sheet.
- the maximum displacement extrapolated temperature is the tangent line at the temperature that shows the maximum displacement in the TMA curve for the foamable adhesive sheet, and the curve of the part of the TMA curve that shows expansion behavior with the start of expansion (foaming). Let it be the intersection with the tangent at the minimum temperature when differentiated.
- the heating temperature can be 130°C or higher and 200°C or lower.
- the heating time can be, for example, 3 minutes or more and 3 hours or less.
- the second embodiment of the method for manufacturing an article according to the present disclosure is a method for manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer being a curable adhesive.
- a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a foaming agent and a foaming agent, the step of arranging the foamable adhesive sheet between the first member and the second member; and the foaming agent-containing adhesive of the foamable adhesive sheet.
- the number of cells having a length of 100 ⁇ m or more in the thickness direction of the foam layer is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- FIGS. 5(a) to (b) and FIGS. 6(a) to (c) are process diagrams illustrating the method for manufacturing the article of this embodiment. Note that FIGS. 5(a) to 6(b) and FIGS. 6(a) to 6(c) were described in the section of the first embodiment above, so a description thereof will be omitted here.
- the foam curing conditions in the adhesion step are set to Defective adhesion can be suppressed by setting the number of bubbles with a length of 100 ⁇ m or more in the thickness direction to be below a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. , adhesion can be improved. Therefore, an article with high reliability and durability can be obtained.
- the foamable adhesive sheet used in the method of manufacturing an article of this embodiment and the arrangement step of the method of manufacturing an article of this embodiment can be the same as in the first embodiment.
- the foam curing conditions are such that the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 ⁇ m or more in the cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer is The number is set to less than 7 per 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the body layer.
- the foam curing conditions are preferably set so that the number of bubbles is 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, and 1 or less. is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable to set the number to zero.
- the method of foaming and curing the foamable adhesive sheet and the heating conditions can be the same as in the first embodiment.
- foamable Adhesive Sheet The foamable adhesive sheet in the present disclosure has two embodiments. Each embodiment will be described below.
- the first embodiment of the foamable adhesive sheet in the present disclosure is a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer the curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive
- the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule
- the foamable adhesive sheet is When the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer is foamed and cured to form a foam layer by heating at a foaming temperature of ⁇ 20°C for 15 minutes, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, The number of cells whose length in the thickness direction is greater than or equal to the thickness of the foam layer - 6 ⁇ m is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment.
- the foamable adhesive sheet 10 in FIG. 7 has an adhesive layer 1.
- the adhesive layer 1 is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer 5 containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- the curable adhesive contained in the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer 5 (adhesive layer 1) is a thermosetting adhesive
- the foaming agent contained in the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer 5 (adhesive layer 1) is a thermosetting adhesive. It is a sex microcapsule.
- the foaming adhesive sheet 10 is heated at a predetermined temperature for a predetermined time to foam and harden the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer 5 (adhesive layer 1) to form a foam layer 15, as shown in FIG. 12, for example,
- the number of cells 31 whose length s in the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15 is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness t of the foam layer 15 is , a predetermined value or less per predetermined length L in the direction D2 perpendicular to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment.
- the foamable adhesive sheet 10 in FIG. 9 has a first adhesive layer 1a and a second adhesive layer 1b.
- the first adhesive layer 1a and the second adhesive layer 1b are foaming agent-containing adhesive layers 5a and 5b containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- the curable adhesive contained in the foaming agent-containing adhesive layers 5a, 5b (first adhesive layer 1a, second adhesive layer 1b) is a thermosetting adhesive;
- the foaming agent contained in the first adhesive layer 1a and the second adhesive layer 1b) is a thermally expandable microcapsule.
- the foaming agent-containing adhesive layers 5a and 5b are respectively foamed and cured to form foam layers 15a and 15b.
- the length s of the bubbles 31 in the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15a is The number of bubbles within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness t1 is equal to or less than a predetermined value or a predetermined length L in the direction D2 perpendicular to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15a.
- the length s of the foam layer 15b in the thickness direction D1 of the bubbles 31 is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness t2 of the foam layer 15b.
- the number of bubbles is equal to or less than a predetermined value per predetermined length L in the direction D2 perpendicular to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15b.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment.
- the foamable adhesive sheet 10 in FIG. 9 has a first adhesive layer 1a, a base material 12, and a second adhesive layer 1b in this order. Note that FIG. 9 is the same as FIG. 8 described above except that the base material 12 is disposed between the first adhesive layer 1a and the second adhesive layer 1b.
- both the first adhesive layer 1a and the second adhesive layer 1b are foaming agent-containing adhesive layers 5a and 5b containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, but the first Either one of the adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment when the adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer, the foamable adhesive sheet is heated at a predetermined temperature for a predetermined period of time.
- the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer is foamed and cured by heating to form a foam layer, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length of the foam layer in the thickness direction is the same as that of the foam layer.
- the number of bubbles within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness is equal to or less than a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer, poor adhesion can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
- the thickness of the foam layer is In a cross section parallel to the width direction, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 ⁇ m is 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Less than 7 pieces per length.
- the number of bubbles is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, even more preferably 1 or less, and particularly preferably 0.
- a support having a smooth surface is used, and the foamable adhesive sheet is placed on the smooth surface of the support before heating.
- the support is not particularly limited as long as it has a smooth surface and heat resistance, and for example, a glass substrate, a resin substrate, etc. can be used.
- the thickness direction of the foam layer is perpendicular to the plane direction of the support. Further, the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer is the plane direction of the support.
- the use of the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment is not particularly limited.
- the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment can be used, for example, to manufacture the above-mentioned articles.
- the second embodiment of the foamable adhesive sheet in the present disclosure is a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
- a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer the curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive
- the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule
- the foamable adhesive sheet is When the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer is foamed and cured to form a foam layer by heating at a foaming temperature of ⁇ 20°C for 15 minutes, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, The number of bubbles having a length of 100 ⁇ m or more in the thickness direction is less than 7 per 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- FIGS. 7 to 9 are schematic cross-sectional views showing an example of the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment. Note that since FIGS. 7 to 9 were described in the section of the first embodiment above, their explanations will be omitted here.
- the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment when the adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer, the foamable adhesive sheet is heated at a predetermined temperature for a predetermined period of time.
- the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer is foamed and cured by heating to form a foam layer
- the length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 ⁇ m or more in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- the number of bubbles is equal to or less than a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer, poor adhesion can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
- the thickness of the foam layer is In a cross section parallel to the width direction, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 ⁇ m or more is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- the number of bubbles is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, even more preferably 1 or less, and particularly preferably 0.
- heating may be performed after placing the foamable adhesive sheet on one side of the support.
- the support may be the same as in the first embodiment.
- Adhesive Composition The adhesive composition in the present disclosure has two embodiments. Each embodiment will be described below.
- a first embodiment of the adhesive composition in the present disclosure is an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, the curable adhesive comprising:
- the adhesive composition is a thermosetting adhesive
- the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule.
- the adhesive composition of this embodiment is applied to one surface of the support at a predetermined thickness, and the adhesive composition is When a foam layer is formed by foaming and curing the coating film by heating the coating film at a predetermined temperature for a predetermined time, the thickness of the foam layer is measured in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- the number of bubbles whose length is within a predetermined range relative to the thickness of the foam layer is less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer, thereby preventing adhesion failure. Can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
- the adhesive composition is applied to one side of the support to a thickness of 45 ⁇ m, and the coating film of the adhesive composition is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ⁇ 20°C. , when the coating film is foamed and cured to form a foam layer, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 ⁇ m.
- the number of bubbles is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- the number of bubbles is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, even more preferably 1 or less, and particularly preferably 0.
- a support having a smooth surface is used, and the adhesive composition is applied to the smooth surface of the support.
- the support is not particularly limited as long as it has a smooth surface and heat resistance, and for example, a glass substrate, a resin substrate, etc. can be used.
- the thickness direction of the foam layer is perpendicular to the plane direction of the support. Further, the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer is the plane direction of the support.
- a second embodiment of the adhesive composition in the present disclosure is an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, the curable adhesive comprising:
- the adhesive composition is a thermosetting adhesive
- the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule.
- the adhesive composition of this embodiment is applied to one surface of the support at a predetermined thickness, and the adhesive composition is When a foam layer is formed by foaming and curing the coating film by heating the coating film at a predetermined temperature for a predetermined time, the thickness of the foam layer is measured in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- the number of bubbles having a length of 100 ⁇ m or more is equal to or less than a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer, poor adhesion can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
- the adhesive composition is applied to one side of the support to a thickness of 45 ⁇ m, and the coating film of the adhesive composition is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ⁇ 20°C.
- the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 ⁇ m or more in the cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer is Less than 7 pieces per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the body layer.
- the number of bubbles is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, even more preferably 1 or less, and particularly preferably 0.
- the support may be the same as in the first embodiment.
- ⁇ Acrylic resin PMMA-PBuA-PMMA (acrylamide group in part), Tg: -20°C, 120°C, Mw: 150,000 ⁇ Epoxy resin A: Bisphenol A novolac type, solid at room temperature, softening temperature: 70°C, epoxy equivalent: 210g/eq, Mw: 1300, melt viscosity at 150°C: 0.5Pa ⁇ s ⁇ Epoxy resin B: BPA phenoxy type, solid at room temperature, softening temperature: 110°C, epoxy equivalent: 8000g/eq, Mw: 50,000 ⁇ Epoxy resin C: bisphenol A type, liquid at room temperature, epoxy equivalent: 184 to 194 g/eq ⁇ Epoxy resin D: Diaminodiphenylmethane type, high viscosity liquid, epoxy equivalent: 110 to 130 g/eq ⁇ Epoxy resin E: silicone modification, epoxy equivalent: 1200 g/mol ⁇ Curing agent A: Phenol formaldehyde polyconden
- ⁇ Blowing agent A thermally expandable microcapsules, average particle size 10 ⁇ m to 16 ⁇ m, expansion start temperature 123°C to 133°C, maximum expansion temperature 168°C to 178°C, core: hydrocarbon, shell: thermoplastic polymer, blowing agent B: Thermally expandable microcapsules, average particle size 18 ⁇ m to 24 ⁇ m, expansion start temperature 120°C to 130°C, maximum expansion temperature 175°C to 190°C, core: hydrocarbon, shell: thermoplastic polymer, blowing agent C: heat Expandable microcapsules, average particle size 18 ⁇ m to 24 ⁇ m, expansion start temperature 123°C to 133°C, maximum expansion temperature 180°C to 195°C, core: hydrocarbon, shell: thermoplastic polymer, solvent: methyl ethyl ketone
- a release film (PET separator, manufactured by Nipper Co., Ltd., PET 50 x 1-J2, thickness 50 ⁇ m) was used, and the second adhesive composition was applied to the release-treated surface of the release film after coating and drying. It was applied using an applicator so that the thickness was 45 ⁇ m. Thereafter, it was dried in an oven at 100° C. for 3 minutes to form a second adhesive layer.
- PET separator manufactured by Nipper Co., Ltd., PET 50 x 1-J2, thickness 50 ⁇ m
- PEN film polyethylene naphthalate
- Teonex Q51 thickness 25 ⁇ m
- the first adhesive composition was applied using an applicator so that the thickness after drying was 45 ⁇ m. Thereafter, it was dried in an oven at 100° C. for 3 minutes to form a first adhesive layer.
- the surface of the second adhesive layer of the laminate having the separator and the second adhesive layer was laminated onto the surface of the base material of the laminate having the base material and the first adhesive layer.
- a foamable adhesive sheet was obtained in which the first adhesive layer, the base material, the second adhesive layer, and the separator were arranged in this order.
- Adhesion As shown in FIGS. 14(a) and 14(b), two metal plates 41 (cold rolled steel plate SPCC-SD) each having a thickness of 1.6 mm, a width of 25 mm, and a length of 100 mm were prepared. Spacers 42 were arranged at one end of one of the metal plates 41 at a predetermined interval. The thickness of the spacer 42 was approximately 370 ⁇ m (thickness obtained by stacking two sheets of Kapton tape P-221 manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation and one sheet of fluororesin adhesive tape 8410 manufactured by Teraoka Seisakusho). Further, the foam adhesive sheet was cut into a size of 12.5 mm x 25 mm.
- the separator was removed.
- the foam adhesive sheet 10 was placed between the spacers 42, and another metal plate 41 was placed so that one tip overlapped with the other metal plate 41, and was fixed with a clip to obtain a test piece.
- the test piece was placed in a thermal oven, and the temperature was raised from room temperature to a predetermined temperature in 13 minutes, and held for 20 minutes to foam and harden the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet 10.
- the heating temperatures were 150°C, 160°C, 170°C, 180°C, 190°C, and 200°C.
- the shear strength (adhesive strength) of the heated test piece was measured using a tensile tester Tensilon RTF1350 (manufactured by A&D Co., Ltd.) in accordance with JIS K6850. The measurement conditions were a tensile speed of 10 mm/min and a temperature of 23°C. Tables 2 and 3 show the heating temperature and adhesive strength when the adhesive strength was the highest among the adhesive strengths at each heating temperature.
- test piece was prepared by bonding the surface of the first adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet onto a glass substrate so that it protruded by about 1 mm.
- the test piece is placed in a thermal oven, the temperature is raised from room temperature to a predetermined temperature in 13 minutes, and held for 15 minutes, thereby foaming and hardening the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet 10.
- An adhesive sheet having a cured adhesive layer, a base material, and a second cured adhesive layer in this order was obtained.
- the heating temperature was the heating temperature at which the adhesive strength was the highest among the adhesive strengths at each heating temperature in the above adhesive strength measurement.
- the part of the adhesive sheet that protruded from the edge of the glass substrate was cut along the edge of the glass substrate with a trimming blade.
- the cut cross section was fixed so that it could be observed vertically, and bubbles were observed using an optical microscope (digital microscope VHX-2000, manufactured by Keyence Corporation).
- VHX-2000 digital microscope VHX-2000, manufactured by Keyence Corporation.
- the number of bubbles whose length was equal to or greater than the thickness of the cured adhesive layer (foam layer) - 6 ⁇ m was counted in a 4 mm square field of view.
- the number of bubbles was the average value of the number of bubbles at three randomly selected locations.
- An article having a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member,
- the adhesive member has at least a cured adhesive layer
- the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
- the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the thickness of the foam layer - 6 ⁇ m is determined by the number of cells in the foam layer.
- An article having less than 7 pieces per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction.
- An article having a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member,
- the adhesive member has at least a cured adhesive layer
- the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, In a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 ⁇ m or more is 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Articles having fewer than 7 pieces per length.
- the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer, The article according to [1] or [2], wherein at least one of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer is the foam layer. [4] The article according to [3], wherein the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer are the foam layers.
- a method for manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer comprising:
- the adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, a step of arranging the foamable adhesive sheet between the first member and the second member; an adhesion step of foaming and curing the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet to form a foam layer, and adhering the first member and the second member;
- the foam curing conditions in the bonding step are such that, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is the thickness of the foam layer - 6 ⁇ m.
- a method for manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer comprising: The adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, a step of arranging the foamable adhesive sheet between the first member and the second member; an adhesion step of foaming and curing the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet to form a foam layer, and adhering the first member and the second member; In the cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 ⁇ m or more is set to the foam curing conditions in the bonding step.
- a method for producing an article wherein the number of pieces is set to be less than 7 per 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the body layer.
- the foamable adhesive sheet has a first adhesive layer and a second adhesive layer, The method for producing an article according to [5] or [6], wherein at least one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer is the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer.
- the curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive
- the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule
- a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer,
- the adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent
- the curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive
- the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule
- a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer,
- the adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent
- the curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive
- the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule
- the thickness direction of the foam layer is In a cross section parallel to , the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 ⁇ m or more is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. , foam adhesive sheet.
- An adhesive composition comprising a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, the adhesive composition comprising:
- the curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive
- the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule
- the adhesive composition is applied to one side of the support to a thickness of 45 ⁇ m, and the coating film of the adhesive composition is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ⁇ 20°C.
- a foam layer is formed by foaming and curing the membrane, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length of the foam layer in the thickness direction is equal to the thickness of the foam layer - 6 ⁇ m.
- the adhesive composition has a number of bubbles equal to or greater than the value of less than 7 per 4 mm length in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
- An adhesive composition comprising a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, the adhesive composition comprising: The curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule, The adhesive composition is applied to one side of the support to a thickness of 45 ⁇ m, and the coating film of the adhesive composition is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ⁇ 20°C.
- the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 ⁇ m or more is as follows.
- Adhesive layer 1a First adhesive layer 1b... Second adhesive layer 5, 5a, 5b, 15, 15a, 15b... Foam layer 11... Cured adhesive layer 11a... First cured adhesive layer 11b... Second cured adhesive layer 12... Base material 13a... First intermediate layer 13b... Second intermediate layer 10... Foamable adhesive sheet 20a... First member 20b... Second member 30... Adhesive member 100... Article
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
- Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
Abstract
The present disclosure provides an article comprising a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member, wherein: the adhesive member has at least a cured adhesive layer, and the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foam cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent; and in a cross-section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of bubbles where the length of the foam layer in the thickness direction is equal to or greater than the thickness of the foam layer minus 6 μm is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
Description
本開示は、物品およびその製造方法、ならびにそれに用いられる発泡性接着シートおよび接着剤組成物に関する。
The present disclosure relates to an article, a method for manufacturing the same, and a foamable adhesive sheet and adhesive composition used therefor.
部材同士を接着する接着剤は、様々な分野で用いられており、その接着方法も、多くの方法が知られている。
Adhesives for bonding members together are used in various fields, and many bonding methods are known.
例えば特許文献1~3には、発泡剤を含有する接着シート(発泡性接着シート)が開示されている。発泡性接着シートの使用方法として、例えば、部材間に発泡性接着シートを配置し、その後、発泡性接着シートを加熱により発泡硬化させることで、部材同士を接着する方法が知られている。
For example, Patent Documents 1 to 3 disclose adhesive sheets containing a foaming agent (foamable adhesive sheets). As a method of using a foamable adhesive sheet, for example, a method is known in which a foamable adhesive sheet is placed between members, and then the foamable adhesive sheet is foamed and cured by heating to bond the members together.
このような発泡性接着シートにおいては、発泡硬化後における接着性が良好であることが望まれている。
It is desired that such a foamable adhesive sheet has good adhesion after foaming and curing.
本開示は、上記実情に鑑みてなされたものであり、接着性に優れる物品、ならびに、接着性を向上させることが可能な物品の製造方法、発泡性接着シートおよび接着剤組成物を提供することを主目的とする。
The present disclosure has been made in view of the above-mentioned circumstances, and provides an article with excellent adhesiveness, a method for manufacturing the article that can improve adhesiveness, a foamable adhesive sheet, and an adhesive composition. The main purpose is
本開示の一実施形態は、第一部材と、第二部材と、上記第一部材および上記第二部材との間に配置された接着部材とを有する物品であって、上記接着部材が、少なくとも硬化接着層を有し、上記硬化接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、物品を提供する。
One embodiment of the present disclosure is an article having a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member, wherein the adhesive member includes at least the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent; In a parallel cross section, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm is 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Provided is an article having fewer than 7 pieces per length.
本開示の他の実施形態は、第一部材と、第二部材と、上記第一部材および上記第二部材との間に配置された接着部材とを有する物品であって、上記接着部材が、少なくとも硬化接着層を有し、上記硬化接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、物品を提供する。
Another embodiment of the present disclosure is an article having a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member, the adhesive member comprising: It has at least a cured adhesive layer, and the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and the thickness direction of the foam layer is In a cross section parallel to , the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. , provide goods.
本開示の他の実施形態は、少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートを用いる物品の製造方法であって、接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、第一部材および第二部材の間に、上記発泡性接着シートを配置する配置工程と、上記発泡性接着シートの上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層とし、上記第一部材および上記第二部材を接着する接着工程と、を有し、上記接着工程における発泡硬化条件を、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満となるように設定する、物品の製造方法を提供する。
Another embodiment of the present disclosure is a method for manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer being a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. , arranging the foamable adhesive sheet between the first member and the second member; foaming and curing the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet to form a foam layer; and an adhesion step of adhering the second member, and the foam curing conditions in the adhesion step are set to the length of the foam layer in the thickness direction in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer. of the article, the number of bubbles having a value equal to or greater than the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm is set to be less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. A manufacturing method is provided.
本開示の他の実施形態は、少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートを用いる物品の製造方法であって、接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、第一部材および上記第二部材の間に、上記発泡性接着シートを配置する配置工程と、上記発泡性接着シートの上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層とし、上記第一部材および上記第二部材を接着する接着工程と、を有し、上記接着工程における発泡硬化条件を、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満となるように設定する、物品の製造方法を提供する。
Another embodiment of the present disclosure is a method for manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer being a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. , arranging the foamable adhesive sheet between the first member and the second member; foaming and curing the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet to form a foam layer; and an adhesion step of adhering the member and the second member, and the foam curing conditions in the adhesion step are set to the length of the foam layer in the thickness direction in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Provided is a method for manufacturing an article, in which the number of bubbles having a diameter of 100 μm or more is set to be less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
本開示の他の実施形態は、少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートであって、接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、上記発泡性接着シートを上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層としたとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、発泡性接着シートを提供する。
Another embodiment of the present disclosure is a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer being a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent; The foaming agent is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule, and the foaming adhesive sheet is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C. When the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer is foamed and cured to form a foam layer, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length of the foam layer in the thickness direction is the thickness of the foam layer. The present invention provides a foamable adhesive sheet in which the number of bubbles having a value of -6 μm or more is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
本開示の他の実施形態は、少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートであって、接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、上記発泡性接着シートを上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層としたとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、発泡性接着シートを提供する。
Another embodiment of the present disclosure is a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer being a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent; The foaming agent is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule, and the foaming adhesive sheet is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C. When the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer is foamed and cured to form a foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Provided is a foamable adhesive sheet in which the number of adhesive sheets is less than 7 per 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
本開示の他の実施形態は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物であって、上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、支持体の一方の面に上記接着剤組成物を45μmの厚さで塗布し、上記接着剤組成物の塗膜を上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記塗膜を発泡硬化させて発泡体層を形成したとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、接着剤組成物を提供する。
Another embodiment of the present disclosure is an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, wherein the curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, and the foaming agent comprises: The adhesive composition is applied to one side of the support to a thickness of 45 μm, and the coating film of the adhesive composition is heated at ±20° C. at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent for 15 μm. When the coating film is foamed and cured by heating for 1 minute to form a foam layer, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is the foam layer. Provided is an adhesive composition in which the number of bubbles having a value equal to or greater than the value of body layer thickness - 6 μm is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
本開示の他の実施形態は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物であって、上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、支持体の一方の面に上記接着剤組成物を45μmの厚さで塗布し、上記接着剤組成物の塗膜を上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記塗膜を発泡硬化させて発泡体層を形成したとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、接着剤組成物を提供する。
Another embodiment of the present disclosure is an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, wherein the curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, and the foaming agent comprises: The adhesive composition is applied to one side of the support to a thickness of 45 μm, and the coating film of the adhesive composition is heated at ±20° C. at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent for 15 μm. When the coating film is foamed and cured by heating for minutes to form a foam layer, the length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer. The number of bubbles is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
本開示においては、接着性に優れる物品、ならびに、接着性を向上させることが可能な物品の製造方法、発泡性接着シートおよび接着剤組成物を提供することができる。
In the present disclosure, it is possible to provide an article with excellent adhesiveness, a method for manufacturing the article that can improve adhesiveness, a foamable adhesive sheet, and an adhesive composition.
下記に、図面等を参照しながら本開示の実施の形態を説明する。ただし、本開示は多くの異なる態様で実施することが可能であり、下記に例示する実施の形態の記載内容に限定して解釈されるものではない。また、図面は説明をより明確にするため、実際の形態に比べ、各部の幅、厚さ、形状等について模式的に表わされる場合があるが、あくまで一例であって、本開示の解釈を限定するものではない。また、本明細書と各図において、既出の図に関して前述したものと同様の要素には、同一の符号を付して、詳細な説明を適宜省略することがある。
Embodiments of the present disclosure will be described below with reference to the drawings and the like. However, the present disclosure can be implemented in many different ways, and should not be construed as being limited to the description of the embodiments exemplified below. Further, in order to make the explanation clearer, the drawings may schematically represent the width, thickness, shape, etc. of each part compared to the actual form, but this is just an example and does not limit the interpretation of the present disclosure. It's not something you do. In addition, in this specification and each figure, the same elements as those described above with respect to the previously shown figures are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed explanations may be omitted as appropriate.
本明細書において、ある部材の上に他の部材を配置する態様を表現するにあたり、単に「上に」あるいは「下に」と表記する場合、特に断りの無い限りは、ある部材に接するように、直上あるいは直下に他の部材を配置する場合と、ある部材の上方あるいは下方に、さらに別の部材を介して他の部材を配置する場合との両方を含むものとする。また、本明細書において、ある部材の面に他の部材を配置する態様を表現するにあたり、単に「面側に」または「面に」と表記する場合、特に断りの無い限りは、ある部材に接するように、直上あるいは直下に他の部材を配置する場合と、ある部材の上方あるいは下方に、さらに別の部材を介して他の部材を配置する場合との両方を含むものとする。
In this specification, when expressing a mode in which another member is placed on top of a certain member, when it is simply expressed as "above" or "below", unless otherwise specified, it means that the member is in contact with a certain member. This includes both cases in which another member is placed directly above or below a certain member, and cases in which another member is placed above or below a certain member via another member. In addition, in this specification, when expressing a mode in which another member is arranged on the surface of a certain member, when it is simply expressed as "on the surface side" or "on the surface", unless otherwise specified, This includes both a case where another member is placed directly above or directly below the member so as to be in contact with the member, and a case where another member is placed above or below a certain member via another member.
また、本明細書において、「シート」には、「フィルム」と呼ばれる部材も含まれる。また、「フィルム」には、「シート」と呼ばれる部材も含まれる。また、本明細書における数値範囲は、平均的な値の範囲である。
Furthermore, in this specification, the term "sheet" also includes a member called a "film." Furthermore, the term "film" also includes a member called a "sheet." Moreover, the numerical range in this specification is a range of average values.
以下、本開示における物品、物品の製造方法、発泡性接着シート、および接着剤組成について、詳細に説明する。
Hereinafter, the article, the method for manufacturing the article, the foamable adhesive sheet, and the adhesive composition in the present disclosure will be described in detail.
A.物品
本開示における物品は、2つの実施態様を有する。以下、各実施態様について説明する。 A. Article The article in this disclosure has two embodiments. Each embodiment will be described below.
本開示における物品は、2つの実施態様を有する。以下、各実施態様について説明する。 A. Article The article in this disclosure has two embodiments. Each embodiment will be described below.
I.物品の第1実施態様
本開示における物品の第1実施態様は、第一部材と、第二部材と、上記第一部材および上記第二部材との間に配置された接着部材とを有する物品であって、上記接着部材が、少なくとも硬化接着層を有し、上記硬化接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。 I. First Embodiment of Article A first embodiment of an article according to the present disclosure is an article having a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member. The adhesive member has at least a cured adhesive layer, and the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, In a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm is determined by the number of cells in the foam layer. Less than 7 pieces per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction.
本開示における物品の第1実施態様は、第一部材と、第二部材と、上記第一部材および上記第二部材との間に配置された接着部材とを有する物品であって、上記接着部材が、少なくとも硬化接着層を有し、上記硬化接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。 I. First Embodiment of Article A first embodiment of an article according to the present disclosure is an article having a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member. The adhesive member has at least a cured adhesive layer, and the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, In a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm is determined by the number of cells in the foam layer. Less than 7 pieces per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction.
図1は、本実施態様の物品の一例を示す概略断面図である。図1に示すように、物品100は、第一部材20aと、第二部材20bと、第一部材20aおよび第二部材20bとの間に配置された接着部材30とを有する。接着部材30は、硬化接着層11を有する。硬化接着層11は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層15であり、内部に気泡31を含む。硬化接着層11を構成する発泡体層15の厚さ方向D1に平行な断面において、気泡31のうち、発泡体層15の厚さ方向D1の長さsが発泡体層15の厚さtに対して所定の範囲である気泡の数は、発泡体層15の厚さ方向d1に垂直な方向d2の所定長さL当たり所定の値以下となっている。
FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the article of this embodiment. As shown in FIG. 1, the article 100 includes a first member 20a, a second member 20b, and an adhesive member 30 disposed between the first member 20a and the second member 20b. The adhesive member 30 has a cured adhesive layer 11. The cured adhesive layer 11 is a foam layer 15 containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and contains air bubbles 31 inside. In a cross section parallel to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15 constituting the cured adhesive layer 11, the length s of the foam layer 15 in the thickness direction D1 of the bubbles 31 is equal to the thickness t of the foam layer 15. On the other hand, the number of bubbles within a predetermined range is less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length L in the direction d2 perpendicular to the thickness direction d1 of the foam layer 15.
接着部材が1つの硬化接着層を有する場合において、硬化接着層が発泡体層である場合に、大きさが発泡体層の厚さ程度であるような、大きな気泡が存在すると、このような気泡が存在する領域では、硬化接着層が第一部材および第二部材に接していない、あるいは、硬化接着層と第一部材との接触面積および硬化接着層と第二部材との接触面積が非常に小さくなる。そのため、上記気泡を起点として、硬化接着層の剥がれ、浮き、割れ等の接着不良が生じやすくなると考えられる。
When the adhesive member has one cured adhesive layer and the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer, if there are large bubbles whose size is about the thickness of the foam layer, such bubbles In the area where , the cured adhesive layer is not in contact with the first member and the second member, or the contact area between the cured adhesive layer and the first member and the contact area between the cured adhesive layer and the second member are very large. becomes smaller. Therefore, it is thought that adhesion failures such as peeling, lifting, and cracking of the cured adhesive layer tend to occur starting from the bubbles.
これに対し、本実施態様の物品においては、接着部材が1つの硬化接着層を有する場合において、硬化接着層が発泡体層である場合に、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが発泡体層の厚さに対して所定の範囲である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向の所定長さ当たり所定の値以下であることにより、接着不良を抑制することができる。したがって、接着性を向上させることが可能である。
On the other hand, in the article of this embodiment, when the adhesive member has one cured adhesive layer and the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, The number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness of the foam layer is less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. This makes it possible to suppress poor adhesion. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
図2は、本実施態様の物品の他の例を示す概略断面図である。本実施態様の物品において、図2に示すように、接着部材30は、第一硬化接着層11aと、第二硬化接着層11bとを有することができる。第一硬化接着層11aおよび第二硬化接着層11bはそれぞれ、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層15a、15bであり、内部に気泡31を含む。第一硬化接着層11aを構成する発泡体層15aの厚さ方向D1の断面において、気泡31のうち、発泡体層15aの厚さ方向D1の長さsが発泡体層15aの厚さt1に対して所定の範囲である気泡の数は、発泡体層15aの厚さ方向D1に垂直な方向D2の所定長さL当たり所定の値以下となっている。また、第二硬化接着層11bを構成する発泡体層15bの厚さ方向D1の断面において、気泡31のうち、発泡体層15bの厚さ方向D1の長さsが発泡体層15bの厚さt2に対して所定の範囲である気泡の数は、発泡体層15bの厚さ方向D1に垂直な方向D2の所定長さL当たり所定の値以下となっている。
FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the article of this embodiment. In the article of this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, the adhesive member 30 can have a first cured adhesive layer 11a and a second cured adhesive layer 11b. The first cured adhesive layer 11a and the second cured adhesive layer 11b are respectively foam layers 15a and 15b containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and have air bubbles inside. Contains 31. In the cross section of the foam layer 15a constituting the first cured adhesive layer 11a in the thickness direction D1, the length s of the foam layer 15a in the thickness direction D1 of the bubbles 31 is equal to the thickness t1 of the foam layer 15a. On the other hand, the number of bubbles within a predetermined range is less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length L in the direction D2 perpendicular to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15a. Further, in the cross section in the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15b constituting the second cured adhesive layer 11b, the length s of the foam layer 15b in the thickness direction D1 of the bubbles 31 is equal to the thickness of the foam layer 15b. The number of bubbles within a predetermined range with respect to t2 is less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length L in the direction D2 perpendicular to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15b.
なお、図2においては、第一硬化接着層11aおよび第二硬化接着層11bの両方が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層15a、15bであるが、第一硬化接着層11aおよび第二硬化接着層11bのいずれか一方のみが、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であってもよい。
In addition, in FIG. 2, both the first cured adhesive layer 11a and the second cured adhesive layer 11b are foam layers 15a containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. , 15b, but only one of the first cured adhesive layer 11a and the second cured adhesive layer 11b is a foam containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. It may be a layer.
接着部材が、第一硬化接着層と第二硬化接着層とを有する場合において、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層が発泡体層である場合に、大きさが発泡体層の厚さ程度であるような、大きな気泡が存在すると、このような気泡が存在する領域では、第一硬化接着層が第一部材に接していなかったり、第二硬化接着層が第二部材に接していなかったりする、あるいは、第一硬化接着層と第一部材との接触面積が非常に小さくなったり、第二硬化接着層と第二部材との接触面積が非常に小さくなったりする。そのため、上記気泡を起点として、第一硬化接着層や第二硬化接着層の剥がれ、浮き、割れ等の接着不良が生じやすくなると考えられる。
When the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer, and the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer are foam layers, the size is the thickness of the foam layer. If there are large air bubbles, such as those that are present, the first cured adhesive layer may not be in contact with the first member, or the second cured adhesive layer may not be in contact with the second member in the area where such air bubbles are present. Or, the contact area between the first cured adhesive layer and the first member becomes very small, or the contact area between the second cured adhesive layer and the second member becomes very small. Therefore, it is thought that adhesion defects such as peeling, lifting, and cracking of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer tend to occur starting from the bubbles.
これに対し、本実施態様の物品においては、接着部材が第一硬化接着層と第二硬化接着層とを有する場合において、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層が発泡体層である場合に、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが発泡体層の厚さに対して所定の範囲である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向の所定長さ当たり所定の値以下であることにより、接着不良を抑制することができる。したがって、接着性を向上させることが可能である。
On the other hand, in the article of this embodiment, when the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer, the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer are foam layers. In the cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness of the foam layer is determined by the thickness of the foam layer. Adhesion defects can be suppressed by being less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the width direction. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
なお、接着部材が第一硬化接着層と第二硬化接着層とを有する場合において、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層のいずれか一方が発泡体層である場合にも、同様に、接着不良を抑制し、接着性を向上させることが可能である。
In addition, in the case where the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer, and when either the first cured adhesive layer or the second cured adhesive layer is a foam layer, similarly, It is possible to suppress adhesion defects and improve adhesion.
図3は、本実施態様の物品の他の例を示す概略断面図である。本実施態様の物品において、図3に示すように、接着部材30は、第一硬化接着層11aと、基材12と、第二硬化接着層11bとをこの順に有することができる。なお、図3については、第一硬化接着層11aと第二硬化接着層11bとの間に基材12が配置されていること以外は、上記の図2と同様である。
FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the article of this embodiment. In the article of this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3, the adhesive member 30 can have a first cured adhesive layer 11a, a base material 12, and a second cured adhesive layer 11b in this order. Note that FIG. 3 is the same as FIG. 2 described above except that the base material 12 is disposed between the first cured adhesive layer 11a and the second cured adhesive layer 11b.
なお、図3においては、第一硬化接着層11aおよび第二硬化接着層11bの両方が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層15a、15bであるが、第一硬化接着層11aおよび第二硬化接着層11bのいずれか一方のみが、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であってもよい。
In addition, in FIG. 3, both the first cured adhesive layer 11a and the second cured adhesive layer 11b are foam layers 15a containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. , 15b, but only one of the first cured adhesive layer 11a and the second cured adhesive layer 11b is a foam containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. It may be a layer.
接着部材が、第一硬化接着層と基材と第二硬化接着層とをこの順に有する場合において、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層が発泡体層である場合に、大きさが発泡体層の厚さ程度であるような、大きな気泡が存在すると、このような気泡が存在する領域では、第一硬化接着層が第一部材および基材に接していなかったり、第二硬化接着層が第二部材および基材に接していなかったりする、あるいは、第一硬化接着層と第一部材および基材との接触面積が非常に小さくなったり、第二硬化接着層と第二部材および基材との接触面積が非常に小さくなったりする。そのため、上記気泡を起点として、第一硬化接着層や第二硬化接着層の剥がれ、浮き、割れ等の接着不良が生じやすくなると考えられる。
When the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer, a base material, and a second cured adhesive layer in this order, and the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer are foam layers, the size is foamed. If there are large bubbles that are about the thickness of the body layer, the first cured adhesive layer may not be in contact with the first member and the base material, or the second cured adhesive layer may not be in contact with the first member and the base material in the area where such bubbles are present. may not be in contact with the second member and the base material, or the contact area between the first cured adhesive layer and the first member and the base material may be very small, or the second cured adhesive layer may not be in contact with the second member and the base material. The contact area with the material becomes very small. Therefore, it is thought that adhesion defects such as peeling, lifting, and cracking of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer tend to occur starting from the bubbles.
これに対し、本実施態様の物品においては、接着部材が第一硬化接着層と基材と第二硬化接着層とをこの順に有する場合において、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層が発泡体層である場合に、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが発泡体層の厚さに対して所定の範囲である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向の所定長さ当たり所定の値以下であることにより、接着不良を抑制することができる。したがって、接着性を向上させることが可能である。
In contrast, in the article of this embodiment, when the adhesive member has the first cured adhesive layer, the base material, and the second cured adhesive layer in this order, the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer are foamed. In the case of a body layer, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness of the foam layer, By being equal to or less than a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer, poor adhesion can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
なお、接着部材が第一硬化接着層と基材と第二硬化接着層とを有する場合において、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層のいずれか一方が発泡体層である場合にも、同様に、接着不良を抑制し、接着性を向上させることが可能である。
In addition, when the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer, a base material, and a second cured adhesive layer, and when either the first cured adhesive layer or the second cured adhesive layer is a foam layer, Similarly, it is possible to suppress adhesion defects and improve adhesion.
したがって、本実施態様の物品においては、信頼性、耐久性を向上させることができる。
Therefore, in the article of this embodiment, reliability and durability can be improved.
以下、本実施態様の物品の各構成について説明する。
Hereinafter, each structure of the article of this embodiment will be explained.
1.接着部材
本開示における接着部材は、第一部材および第二部材との間に配置され、少なくとも硬化接着層を有する。また、硬化接着層は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが発泡体層の厚さに対して所定の範囲である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向の所定長さ当たり所定の値以下である。 1. Adhesive Member The adhesive member in the present disclosure is disposed between the first member and the second member, and has at least a cured adhesive layer. Further, the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, The number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the layer is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness of the foam layer is less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. .
本開示における接着部材は、第一部材および第二部材との間に配置され、少なくとも硬化接着層を有する。また、硬化接着層は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが発泡体層の厚さに対して所定の範囲である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向の所定長さ当たり所定の値以下である。 1. Adhesive Member The adhesive member in the present disclosure is disposed between the first member and the second member, and has at least a cured adhesive layer. Further, the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, The number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the layer is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness of the foam layer is less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. .
また、接着部材は、少なくとも硬化接着層を有していればよく、例えば、1つの硬化接着層を有していてもよく、第一硬化接着層と第二硬化接着層とを有していてもよく、第一硬化接着層と基材と第二硬化接着層とをこの順に有していてもよい。
Further, the adhesive member only needs to have at least a cured adhesive layer, for example, it may have one cured adhesive layer, or it may have a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer. Alternatively, the first cured adhesive layer, the base material, and the second cured adhesive layer may be provided in this order.
接着部材が、第一硬化接着層と第二硬化接着層とを有する場合、または、第一硬化接着層と基材と第二硬化接着層とをこの順に有する場合、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層の少なくとも一方は、上記発泡体層である。
When the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer, or when it has a first cured adhesive layer, a base material, and a second cured adhesive layer in this order, the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer At least one of the two cured adhesive layers is the foam layer described above.
なお、本明細書においては、便宜上、接着部材において、第一部材側に位置する硬化接着層を第一硬化接着層とし、第二部材側に位置する硬化接着層を第二硬化接着層とする。
In this specification, for convenience, in the adhesive member, the cured adhesive layer located on the first member side is referred to as the first cured adhesive layer, and the cured adhesive layer located on the second member side is referred to as the second cured adhesive layer. .
以下、接着部材の各構成について説明する。
Hereinafter, each structure of the adhesive member will be explained.
(1)硬化接着層
本実施態様における硬化接着層は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが発泡体層の厚さに対して所定の範囲である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向の所定長さ当たり所定の値以下である。 (1) Cured adhesive layer The cured adhesive layer in this embodiment is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and is formed in the thickness direction of the foam layer. In a cross section parallel to The impact is below a predetermined value.
本実施態様における硬化接着層は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが発泡体層の厚さに対して所定の範囲である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向の所定長さ当たり所定の値以下である。 (1) Cured adhesive layer The cured adhesive layer in this embodiment is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and is formed in the thickness direction of the foam layer. In a cross section parallel to The impact is below a predetermined value.
(a)気泡
本実施態様における硬化接着層は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、内部に気泡を有する。発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数は、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。中でも、上記気泡の数は、3個以下であることが好ましく、2個以下であることがより好ましく、1個以下であることがさらに好ましく、0個であることが特に好ましい。 (a) Bubbles The cured adhesive layer in this embodiment is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and has bubbles inside. In the cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm is Less than 7 pieces per 4 mm length in the vertical direction. Among these, the number of bubbles is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, even more preferably 1 or less, and particularly preferably 0.
本実施態様における硬化接着層は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、内部に気泡を有する。発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数は、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。中でも、上記気泡の数は、3個以下であることが好ましく、2個以下であることがより好ましく、1個以下であることがさらに好ましく、0個であることが特に好ましい。 (a) Bubbles The cured adhesive layer in this embodiment is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and has bubbles inside. In the cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm is Less than 7 pieces per 4 mm length in the vertical direction. Among these, the number of bubbles is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, even more preferably 1 or less, and particularly preferably 0.
なお、「発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡」とは、発泡体層の厚さ方向の気泡の長さが、発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である、気泡をいう。例えば、発泡体層の厚さが200μmである場合、発泡体層の厚さ方向の気泡の長さが、200-6=194(μm)以上である気泡の数が、上記範囲となる。また、例えば、発泡体層の厚さが00μmである場合、発泡体層の厚さ方向の気泡の長さが、300-6=294(μm)以上である気泡の数が、上記範囲となる。
Note that "cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is greater than or equal to the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm" means that the length of the cells in the thickness direction of the foam layer is greater than or equal to the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm. Refers to bubbles with a thickness of -6 μm or more. For example, when the thickness of the foam layer is 200 μm, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 200−6=194 (μm) or more falls within the above range. For example, when the thickness of the foam layer is 00 μm, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 300−6=294 (μm) or more falls within the above range. .
ここで、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面における、発泡体層の厚さ方向の気泡の長さ、および、気泡の数は、例えば、光学顕微鏡または走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)観察によって得られる画像から求めたり、X線CTスキャンにより得られる断層写真から求めたりすることができる。X線CTスキャンでは、非破壊、非接触で、発泡体層の断面における気泡を観察することができる。そのため、発泡体層の断面を露出させるために物品を切断する際に、気泡が潰れてしまうのを防ぐことができる。よって、発泡体層の厚さ方向の気泡の長さ、および、気泡の数を、正確に求めることができる。中でも、例えば第一部材および第二部材が金属製の部材である場合には、光学顕微鏡または走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)観察が好ましい。
Here, the length of the bubbles in the thickness direction of the foam layer and the number of bubbles in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer can be determined by, for example, observation using an optical microscope or a scanning electron microscope (SEM). It can be determined from an obtained image or from a tomogram obtained by an X-ray CT scan. X-ray CT scanning allows non-destructive, non-contact observation of air bubbles in the cross section of the foam layer. Therefore, when cutting the article to expose the cross section of the foam layer, it is possible to prevent the bubbles from collapsing. Therefore, the length of the bubbles in the thickness direction of the foam layer and the number of bubbles can be accurately determined. Among these, for example, when the first member and the second member are metal members, observation using an optical microscope or a scanning electron microscope (SEM) is preferable.
また、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面における気泡の数は、無作為に選んだ3箇所の気泡の数の平均値とする。
Furthermore, the number of bubbles in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer is the average value of the number of bubbles at three randomly selected locations.
また、発泡体層の厚さは、透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)又は走査透過型電子顕微鏡(STEM)により観察される発泡性接着シートの厚さ方向の断面から測定した値であり、無作為に選んだ10箇所の厚さの平均値とすることができる。なお、各層の厚さの測定方法についても同様とすることができる。
In addition, the thickness of the foam layer is measured from a cross section in the thickness direction of the foam adhesive sheet observed with a transmission electron microscope (TEM), a scanning electron microscope (SEM), or a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM). This value can be taken as the average value of the thickness at 10 randomly selected locations. Note that the method for measuring the thickness of each layer can be similarly applied.
また、物品については、発泡体層の厚さ方向は、第一部材または第二部材の平面方向に垂直な方向とする。また、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向は、第一部材または第二部材の平面方向とする。なお、第一部材および第二部材の平面方向は、巨視的に見たときの第一部材および第二部材の平面方向をいう。
Furthermore, for the article, the thickness direction of the foam layer is perpendicular to the plane direction of the first member or the second member. Further, the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer is the plane direction of the first member or the second member. Note that the plane direction of the first member and the second member refers to the plane direction of the first member and the second member when viewed macroscopically.
発泡体層において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが所定の範囲である気泡を抑制する手段としては、例えば、接着剤組成物の組成を調整する方法や、接着剤組成物の発泡硬化条件を調整する方法が挙げられる。
In the foam layer, methods for suppressing bubbles whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is within a predetermined range include, for example, a method of adjusting the composition of the adhesive composition, and a method of foaming and curing the adhesive composition. One method is to adjust the conditions.
接着剤組成物の組成を調整する方法としては、例えば、硬化性の接着剤の主剤である樹脂成分の分子量を調整する方法、発泡剤の最大発泡温度を調整する方法、発泡剤の最大発泡温度での発泡倍率を調整する方法、発泡剤の含有量を調整する方法、発泡剤が熱膨張性マイクロカプセルである場合に、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルの構造を調整する方法が挙げられる。
Methods for adjusting the composition of the adhesive composition include, for example, methods for adjusting the molecular weight of the resin component that is the main ingredient of the curable adhesive, methods for adjusting the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent, and methods for adjusting the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent. Examples include a method of adjusting the foaming ratio in , a method of adjusting the content of the blowing agent, and a method of adjusting the structure of the thermally expandable microcapsules when the blowing agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule.
硬化性の接着剤の主剤である樹脂成分の分子量を調整する方法においては、例えば、硬化性の接着剤として、熱硬化性の接着剤が用いられる。この場合、接着剤組成物の発泡硬化過程において、樹脂成分が軟化して流動性が高くなる。このとき、樹脂成分の分子量が大きい場合には、樹脂成分の分子量が小さい場合と比較して、樹脂成分の流動性が低い。そのため、気泡が大きくなりにくかったり、気泡同士が連結しにくくなったりするので、上記のような大きな気泡の発生が抑制される傾向にある。よって、硬化性の接着剤の主剤である樹脂成分として、高分子量の樹脂成分を含有させることにより、上記のような大きな気泡の発生を抑制することができる。
In the method of adjusting the molecular weight of the resin component that is the main ingredient of the curable adhesive, for example, a thermosetting adhesive is used as the curable adhesive. In this case, during the foaming and curing process of the adhesive composition, the resin component is softened and fluidity increases. At this time, when the molecular weight of the resin component is large, the fluidity of the resin component is lower than when the molecular weight of the resin component is small. Therefore, the bubbles are less likely to grow and the bubbles are less likely to connect with each other, so the generation of large bubbles as described above tends to be suppressed. Therefore, by including a high molecular weight resin component as the main resin component of the curable adhesive, the generation of large bubbles as described above can be suppressed.
発泡剤の最大発泡温度を調整する方法においては、発泡剤として、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルが用いられる。熱膨張性マイクロカプセルにおいては、樹脂からなるシェルの内部に、炭化水素等の熱膨張剤が内包されている。ここで、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルにおいては、加熱すると、シェルを構成する樹脂が軟化するとともに、炭化水素等の熱膨張剤の圧力が上昇し、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルが膨張する。膨張によってシェルが薄くなるため、さらに加熱を続けると、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルから熱膨張剤が抜けてしまい、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルが収縮する。そのため、例えば、発泡剤の最大発泡温度が高いと、接着剤組成物の発泡硬化過程において、発泡剤が収縮して、発泡体層(硬化接着層)の厚さが薄くなるのを抑制することができる。これにより、発泡体層(硬化接着層)の厚さに対して気泡の大きさが相対的に大きくなるのを抑制することができる。よって、発泡体層(硬化接着層)の厚さに対して気泡の大きさを相対的に小さくすることができるので、上記のような大きな気泡を抑制することができる。
In the method of adjusting the maximum foaming temperature of a foaming agent, thermally expandable microcapsules are used as the foaming agent. In thermally expandable microcapsules, a thermally expandable agent such as a hydrocarbon is encapsulated inside a shell made of resin. Here, in thermally expandable microcapsules, when heated, the resin constituting the shell softens, and the pressure of a thermally expandable agent such as a hydrocarbon increases, causing the thermally expandable microcapsules to expand. As the shell becomes thinner due to expansion, if heating continues, the thermal expansion agent will escape from the thermally expandable microcapsules, causing the thermally expandable microcapsules to contract. Therefore, for example, if the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent is high, the foaming agent will shrink during the foaming and curing process of the adhesive composition, which will prevent the thickness of the foam layer (cured adhesive layer) from becoming thinner. I can do it. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the size of the bubbles from increasing relatively to the thickness of the foam layer (cured adhesive layer). Therefore, since the size of the bubbles can be made relatively small with respect to the thickness of the foam layer (cured adhesive layer), the formation of large bubbles as described above can be suppressed.
発泡剤の最大発泡温度での発泡倍率を調整する方法においては、例えば、発泡剤の最大発泡温度での発泡倍率が大きいと、発泡体層(硬化接着層)の厚さが厚くなる傾向にある。そのため、発泡体層(硬化接着層)の厚さに対して気泡の大きさを相対的に小さくすることができる。よって、上記のような大きな気泡を抑制することができる。
In the method of adjusting the foaming ratio at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent, for example, if the foaming ratio at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent is large, the thickness of the foam layer (cured adhesive layer) tends to increase. . Therefore, the size of the bubbles can be made relatively small with respect to the thickness of the foam layer (cured adhesive layer). Therefore, large bubbles as described above can be suppressed.
発泡剤の含有量を調整する方法においては、例えば、発泡剤の含有量が多いと、発泡体層(硬化接着層)の厚さが厚くなる傾向にある。そのため、発泡体層(硬化接着層)の厚さに対して気泡の大きさを相対的に小さくすることができる。よって、上記のような大きな気泡を抑制することができる。
In the method of adjusting the content of the foaming agent, for example, when the content of the foaming agent is large, the thickness of the foam layer (cured adhesive layer) tends to increase. Therefore, the size of the bubbles can be made relatively small with respect to the thickness of the foam layer (cured adhesive layer). Therefore, large bubbles as described above can be suppressed.
発泡剤が熱膨張性マイクロカプセルである場合に、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルの構造を調整する方法においては、例えば、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルのシェルの厚さが厚いと、ガス透過率が下がり、気泡の大きさが小さくなる傾向にある。また、例えば、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルのシェルを架橋すると、ガス透過率が下がり、気泡の大きさが小さくなる傾向にある。
In the method of adjusting the structure of thermally expandable microcapsules when the blowing agent is thermally expandable microcapsules, for example, if the shell thickness of the thermally expandable microcapsules is thick, gas permeability decreases and air bubbles tends to decrease in size. Furthermore, for example, when the shell of a thermally expandable microcapsule is crosslinked, the gas permeability tends to decrease and the size of the bubbles tends to decrease.
接着剤組成物の発泡硬化条件を調整する方法としては、例えば、発泡剤が熱膨張性マイクロカプセルである場合、加熱温度を調整する方法が挙げられる。例えば、加熱温度を、発泡剤の最大発泡温度に対して所定の範囲内とすることにより、上記のような大きな気泡の発生を抑制することができる。また、例えば、加熱温度を、発泡性接着シートの最大変位外挿温度に対して所定の範囲内とすることにより、上記のような大きな気泡の発生を抑制することができる。具体的な加熱温度については、後述の「B.物品の製造方法」の項に記載する。
Examples of methods for adjusting the foaming and curing conditions of the adhesive composition include a method of adjusting the heating temperature when the foaming agent is thermally expandable microcapsules. For example, by setting the heating temperature within a predetermined range relative to the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent, generation of large bubbles as described above can be suppressed. Further, for example, by setting the heating temperature within a predetermined range with respect to the extrapolated maximum displacement temperature of the foamable adhesive sheet, the generation of large bubbles as described above can be suppressed. The specific heating temperature will be described in the section "B. Manufacturing method of article" below.
(b)硬化接着層の材料
本実施態様における硬化接着層は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する。 (b) Material of Cured Adhesive Layer The cured adhesive layer in this embodiment contains a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
本実施態様における硬化接着層は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する。 (b) Material of Cured Adhesive Layer The cured adhesive layer in this embodiment contains a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
(i)硬化性の接着剤
本実施態様における硬化接着層に用いられる硬化性の接着剤としては、一般に発泡性接着シートの接着層に使用される硬化性の接着剤を用いることができる。硬化性の接着剤としては、例えば、熱硬化性の接着剤および光硬化性の接着剤等が挙げられる。中でも、熱硬化性の接着剤が好ましい。熱硬化性の接着剤は、例えば金属製の部材のように第一部材や第二部材が透明性を有さない場合でも適用可能である。 (i) Curable Adhesive As the curable adhesive used for the cured adhesive layer in this embodiment, a curable adhesive generally used for the adhesive layer of a foamable adhesive sheet can be used. Examples of the curable adhesive include thermosetting adhesives and photocurable adhesives. Among these, thermosetting adhesives are preferred. The thermosetting adhesive can be applied even when the first member and the second member do not have transparency, such as metal members.
本実施態様における硬化接着層に用いられる硬化性の接着剤としては、一般に発泡性接着シートの接着層に使用される硬化性の接着剤を用いることができる。硬化性の接着剤としては、例えば、熱硬化性の接着剤および光硬化性の接着剤等が挙げられる。中でも、熱硬化性の接着剤が好ましい。熱硬化性の接着剤は、例えば金属製の部材のように第一部材や第二部材が透明性を有さない場合でも適用可能である。 (i) Curable Adhesive As the curable adhesive used for the cured adhesive layer in this embodiment, a curable adhesive generally used for the adhesive layer of a foamable adhesive sheet can be used. Examples of the curable adhesive include thermosetting adhesives and photocurable adhesives. Among these, thermosetting adhesives are preferred. The thermosetting adhesive can be applied even when the first member and the second member do not have transparency, such as metal members.
また、硬化性の接着剤としては、例えば、エポキシ樹脂系接着剤、アクリル樹脂系接着剤、フェノール樹脂系接着剤、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂系接着剤、アルキド樹脂系接着剤、ウレタン樹脂系接着剤、熱硬化性ポリイミド樹脂系接着剤等が挙げられる。
In addition, examples of curable adhesives include epoxy resin adhesives, acrylic resin adhesives, phenolic resin adhesives, unsaturated polyester resin adhesives, alkyd resin adhesives, urethane resin adhesives, Examples include thermosetting polyimide resin adhesives.
中でも、硬化性の接着剤は、エポキシ樹脂系接着剤であることが好ましい。すなわち、硬化性の接着剤は、エポキシ樹脂と、硬化剤とを含有することが好ましい。一般に、エポキシ樹脂系接着剤は、機械的強度、耐熱性、絶縁性、耐薬品性等に優れており、硬化収縮が小さく、幅広い用途に用いることができる。
Among these, the curable adhesive is preferably an epoxy resin adhesive. That is, the curable adhesive preferably contains an epoxy resin and a curing agent. In general, epoxy resin adhesives have excellent mechanical strength, heat resistance, insulation, chemical resistance, etc., have low curing shrinkage, and can be used in a wide range of applications.
以下、硬化性の接着剤がエポキシ樹脂系接着剤である場合について例を挙げて説明する。
Hereinafter, a case where the curable adhesive is an epoxy resin adhesive will be explained by giving an example.
(i-1)エポキシ樹脂
本実施態様におけるエポキシ樹脂は、少なくとも1つ以上のエポキシ基またはグリシジル基を有し、硬化剤との併用により架橋重合反応を起こして硬化する化合物である。エポキシ樹脂には、少なくとも1つ以上のエポキシ基またはグリシジル基を有する単量体も含まれる。 (i-1) Epoxy resin The epoxy resin in this embodiment is a compound that has at least one epoxy group or glycidyl group and is cured by causing a crosslinking polymerization reaction when used in combination with a curing agent. Epoxy resins also include monomers having at least one epoxy group or glycidyl group.
本実施態様におけるエポキシ樹脂は、少なくとも1つ以上のエポキシ基またはグリシジル基を有し、硬化剤との併用により架橋重合反応を起こして硬化する化合物である。エポキシ樹脂には、少なくとも1つ以上のエポキシ基またはグリシジル基を有する単量体も含まれる。 (i-1) Epoxy resin The epoxy resin in this embodiment is a compound that has at least one epoxy group or glycidyl group and is cured by causing a crosslinking polymerization reaction when used in combination with a curing agent. Epoxy resins also include monomers having at least one epoxy group or glycidyl group.
エポキシ樹脂としては、一般にエポキシ樹脂系接着剤に使用されるエポキシ樹脂を用いることができる。
As the epoxy resin, an epoxy resin generally used for epoxy resin adhesives can be used.
中でも、硬化性の接着剤は、エポキシ樹脂として、重量平均分子量が900以上10万以下であるエポキシ樹脂を含有することが好ましい。上述したように、接着剤組成物の発泡硬化過程では、エポキシ樹脂が軟化して流動性が高くなる。このとき、エポキシ樹脂の分子量が大きい場合には、エポキシ樹脂の分子量が小さい場合と比較して、エポキシ樹脂の流動性が低い。そのため、気泡が大きくなりにくかったり、気泡同士が連結しにくくなったりするので、大きな気泡の発生が抑制される傾向にある。よって、高分子量のエポキシ樹脂が含有されていることにより、大きな気泡の発生を抑制することができる。
Among these, it is preferable that the curable adhesive contains an epoxy resin having a weight average molecular weight of 900 or more and 100,000 or less. As described above, during the foaming and curing process of the adhesive composition, the epoxy resin softens and becomes more fluid. At this time, when the molecular weight of the epoxy resin is large, the fluidity of the epoxy resin is lower than when the molecular weight of the epoxy resin is small. Therefore, the bubbles are less likely to grow and the bubbles are less likely to connect with each other, so the generation of large bubbles tends to be suppressed. Therefore, by containing the high molecular weight epoxy resin, the generation of large bubbles can be suppressed.
この場合、エポキシ樹脂の重量平均分子量は、例えば、900以上10万以下であり、1650以上8万以下であってもよく、3800以上6万以下であってもよい。
In this case, the weight average molecular weight of the epoxy resin is, for example, 900 or more and 100,000 or less, may be 1,650 or more and 80,000 or less, or may be 3,800 or more and 60,000 or less.
なお、樹脂成分の重量平均分子量は、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)により測定した際のポリスチレン換算の値である。
Note that the weight average molecular weight of the resin component is a value in terms of polystyrene when measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
また、中でも、硬化性の接着剤は、エポキシ樹脂として、軟化温度が50℃以上であり、かつ、エポキシ当量が5000g/eq以下である第一エポキシ樹脂と、軟化温度が上記第一エポキシ樹脂より高く、かつ、重量平均分子量が20,000以上である第二エポキシ樹脂とを含有することが好ましい。第一エポキシ樹脂および第二エポキシ樹脂を組み合せて用いることで、接着剤組成物から構成される接着層の粘着性(タック性)を低下させることができ、滑り性を良好にすることができる。さらには、耐ブロッキング性および発泡硬化後の接着性を良好にすることができる。
In addition, among these, the curable adhesive includes a first epoxy resin having a softening temperature of 50° C. or higher and an epoxy equivalent of 5000 g/eq or lower, and a first epoxy resin having a softening temperature higher than that of the first epoxy resin. It is preferable to contain a second epoxy resin having a high weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or more. By using the first epoxy resin and the second epoxy resin in combination, the adhesion (tackiness) of the adhesive layer made of the adhesive composition can be reduced, and the slipperiness can be improved. Furthermore, blocking resistance and adhesiveness after foaming and curing can be improved.
例えば、発泡硬化後の接着性の向上のみを図る場合、高分子量(高エポキシ当量)のエポキシ樹脂よりも低分子量(低エポキシ当量)のエポキシ樹脂を用いることが有効である。しかしながら、低分子量(低エポキシ当量)のエポキシ樹脂を用いた場合、ブロッキングが生じやすくなる。
For example, when aiming only to improve adhesiveness after foaming and curing, it is more effective to use an epoxy resin with a lower molecular weight (low epoxy equivalent) than an epoxy resin with a high molecular weight (high epoxy equivalent). However, when a low molecular weight (low epoxy equivalent) epoxy resin is used, blocking tends to occur.
これに対して、軟化温度が相対的に低く(結晶性が相対的に高く)、かつ、低分子量(低エポキシ当量)な第一エポキシ樹脂を用いる場合、第一エポキシ樹脂は、軟化温度以上の温度になると、急速に融解して低粘度の液状に変化する。そのため、発泡硬化後の接着性を向上させやすい。一方、第一エポキシ樹脂は、結晶性が相対的に高いため、結晶性が相対的に低いエポキシ樹脂または結晶性を有しないエポキシ樹脂と比較すると、ブロッキングの発生を抑制できる。しかしながら、第一エポキシ樹脂のみを用いた場合、ブロッキングの発生抑制効果が不十分である可能性や、接着剤組成物から構成される接着層の粘着性(タック性)が高くなりすぎる可能性がある。そのため、軟化温度が相対的に高く(結晶性が相対的に低く)、かつ、高分子量な第二エポキシ樹脂をさらに用いることにより、ブロッキングの発生抑制効果を向上させることや、接着剤組成物から構成される接着層の粘着性(タック性)を低く抑えることができる。
On the other hand, when using a first epoxy resin with a relatively low softening temperature (relatively high crystallinity) and a low molecular weight (low epoxy equivalent), the first epoxy resin has a temperature higher than the softening temperature. At high temperatures, it rapidly melts and turns into a low-viscosity liquid. Therefore, it is easy to improve the adhesiveness after foaming and curing. On the other hand, since the first epoxy resin has relatively high crystallinity, it can suppress the occurrence of blocking compared to an epoxy resin with relatively low crystallinity or an epoxy resin without crystallinity. However, if only the first epoxy resin is used, there is a possibility that the effect of suppressing the occurrence of blocking may be insufficient, or the adhesive layer composed of the adhesive composition may have too high a stickiness (tackiness). be. Therefore, by further using a second epoxy resin that has a relatively high softening temperature (relatively low crystallinity) and a high molecular weight, it is possible to improve the effect of suppressing the occurrence of blocking and to reduce the The adhesiveness (tackiness) of the adhesive layer can be kept low.
(i-1-1)第一エポキシ樹脂
第一エポキシ樹脂は、軟化温度が50℃以上であり、かつ、エポキシ当量が5000g/eq以下である。第一エポキシ樹脂は、後述する第二エポキシ樹脂と比較して、軟化温度が相対的に低い(結晶性が相対的に高い)。第一エポキシ樹脂は、結晶性が相対的に高く、分子量が低いことから、発泡硬化後の接着性および耐ブロッキング性を向上させやすい。また、第一エポキシ樹脂は、分子量が低いため、架橋密度を高くでき、機械的強度、耐薬品性、硬化性が良好な接着層が得られる。また、第一エポキシ樹脂は、常温(23℃)で固体のエポキシ樹脂であることが好ましい。 (i-1-1) First epoxy resin The first epoxy resin has a softening temperature of 50° C. or higher and an epoxy equivalent of 5000 g/eq or lower. The first epoxy resin has a relatively low softening temperature (relatively high crystallinity) compared to the second epoxy resin described below. Since the first epoxy resin has relatively high crystallinity and low molecular weight, it is easy to improve adhesiveness and blocking resistance after foaming and curing. In addition, since the first epoxy resin has a low molecular weight, it is possible to increase the crosslinking density, and an adhesive layer with good mechanical strength, chemical resistance, and curability can be obtained. Moreover, it is preferable that the first epoxy resin is an epoxy resin that is solid at room temperature (23° C.).
第一エポキシ樹脂は、軟化温度が50℃以上であり、かつ、エポキシ当量が5000g/eq以下である。第一エポキシ樹脂は、後述する第二エポキシ樹脂と比較して、軟化温度が相対的に低い(結晶性が相対的に高い)。第一エポキシ樹脂は、結晶性が相対的に高く、分子量が低いことから、発泡硬化後の接着性および耐ブロッキング性を向上させやすい。また、第一エポキシ樹脂は、分子量が低いため、架橋密度を高くでき、機械的強度、耐薬品性、硬化性が良好な接着層が得られる。また、第一エポキシ樹脂は、常温(23℃)で固体のエポキシ樹脂であることが好ましい。 (i-1-1) First epoxy resin The first epoxy resin has a softening temperature of 50° C. or higher and an epoxy equivalent of 5000 g/eq or lower. The first epoxy resin has a relatively low softening temperature (relatively high crystallinity) compared to the second epoxy resin described below. Since the first epoxy resin has relatively high crystallinity and low molecular weight, it is easy to improve adhesiveness and blocking resistance after foaming and curing. In addition, since the first epoxy resin has a low molecular weight, it is possible to increase the crosslinking density, and an adhesive layer with good mechanical strength, chemical resistance, and curability can be obtained. Moreover, it is preferable that the first epoxy resin is an epoxy resin that is solid at room temperature (23° C.).
第一エポキシ樹脂の軟化温度は、通常、50℃以上であり、55℃以上であってもよく、60℃以上であってもよい。一方、第一エポキシ樹脂の軟化温度は、例えば150℃以下である。軟化温度は、JIS K7234に準拠し、環球法により測定できる。
The softening temperature of the first epoxy resin is usually 50°C or higher, may be 55°C or higher, or may be 60°C or higher. On the other hand, the softening temperature of the first epoxy resin is, for example, 150° C. or lower. The softening temperature can be measured by the ring and ball method in accordance with JIS K7234.
第一エポキシ樹脂のエポキシ当量は、例えば5000g/eq以下であり、3000g/eq以下であってもよく、1000g/eq以下であってもよく、600g/eq以下であってもよい。一方、第一エポキシ樹脂のエポキシ当量は、例えば90g/eq以上であり、100g/eq以上であってもよく、110g/eq以上であってもよい。エポキシ当量は、ISO 3001(Plastics Epoxy compounds-Determination of epoxy equivalent)に対応するJIS K7236に準拠した方法により測定することができ、1グラム当量のエポキシ基を含む樹脂のグラム数である。
The epoxy equivalent of the first epoxy resin is, for example, 5000 g/eq or less, may be 3000 g/eq or less, may be 1000 g/eq or less, or may be 600 g/eq or less. On the other hand, the epoxy equivalent of the first epoxy resin is, for example, 90 g/eq or more, may be 100 g/eq or more, or may be 110 g/eq or more. Epoxy equivalent can be measured by a method based on JIS K7236 corresponding to ISO 3001 (Plastics Epoxy compounds-Determination of epoxy equivalent), and is the number of grams of resin containing 1 gram equivalent of epoxy groups.
第一エポキシ樹脂は、1官能のエポキシ樹脂であってもよく、2官能のエポキシ樹脂であってもよく、3官能のエポキシ樹脂であってもよく、4官能以上のエポキシ樹脂であってもよい。
The first epoxy resin may be a monofunctional epoxy resin, a bifunctional epoxy resin, a trifunctional epoxy resin, or a tetrafunctional or higher functional epoxy resin. .
また、第一エポキシ樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、通常、後述する第二エポキシ樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)よりも小さい。第一エポキシ樹脂のMwは、例えば6,000以下であり、4,000以下であってもよく、3,000以下であってもよい。一方、第一エポキシ樹脂のMwは、例えば400以上である。
Further, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the first epoxy resin is usually smaller than the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the second epoxy resin described below. The Mw of the first epoxy resin is, for example, 6,000 or less, may be 4,000 or less, or may be 3,000 or less. On the other hand, the Mw of the first epoxy resin is, for example, 400 or more.
第一エポキシ樹脂は、150℃における溶融粘度が、例えば0.005Pa・s以上であり、0.015Pa・s以上であってもよく、0.03Pa・s以上であってもよく、0.05Pa・s以上であってもよく、0.1Pa・s以上であってもよい。溶融粘度が低すぎると、良好な発泡性が得られない可能性がある。また、第一エポキシ樹脂の溶融粘度が低すぎると(第一エポキシ樹脂の結晶性が高すぎると)、接着剤組成物から構成される接着層の粘着性(タック性)が高くなる可能性がある。その理由は、第一エポキシ樹脂の溶融粘度が低すぎると(第一エポキシ樹脂の結晶性が高すぎると)、第二エポキシ樹脂またはアクリル樹脂と相溶した際に、その結晶性が大きく低下し、接着層のTgが低下するためであると推測される。一方、第一エポキシ樹脂は、150℃における溶融粘度が、例えば10Pa・s以下であり、5Pa・s以下であってもよく、2Pa・s以下であってもよい。溶融粘度が高すぎると、接着剤組成物から構成される接着層の均一性が低下する可能性がある。溶融粘度は、ISO 2555(Resins in the liquid state or as emulsions or dispersions Determination of Brookfield RV viscosity)に対応するJIS K6862に準拠し、ブルックフィールド形単一円筒回転粘度計、および、溶液を加温するためのサーモセルを用いて測定することにより求めることができる。
The first epoxy resin has a melt viscosity at 150°C of, for example, 0.005 Pa·s or more, may be 0.015 Pa·s or more, may be 0.03 Pa·s or more, and may be 0.05 Pa·s or more. - It may be s or more, and may be 0.1 Pa·s or more. If the melt viscosity is too low, good foamability may not be obtained. Additionally, if the melt viscosity of the first epoxy resin is too low (if the crystallinity of the first epoxy resin is too high), the adhesive layer composed of the adhesive composition may have high stickiness (tackiness). be. The reason is that if the melt viscosity of the first epoxy resin is too low (if the crystallinity of the first epoxy resin is too high), its crystallinity will be greatly reduced when it is compatible with the second epoxy resin or acrylic resin. This is presumed to be due to a decrease in the Tg of the adhesive layer. On the other hand, the first epoxy resin has a melt viscosity at 150°C of, for example, 10 Pa·s or less, may be 5 Pa·s or less, or may be 2 Pa·s or less. If the melt viscosity is too high, the uniformity of the adhesive layer made of the adhesive composition may deteriorate. Melt viscosity is measured in accordance with JIS K6862, which corresponds to ISO 2555 (Resins in the liquid state or as emulsions or dispersions Determination of Brookfield RV viscosity), using a Brookfield type single cylinder rotational viscometer and for heating the solution. It can be determined by measuring using a thermocell.
次に、第一エポキシ樹脂の構成について説明する。第一エポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、芳香族系エポキシ樹脂、脂肪族系エポキシ樹脂、脂環式エポキシ樹脂、複素環系エポキシ樹脂が挙げられる。第一エポキシ樹脂の具体例としては、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂等のビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールAノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂等のノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ウレタン変性エポキシ樹脂やゴム変性エポキシ樹脂等の変性エポキシ樹脂が挙げられる。また、他の具体例としては、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、スチルベン型エポキシ樹脂、トリフェノールメタン型エポキシ樹脂、アルキル変性トリフェノールメタン型エポキシ樹脂、トリアジン核含有エポキシ樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン変性フェノール型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、グリコール型エポキシ樹脂、ペンタエリスリトール型エポキシ樹脂が挙げられる。第一エポキシ樹脂は、1種であってもよく、2種以上であってもよい。
Next, the structure of the first epoxy resin will be explained. Examples of the first epoxy resin include aromatic epoxy resins, aliphatic epoxy resins, alicyclic epoxy resins, and heterocyclic epoxy resins. Specific examples of the first epoxy resin include bisphenol type epoxy resins such as bisphenol A type epoxy resin and bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol A novolac type epoxy resin, novolac type epoxy resin such as cresol novolac type epoxy resin, and urethane modified epoxy resin. Examples include modified epoxy resins such as resins and rubber-modified epoxy resins. In addition, other specific examples include biphenyl-type epoxy resin, stilbene-type epoxy resin, triphenolmethane-type epoxy resin, alkyl-modified triphenolmethane-type epoxy resin, triazine nucleus-containing epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene-modified phenol-type epoxy resin, Examples include naphthalene type epoxy resin, glycol type epoxy resin, and pentaerythritol type epoxy resin. The number of first epoxy resins may be one, or two or more.
ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂は、ビスフェノール骨格の繰り返し単位の数によって、常温で液体の状態、または常温で固体の状態で存在することができる。主鎖のビスフェノール骨格が、例えば2以上10以下であるビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂は、常温で固体である。特に、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂は、耐熱性向上を図ることができる点で好ましい。
The bisphenol A epoxy resin can exist in a liquid state at room temperature or in a solid state at room temperature, depending on the number of repeating units in the bisphenol skeleton. A bisphenol A type epoxy resin whose main chain has a bisphenol skeleton of, for example, 2 or more and 10 or less is solid at room temperature. Particularly, bisphenol A type epoxy resin is preferable since it can improve heat resistance.
特に、第一エポキシ樹脂は、下記一般式(1)で表されるビスフェノールAノボラック型エポキシ樹脂であることが好ましい。
In particular, it is preferable that the first epoxy resin is a bisphenol A novolak type epoxy resin represented by the following general formula (1).
一般式(1)において、R1は、CmH2m(mは1以上3以下である)で表される基であり、R2およびR3は、それぞれ独立に、CpH2p+1(pは1以上3以下である)で表される基であり、nは、0以上10以下である。
In general formula (1), R 1 is a group represented by C m H 2m (m is 1 or more and 3 or less), and R 2 and R 3 are each independently C p H 2p+1 (p is 1 or more and 3 or less), and n is 0 or more and 10 or less.
一般式(1)において、R1におけるmは1であること、すなわち、R1は-CH2-であることが好ましい。同様に、R2およびR3におけるpは1であること、すなわち、R2およびR3は-CH3であることが好ましい。また、一般式(1)のベンゼン環に結合する水素は、他の元素または他の基で置換されていてもよい。
In general formula (1), m in R 1 is preferably 1, that is, R 1 is -CH 2 -. Similarly, it is preferred that p in R 2 and R 3 is 1, ie, R 2 and R 3 are -CH 3 . Moreover, the hydrogen bonded to the benzene ring in general formula (1) may be substituted with another element or another group.
(i-1-2)第二エポキシ樹脂
第二エポキシ樹脂は、軟化温度が第一エポキシ樹脂より高く、かつ、重量平均分子量が20,000以上である。第二エポキシ樹脂は、上述した第一エポキシ樹脂と比較して、軟化温度が相対的に高い(結晶性が相対的に低い)。第二エポキシ樹脂は、結晶性が相対的に低く、分子量が高いことから、耐ブロッキング性を向上させやすい。さらに、第二エポキシ樹脂は、結晶性が相対的に低く、分子量が高いことから、第一エポキシ樹脂による粘着性(タック性)の増加を抑制できる。また、第二エポキシ樹脂は、常温(23℃)で固体のエポキシ樹脂であることが好ましい。 (i-1-2) Second epoxy resin The second epoxy resin has a softening temperature higher than that of the first epoxy resin, and a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or more. The second epoxy resin has a relatively high softening temperature (relatively low crystallinity) compared to the first epoxy resin described above. Since the second epoxy resin has relatively low crystallinity and high molecular weight, it is easy to improve blocking resistance. Furthermore, since the second epoxy resin has relatively low crystallinity and high molecular weight, it can suppress the increase in stickiness (tackiness) caused by the first epoxy resin. Moreover, it is preferable that the second epoxy resin is an epoxy resin that is solid at room temperature (23° C.).
第二エポキシ樹脂は、軟化温度が第一エポキシ樹脂より高く、かつ、重量平均分子量が20,000以上である。第二エポキシ樹脂は、上述した第一エポキシ樹脂と比較して、軟化温度が相対的に高い(結晶性が相対的に低い)。第二エポキシ樹脂は、結晶性が相対的に低く、分子量が高いことから、耐ブロッキング性を向上させやすい。さらに、第二エポキシ樹脂は、結晶性が相対的に低く、分子量が高いことから、第一エポキシ樹脂による粘着性(タック性)の増加を抑制できる。また、第二エポキシ樹脂は、常温(23℃)で固体のエポキシ樹脂であることが好ましい。 (i-1-2) Second epoxy resin The second epoxy resin has a softening temperature higher than that of the first epoxy resin, and a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or more. The second epoxy resin has a relatively high softening temperature (relatively low crystallinity) compared to the first epoxy resin described above. Since the second epoxy resin has relatively low crystallinity and high molecular weight, it is easy to improve blocking resistance. Furthermore, since the second epoxy resin has relatively low crystallinity and high molecular weight, it can suppress the increase in stickiness (tackiness) caused by the first epoxy resin. Moreover, it is preferable that the second epoxy resin is an epoxy resin that is solid at room temperature (23° C.).
第二エポキシ樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、通常、第一エポキシ樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)よりも大きい。第二エポキシ樹脂のMwは、通常、20,000以上であり、30,000以上であってもよく、35,000以上であってもよい。一方、第二エポキシ樹脂のMwは、例えば100,000以下である。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the second epoxy resin is usually larger than the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the first epoxy resin. The Mw of the second epoxy resin is usually 20,000 or more, may be 30,000 or more, or may be 35,000 or more. On the other hand, the Mw of the second epoxy resin is, for example, 100,000 or less.
第二エポキシ樹脂のエポキシ当量は、第一エポキシ樹脂のエポキシ当量に比べて、大きくてもよく、小さくてもよく、同じであってもよい。第二エポキシ樹脂のエポキシ当量は、例えば4000g/eq以上であり、5000g/eq以上であってもよく、6000g/eq以上であってもよい。一方、第二エポキシ樹脂のエポキシ当量は、例えば20000g/eq以下である。
The epoxy equivalent of the second epoxy resin may be larger, smaller, or the same as the epoxy equivalent of the first epoxy resin. The epoxy equivalent of the second epoxy resin is, for example, 4000 g/eq or more, may be 5000 g/eq or more, or may be 6000 g/eq or more. On the other hand, the epoxy equivalent of the second epoxy resin is, for example, 20,000 g/eq or less.
第二エポキシ樹脂は、1官能のエポキシ樹脂であってもよく、2官能のエポキシ樹脂であってもよく、3官能のエポキシ樹脂であってもよく、4官能以上のエポキシ樹脂であってもよい。
The second epoxy resin may be a monofunctional epoxy resin, a bifunctional epoxy resin, a trifunctional epoxy resin, or a tetrafunctional or higher functional epoxy resin. .
第二エポキシ樹脂の軟化温度は、通常、第一エポキシ樹脂の軟化温度よりも高い。両者の差は、例えば10℃以上であり、20℃以上であってもよく、30℃以上であってもよい。第二エポキシ樹脂の軟化温度は、例えば80℃以上であり、90℃以上であってもよい。一方、第二エポキシ樹脂の軟化温度は、例えば180℃以下である。
The softening temperature of the second epoxy resin is usually higher than that of the first epoxy resin. The difference between the two may be, for example, 10°C or more, 20°C or more, or 30°C or more. The softening temperature of the second epoxy resin is, for example, 80°C or higher, and may be 90°C or higher. On the other hand, the softening temperature of the second epoxy resin is, for example, 180° C. or lower.
第二エポキシ樹脂の構成については、上述した第一エポキシ樹脂の構成と同様であるので、ここでの記載は省略する。
The structure of the second epoxy resin is the same as the structure of the first epoxy resin described above, so a description thereof will be omitted here.
(i-2)アクリル樹脂
硬化性の接着剤がエポキシ樹脂系接着剤である場合、接着剤組成物は、エポキシ樹脂と相溶するアクリル樹脂をさらに含有していてもよい。アクリル樹脂は、エポキシ樹脂と相溶した樹脂である。アクリル樹脂は、エポキシ樹脂と相溶することから、接着剤組成物から構成される接着層の靭性を向上させやすい。その結果、発泡硬化後の接着性を向上させることができる。さらに、アクリル樹脂が、発泡剤(例えば、シェル部がアクリロニトリルコポリマーの樹脂である発泡剤)の相溶化剤として働き、均一に分散、発泡することで、発泡硬化後の接着性が向上すると考えられる。また、アクリル樹脂による柔軟性が発揮され、発泡硬化後の基材に対する密着性や発泡硬化後の耐割れ性の向上を図ることができる。また、アクリル樹脂がエポキシ樹脂と相溶することで、接着層表面の硬度を高く保つことができる。一方、アクリル樹脂がエポキシ樹脂と非相溶であると、接着層表面に柔軟な部位が形成されるため、第一部材や第二部材との界面が滑りにくくなり、作業性が低下することがある。 (i-2) Acrylic resin When the curable adhesive is an epoxy resin adhesive, the adhesive composition may further contain an acrylic resin that is compatible with the epoxy resin. Acrylic resin is a resin that is compatible with epoxy resin. Since acrylic resin is compatible with epoxy resin, it tends to improve the toughness of the adhesive layer made of the adhesive composition. As a result, the adhesiveness after foaming and curing can be improved. Furthermore, the acrylic resin acts as a compatibilizer for the foaming agent (for example, a foaming agent whose shell is made of acrylonitrile copolymer resin), and is thought to improve adhesiveness after foaming and curing by uniformly dispersing and foaming. . In addition, the flexibility of the acrylic resin is exhibited, and it is possible to improve the adhesion to the base material after foaming and hardening and the cracking resistance after foaming and hardening. Furthermore, since the acrylic resin is compatible with the epoxy resin, the hardness of the surface of the adhesive layer can be maintained high. On the other hand, if the acrylic resin is incompatible with the epoxy resin, a flexible portion will be formed on the surface of the adhesive layer, making the interface with the first member and the second member less slippery, which may reduce workability. be.
硬化性の接着剤がエポキシ樹脂系接着剤である場合、接着剤組成物は、エポキシ樹脂と相溶するアクリル樹脂をさらに含有していてもよい。アクリル樹脂は、エポキシ樹脂と相溶した樹脂である。アクリル樹脂は、エポキシ樹脂と相溶することから、接着剤組成物から構成される接着層の靭性を向上させやすい。その結果、発泡硬化後の接着性を向上させることができる。さらに、アクリル樹脂が、発泡剤(例えば、シェル部がアクリロニトリルコポリマーの樹脂である発泡剤)の相溶化剤として働き、均一に分散、発泡することで、発泡硬化後の接着性が向上すると考えられる。また、アクリル樹脂による柔軟性が発揮され、発泡硬化後の基材に対する密着性や発泡硬化後の耐割れ性の向上を図ることができる。また、アクリル樹脂がエポキシ樹脂と相溶することで、接着層表面の硬度を高く保つことができる。一方、アクリル樹脂がエポキシ樹脂と非相溶であると、接着層表面に柔軟な部位が形成されるため、第一部材や第二部材との界面が滑りにくくなり、作業性が低下することがある。 (i-2) Acrylic resin When the curable adhesive is an epoxy resin adhesive, the adhesive composition may further contain an acrylic resin that is compatible with the epoxy resin. Acrylic resin is a resin that is compatible with epoxy resin. Since acrylic resin is compatible with epoxy resin, it tends to improve the toughness of the adhesive layer made of the adhesive composition. As a result, the adhesiveness after foaming and curing can be improved. Furthermore, the acrylic resin acts as a compatibilizer for the foaming agent (for example, a foaming agent whose shell is made of acrylonitrile copolymer resin), and is thought to improve adhesiveness after foaming and curing by uniformly dispersing and foaming. . In addition, the flexibility of the acrylic resin is exhibited, and it is possible to improve the adhesion to the base material after foaming and hardening and the cracking resistance after foaming and hardening. Furthermore, since the acrylic resin is compatible with the epoxy resin, the hardness of the surface of the adhesive layer can be maintained high. On the other hand, if the acrylic resin is incompatible with the epoxy resin, a flexible portion will be formed on the surface of the adhesive layer, making the interface with the first member and the second member less slippery, which may reduce workability. be.
本実施態様におけるアクリル樹脂は、エポキシ樹脂と相溶している。ここで、アクリル樹脂がエポキシ樹脂と相溶していることは、例えば、接着剤組成物から構成される接着層の断面を走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)または透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)で観察したときに、ミクロンサイズの島が発生していないことから確認することができる。より具体的には、島の平均粒径が1μm以下であることが好ましい。中でも、島の平均粒径は、0.5μm以下であってもよく、0.3μm以下であってもよい。サンプル数は多いことが好ましく、例えば100以上である。観察するエリア面積は、100μm×100μmの範囲、もしくは、接着層の厚さが100μm以下の場合は、厚さ×100μmの範囲で行う。
The acrylic resin in this embodiment is compatible with the epoxy resin. Here, the fact that the acrylic resin is compatible with the epoxy resin can be confirmed, for example, by observing a cross section of the adhesive layer made of the adhesive composition using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) or a transmission electron microscope (TEM). In some cases, this can be confirmed by the fact that micron-sized islands are not occurring. More specifically, it is preferable that the average particle size of the islands is 1 μm or less. Among these, the average particle size of the islands may be 0.5 μm or less, or 0.3 μm or less. The number of samples is preferably large, for example 100 or more. The area to be observed is in the range of 100 μm×100 μm, or in the case where the thickness of the adhesive layer is 100 μm or less, the area is in the range of thickness×100 μm.
アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、例えば50,000以上であり、70,000以上であってもよく、100,000以上であってもよい。第一エポキシ樹脂は結晶性が相対的に高く、加熱時の溶融粘度(もしくは動的粘弾性)が低くなりすぎてしまい、発泡後の硬化時(発泡剤の発泡が終了してから接着剤組成物が硬化するまでの間)に収縮が起きてしまう可能性があるが、ある程度の分子量を有するアクリル樹脂を用いることで、溶融粘度を低くなりすぎることを抑制でき、発泡後の硬化時に収縮が起きにくくなる。一方、アクリル樹脂のMwは、例えば1,500,000以下である。アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量は、GPC(溶離液:THF、標準物質:PS、試料:20μL、流量:1mL/min、カラム温度:40℃)により測定することができる。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is, for example, 50,000 or more, may be 70,000 or more, or may be 100,000 or more. The first epoxy resin has relatively high crystallinity, and its melt viscosity (or dynamic viscoelasticity) during heating becomes too low, and the adhesive composition is difficult to form when curing after foaming (after the foaming agent has finished foaming). However, by using an acrylic resin with a certain molecular weight, the melt viscosity can be prevented from becoming too low, and shrinkage can occur during curing after foaming. It becomes difficult to wake up. On the other hand, the Mw of the acrylic resin is, for example, 1,500,000 or less. The weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin can be measured by GPC (eluent: THF, standard substance: PS, sample: 20 μL, flow rate: 1 mL/min, column temperature: 40° C.).
アクリル樹脂のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、例えば90℃以上であり、100℃以上であってもよい。一方、アクリル樹脂のTgは、例えば180℃以下である。Tgは、ISO 3146に対応するJIS K7121に準拠し、示差走査熱量計(DSC)等の熱分析により測定できる。
The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the acrylic resin is, for example, 90°C or higher, and may be 100°C or higher. On the other hand, the Tg of the acrylic resin is, for example, 180° C. or lower. Tg is based on JIS K7121 corresponding to ISO 3146, and can be measured by thermal analysis using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) or the like.
アクリル樹脂は、発泡開始温度で貯蔵弾性率(E’)が1×106Pa以下であってもよい。発泡開始時におけるE’が低いことで、流動性が向上し、良好な発泡性を得ることができる。一方、発泡開始温度におけるE’は、例えば1×105Pa以上である。なお、発泡開始温度は、発泡剤の種類に応じて異なる温度である。また、発泡剤として、二種以上の発泡剤を用いる場合は、主たる発泡反応の開始温度を発泡開始温度とする。
The acrylic resin may have a storage modulus (E') of 1×10 6 Pa or less at the foaming start temperature. A low E' at the start of foaming improves fluidity and provides good foamability. On the other hand, E' at the foaming start temperature is, for example, 1×10 5 Pa or more. Note that the foaming start temperature varies depending on the type of foaming agent. Furthermore, when two or more types of foaming agents are used as the foaming agent, the starting temperature of the main foaming reaction is defined as the foaming starting temperature.
アクリル樹脂は、硬化開始温度で貯蔵弾性率(E’)が1×105Pa以上であってもよい。上述したように、発泡後の硬化時(発泡剤の発泡が終了してから接着剤組成物が硬化するまでの間)に収縮が起きる場合があるが、硬化開始温度におけるE’が大きいことで、収縮を抑えることができ、良好な形状保持性を得ることができる。なお、硬化開始温度は、硬化剤の種類に応じて異なる温度である。また、硬化剤として、二種以上の硬化剤を用いる場合は、主たる硬化反応の開始温度を硬化開始温度とする。
The acrylic resin may have a storage modulus (E') of 1×10 5 Pa or more at the curing start temperature. As mentioned above, shrinkage may occur during curing after foaming (from the end of foaming of the foaming agent until the adhesive composition hardens), but due to the large E' at the curing start temperature, shrinkage may occur. , shrinkage can be suppressed and good shape retention can be obtained. Note that the curing start temperature varies depending on the type of curing agent. Furthermore, when two or more types of curing agents are used as the curing agent, the starting temperature of the main curing reaction is defined as the curing starting temperature.
また、アクリル樹脂は、0℃以上100℃以下における貯蔵弾性率(E’)の平均値が、1×106Pa以上であってもよい。発泡前におけるE’の平均値が高いことで、良好な非粘着性、耐ブロッキング性を得ることができる。一方、0℃以上100℃以下の貯蔵弾性率(E’)の平均値は、例えば1×108Pa以下である。
Further, the acrylic resin may have an average storage modulus (E') of 1×10 6 Pa or more at 0° C. or higher and 100° C. or lower. By having a high average value of E' before foaming, good non-stick properties and anti-blocking properties can be obtained. On the other hand, the average value of the storage elastic modulus (E') at 0° C. or higher and 100° C. or lower is, for example, 1×10 8 Pa or lower.
アクリル樹脂は、極性基を有していてもよい。極性基としては、例えば、エポキシ基、水酸基、カルボキシル基、ニトリル基、アミド基が挙げられる。
The acrylic resin may have a polar group. Examples of the polar group include an epoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a nitrile group, and an amide group.
アクリル樹脂は、アクリル酸エステル単量体の単独重合体であり、上記単独重合体を2種以上含む混合成分であってもよく、2種以上のアクリル酸エステル単量体の共重合体であり、共重合体を1以上含む成分であってもよい。また、アクリル樹脂は、上記単独重合体と上記共重合体との混合成分であってもよい。アクリル酸エステル単量体の「アクリル酸」には、メタクリル酸の概念も含まれる。具体的には、アクリル樹脂は、メタクリレートの重合体とアクリレートの重合体との混合物であってもよく、アクリレート-アクリレート、メタクリレート-メタクリレート、メタクリレート-アクリレート等のアクリル酸エステル重合体であってもよい。中でも、アクリル樹脂は、2種以上のアクリル酸エステル単量体の共重合体((メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体)を含むことが好ましい。
The acrylic resin is a homopolymer of acrylic ester monomers, may be a mixed component containing two or more of the above homopolymers, or is a copolymer of two or more acrylic ester monomers. , or a copolymer. Moreover, the acrylic resin may be a mixed component of the above-mentioned homopolymer and the above-mentioned copolymer. The acrylic acid ester monomer "acrylic acid" also includes the concept of methacrylic acid. Specifically, the acrylic resin may be a mixture of a methacrylate polymer and an acrylate polymer, or may be an acrylic acid ester polymer such as acrylate-acrylate, methacrylate-methacrylate, or methacrylate-acrylate. . Among these, the acrylic resin preferably contains a copolymer of two or more types of acrylic ester monomers ((meth)acrylic ester copolymer).
(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体を構成する単量体成分としては、例えば、特開2014-065889号公報に記載の単量体成分が挙げられる。上記単量体成分は、上述した極性基を有していてもよい。上記(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体としては、例えば、エチルアクリレート-ブチルアクリレート-アクリロニトリル共重合体、エチルアクリレート-アクリロニトリル共重合体、ブチルアクリレート-アクリロニトリル共重合体が挙げられる。なお、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル等の「アクリル酸」には、メタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸エチル等の「メタクリル酸」も含まれる。
Examples of the monomer components constituting the (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer include the monomer components described in JP-A-2014-065889. The monomer component may have the above-mentioned polar group. Examples of the (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer include ethyl acrylate-butyl acrylate-acrylonitrile copolymer, ethyl acrylate-acrylonitrile copolymer, and butyl acrylate-acrylonitrile copolymer. Note that "acrylic acid" such as methyl acrylate and ethyl acrylate also includes "methacrylic acid" such as methyl methacrylate and ethyl methacrylate.
上記(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体としては、ブロック共重合体が好ましく、さらにメタクリレート-アクリレート共重合体等のアクリル系ブロック共重合体が好ましい。アクリル系ブロック共重合体を構成する(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、アクリル酸プロピル、アクリル酸ブチル、アクリル酸ラウリル、アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、アクリル酸ベンジジルが挙げられる。これらの「アクリル酸」には、「メタクリル酸」も含まれる。
The above (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer is preferably a block copolymer, and more preferably an acrylic block copolymer such as a methacrylate-acrylate copolymer. Examples of the (meth)acrylate constituting the acrylic block copolymer include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, butyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, and acrylic acid. Examples include benzidyl. These "acrylic acids" also include "methacrylic acids."
メタクリレート-アクリレート共重合体の具体例としては、メチルメタクリレート-ブチルアクリレート-メチルメタクリレート(MMA-BA-MMA)共重合体等のアクリル系共重合体が挙げられる。MMA-BA-MMA共重合体には、ポリメチルメタクリレート-ポリブチルアクリレート-ポリメチルメタクリレート(PMMA-PBA-PMMA)のブロック共重合体も含まれる。
Specific examples of the methacrylate-acrylate copolymer include acrylic copolymers such as methyl methacrylate-butyl acrylate-methyl methacrylate (MMA-BA-MMA) copolymer. MMA-BA-MMA copolymers also include block copolymers of polymethyl methacrylate-polybutyl acrylate-polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA-PBA-PMMA).
アクリル系共重合体は、極性基を有していなくてもよく、また一部に上述した極性基を導入した変性物であってもよい。上記変性物は、エポキシ樹脂と相溶しやすいため、接着性がより向上する。
The acrylic copolymer does not need to have a polar group, or may be a modified product in which the above-mentioned polar groups are partially introduced. Since the above-mentioned modified product is easily compatible with the epoxy resin, the adhesiveness is further improved.
中でも、アクリル樹脂は、ガラス転移温度(Tg)が10℃以下である第一重合体部分と、ガラス転移温度(Tg)が20℃以上である第二重合体部分とを有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体であることが好ましい。このような(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体は、柔らかいセグメントとなる第一重合体部分と、硬いセグメントとなる第二重合体部分とを有する。
Among them, the acrylic resin is a (meth)acrylic acid having a first polymer part having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 10°C or lower and a second polymer part having a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 20°C or higher. Preferably, it is an ester copolymer. Such a (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer has a first polymer portion that becomes a soft segment and a second polymer portion that becomes a hard segment.
上記の効果の発現は、以下のように推定できる。上記(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体のような、柔らかいセグメントと、硬いセグメントとを併せ持つアクリル樹脂を用いることで、硬いセグメントが耐熱性に寄与し、柔らかいセグメントが靱性ないし柔軟性に寄与するため、耐熱性、靱性、柔軟性が良好な接着層が得られる。
The manifestation of the above effects can be estimated as follows. By using an acrylic resin that has both soft and hard segments, such as the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer, the hard segments contribute to heat resistance, and the soft segments contribute to toughness or flexibility. , an adhesive layer with good heat resistance, toughness, and flexibility can be obtained.
上記(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体に含まれる第一重合体部分および第二重合体部分の少なくとも一方は、エポキシ樹脂に対して相溶性を有する。第一重合体部分がエポキシ樹脂に対して相溶性を有する場合には、柔軟性を高めることができる。また、第二重合体部分がエポキシ樹脂に対して相溶性を有する場合には、凝集性や靱性を高めることができる。
At least one of the first polymer portion and the second polymer portion contained in the (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer has compatibility with the epoxy resin. If the first polymer portion is compatible with the epoxy resin, flexibility can be increased. Moreover, when the second polymeric part has compatibility with the epoxy resin, cohesiveness and toughness can be improved.
第一重合体部分または第二重合体部分の一方がエポキシ樹脂に対して相溶性を有しない場合、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体は、エポキシ樹脂に対して相溶性を有する重合体部分である相溶部位と、エポキシ樹脂に対して相溶性を有しない重合体部分である非相溶部位とを有することになる。この場合、上記(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体を添加すると、相溶部位がエポキシ樹脂と相溶し、非相溶部位がエポキシ樹脂と相溶しないため、微細な相分離が起こる。その結果、微細な海島構造が発現する。海島構造としては、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体の種類、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体に含まれる第一重合体部分および第二重合体部分の相溶性、極性基導入による変性の有無によって異なり、例えば、エポキシ樹脂の硬化物および(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体の相溶部位が海、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体の非相溶部位が島であるような海島構造や、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体の非相溶部位が海、エポキシ樹脂の硬化物および(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体の相溶部位が島であるような海島構造、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体が海、エポキシ樹脂の硬化物が島であるような海島構造が挙げられる。このような海島構造を有することで、応力を分散させやすくすることができるので、界面破壊を避けることができ、発泡硬化後に優れた接着性が得られる。
If either the first polymer portion or the second polymer portion is not compatible with the epoxy resin, the (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer is a polymer portion that is compatible with the epoxy resin. It has a certain compatible part and an incompatible part which is a polymer part that has no compatibility with the epoxy resin. In this case, when the (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer is added, the compatible sites become compatible with the epoxy resin, and the incompatible sites are not compatible with the epoxy resin, resulting in fine phase separation. As a result, a fine sea-island structure appears. The sea-island structure depends on the type of (meth)acrylic ester copolymer, the compatibility of the first polymer part and the second polymer part contained in the (meth)acrylic ester copolymer, and the degree of modification by polar group introduction. For example, a sea-island structure where the cured epoxy resin and (meth)acrylic ester copolymer are compatible with the sea, and the (meth)acrylic ester copolymer is incompatible with the islands. A sea-island structure in which the incompatible parts of the (meth)acrylic ester copolymer are oceans, and the compatible parts of the cured epoxy resin and (meth)acrylic ester copolymer are islands, (meth) An example is a sea-island structure in which the acrylic ester copolymer is the sea and the cured epoxy resin is the island. By having such a sea-island structure, stress can be easily dispersed, so interfacial destruction can be avoided, and excellent adhesiveness can be obtained after foaming and curing.
上記(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体は、中でもブロック共重合体であることが好ましく、特に、相溶部位を重合体ブロックA、非相溶部位を重合体ブロックBとするA-B-Aブロック共重合体であることが好ましい。さらには、第一重合体部分が非相溶部位、第二重合体部分が相溶部位であり、第一重合体部分を重合体ブロックB、第二重合体部分を重合体ブロックAとするA-B-Aブロック共重合体であることが好ましい。アクリル樹脂としてこのようなA-B-Aブロック共重合体を用いることにより、エポキシ樹脂の硬化物および(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体の相溶部位が海、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体の非相溶部位が島であるような海島構造の場合には、島部分を小さくすることができる。また、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体の非相溶部位が海、エポキシ樹脂の硬化物および(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体の相溶部位が島であるような海島構造の場合や、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体が海、エポキシ樹脂の硬化物が島であるような海島構造の場合には、海部分を小さくすることができる。
The above-mentioned (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer is preferably a block copolymer, particularly ABA in which the compatible portion is polymer block A and the incompatible portion is polymer block B. Preferably, it is a block copolymer. Furthermore, the first polymer portion is an incompatible portion, the second polymer portion is a compatible portion, the first polymer portion is a polymer block B, and the second polymer portion is a polymer block A. -BA block copolymer is preferred. By using such an ABA block copolymer as the acrylic resin, the compatible sites of the cured epoxy resin and the (meth)acrylic ester copolymer are In the case of a sea-island structure in which the incompatible part of the merging is an island, the island portion can be made small. In addition, in the case of a sea-island structure where the incompatible parts of the (meth)acrylic ester copolymer are oceans and the compatible parts of the cured epoxy resin and (meth)acrylic ester copolymer are islands, In the case of a sea-island structure in which the (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer is a sea and the cured epoxy resin is an island, the sea portion can be made small.
また、上記(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体は、第一重合体部分または第二重合体部分の一部に上述の極性基を導入した変性物であってもよい。
Moreover, the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer may be a modified product in which the above-mentioned polar group is introduced into a part of the first polymer portion or the second polymer portion.
上記(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体に含まれる第一重合体部分のTgは、10℃以下であり、-150℃以上、10℃以下の範囲内、中でも-130℃以上、0℃以下の範囲内、特に-110℃以上、-10℃以下の範囲内とすることができる。
The Tg of the first polymer portion contained in the above (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer is 10°C or less, within the range of -150°C or more and 10°C or less, especially -130°C or more and 0°C or less. It can be within a range, particularly within a range of -110°C or higher and -10°C or lower.
なお、第一重合体部分のTgは、「POLYMERHANDBOOK第三版」(John Wiley & Sons,Ink.発行)に記載された各単独重合体のTg(K)を基にして、下記式で計算により求めることができる。
1/Tg(K)=W1/Tg1+W2/Tg2+・・・・+Wn/Tgn
Wn;各単量体の質量分率
Tgn;各単量体の単独重合体のTg(K)であり、ポリマーハンドブック(3rd Ed.,J.Brandrup and E.H.Immergut,WILEY INTERSCIENCE)中の値など、一般に公開されている掲載値を用いればよい。後述の第二重合体部分のTgも同様である。 The Tg of the first polymer portion is calculated using the following formula based on the Tg (K) of each homopolymer described in "POLYMER HANDBOOK 3rd Edition" (published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc.). You can ask for it.
1/Tg(K)=W 1 /Tg 1 +W 2 /Tg 2 +...+W n /Tg n
W n ; Mass fraction of each monomer Tg n ; Tg (K) of the homopolymer of each monomer, as described in Polymer Handbook (3rd Ed., J. Brandrup and E.H. Immergut, WILEY INTERSCIENCE) It is sufficient to use published values that are publicly available, such as the values inside. The same applies to the Tg of the second polymer portion described below.
1/Tg(K)=W1/Tg1+W2/Tg2+・・・・+Wn/Tgn
Wn;各単量体の質量分率
Tgn;各単量体の単独重合体のTg(K)であり、ポリマーハンドブック(3rd Ed.,J.Brandrup and E.H.Immergut,WILEY INTERSCIENCE)中の値など、一般に公開されている掲載値を用いればよい。後述の第二重合体部分のTgも同様である。 The Tg of the first polymer portion is calculated using the following formula based on the Tg (K) of each homopolymer described in "POLYMER HANDBOOK 3rd Edition" (published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc.). You can ask for it.
1/Tg(K)=W 1 /Tg 1 +W 2 /Tg 2 +...+W n /Tg n
W n ; Mass fraction of each monomer Tg n ; Tg (K) of the homopolymer of each monomer, as described in Polymer Handbook (3rd Ed., J. Brandrup and E.H. Immergut, WILEY INTERSCIENCE) It is sufficient to use published values that are publicly available, such as the values inside. The same applies to the Tg of the second polymer portion described below.
上記(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体に含まれる第一重合体部分は、単独重合体であってもよく、共重合体であってもよいが、中でも単独重合体であることが好ましい。第一重合体部分を構成する単量体成分および重合体成分は、Tgが所定の範囲である第一重合体部分を得ることができる単量体成分および重合体成分であればよく、例えばアクリル酸ブチル、アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、アクリル酸イソノニル、アクリル酸メチル等のアクリル酸エステル単量体や、酢酸ビニル、アセタール、ウレタン等の他の単量体、上述の極性基を含む極性基含有単量体、EVA等の共重合体が挙げられる。
The first polymer portion contained in the (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer may be a homopolymer or a copolymer, but is preferably a homopolymer. The monomer components and polymer components constituting the first polymer portion may be monomer components and polymer components that can obtain a first polymer portion having a Tg within a predetermined range, such as acrylic Acrylic acid ester monomers such as butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, isononyl acrylate, methyl acrylate, other monomers such as vinyl acetate, acetal, urethane, and polar group-containing monomers containing the above polar groups. copolymers such as EVA and EVA.
上記(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体に含まれる第二重合体部分のTgは、20℃以上であり、20℃以上、150℃以下の範囲内、中でも30℃以上、150℃以下の範囲内、特に40℃以上、150℃以下の範囲内とすることができる。
The Tg of the second polymer portion contained in the above (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer is 20°C or higher, within the range of 20°C or higher and 150°C or lower, particularly within the range of 30°C or higher and 150°C or lower. , especially within the range of 40°C or higher and 150°C or lower.
また、上記(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体に含まれる第二重合体部分は、単独重合体であってもよく、共重合体であってもよいが、中でも単独重合体であることが好ましい。第二重合体部分を構成する単量体成分は、Tgが所定の範囲である第二重合体部分を得ることができる単量体成分であればよく、例えばメタクリル酸メチル等のアクリル酸エステル単量体や、アクリルアミド、スチレン、塩化ビニル、アミド、アクリロニトリル、酢酸セルロース、フェノール、ウレタン、塩化ビニリデン、塩化メチレン、メタクリロニトリル等の他の単量体、上述の極性基を含む極性基含有単量体が挙げられる。
Further, the second polymer portion contained in the above (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer may be a homopolymer or a copolymer, but a homopolymer is particularly preferable. . The monomer component constituting the second polymer part may be any monomer component that can obtain a second polymer part having a Tg within a predetermined range, such as an acrylic ester monomer such as methyl methacrylate. other monomers such as acrylamide, styrene, vinyl chloride, amide, acrylonitrile, cellulose acetate, phenol, urethane, vinylidene chloride, methylene chloride, methacrylonitrile, and polar group-containing monomers containing the above-mentioned polar groups. One example is the body.
上記の第一重合体部分および第二重合体部分を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体の具体例としては、上記のMMA-BA-MMA共重合体が挙げられる。
A specific example of the (meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer having the first polymer portion and the second polymer portion is the MMA-BA-MMA copolymer described above.
(i-3)硬化剤
本実施態様における硬化剤としては、一般にエポキシ樹脂系接着剤に使用される硬化剤を用いることができる。硬化剤は、常温(23℃)で固体であることが好ましい。常温で固体である硬化剤は、常温で液体である硬化剤と比較して、保存安定性(ポットライフ)を長くすることができる。また、硬化剤は、潜在性硬化剤であってもよい。また、硬化剤は、熱により硬化反応が生じる硬化剤であってもよく、光により硬化反応が生じる硬化剤であってもよい。また、硬化剤を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上用いてもよい。 (i-3) Curing agent As the curing agent in this embodiment, a curing agent generally used for epoxy resin adhesives can be used. The curing agent is preferably solid at room temperature (23°C). A hardening agent that is solid at room temperature can have a longer storage stability (pot life) than a hardening agent that is liquid at room temperature. Further, the curing agent may be a latent curing agent. Further, the curing agent may be a curing agent that causes a curing reaction due to heat, or may be a curing agent that causes a curing reaction due to light. Moreover, a curing agent may be used alone or two or more types may be used.
本実施態様における硬化剤としては、一般にエポキシ樹脂系接着剤に使用される硬化剤を用いることができる。硬化剤は、常温(23℃)で固体であることが好ましい。常温で固体である硬化剤は、常温で液体である硬化剤と比較して、保存安定性(ポットライフ)を長くすることができる。また、硬化剤は、潜在性硬化剤であってもよい。また、硬化剤は、熱により硬化反応が生じる硬化剤であってもよく、光により硬化反応が生じる硬化剤であってもよい。また、硬化剤を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上用いてもよい。 (i-3) Curing agent As the curing agent in this embodiment, a curing agent generally used for epoxy resin adhesives can be used. The curing agent is preferably solid at room temperature (23°C). A hardening agent that is solid at room temperature can have a longer storage stability (pot life) than a hardening agent that is liquid at room temperature. Further, the curing agent may be a latent curing agent. Further, the curing agent may be a curing agent that causes a curing reaction due to heat, or may be a curing agent that causes a curing reaction due to light. Moreover, a curing agent may be used alone or two or more types may be used.
硬化剤の反応開始温度は、例えば110℃以上であり、130℃以上であってもよい。反応開始温度が低すぎると、反応が早期に開始され、樹脂成分の柔軟性や流動性が低い状態で硬化が生じ、均一な硬化が生じにくい可能性がある。一方、硬化剤の反応開始温度は、例えば、200℃以下である。反応開始温度が高すぎると、樹脂成分が劣化する可能性がある。なお、エポキシ樹脂の他に、例えばフェノール樹脂等の耐熱性が高い樹脂を使用する場合には、樹脂成分の劣化が少ないため、硬化剤の反応開始温度は、例えば300℃以下であってもよい。硬化剤の反応開始温度は、示差走査熱量測定(DSC)により求めることができる。
The reaction initiation temperature of the curing agent is, for example, 110°C or higher, and may be 130°C or higher. If the reaction initiation temperature is too low, the reaction will start early, and curing will occur with the resin component having low flexibility and fluidity, making it difficult to achieve uniform curing. On the other hand, the reaction initiation temperature of the curing agent is, for example, 200° C. or lower. If the reaction initiation temperature is too high, the resin component may deteriorate. In addition, when using a resin with high heat resistance, such as a phenol resin, in addition to the epoxy resin, the reaction initiation temperature of the curing agent may be, for example, 300 ° C. or lower, since the resin component is less likely to deteriorate. . The reaction initiation temperature of the curing agent can be determined by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC).
硬化剤の具体例としては、イミダゾール系硬化剤、フェノール系硬化剤、アミン系硬化剤、酸無水物系硬化剤、イソシアネート系硬化剤、チオール系硬化剤が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the curing agent include imidazole curing agents, phenol curing agents, amine curing agents, acid anhydride curing agents, isocyanate curing agents, and thiol curing agents.
イミダゾール系硬化剤としては、例えば、イミダゾール、2-フェニル-4,5-ジヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール、2-フェニル-4-メチル-5-ヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール、2-メチルイミダゾール、2-エチルイミダゾール、2-エチル-4-メチルイミダゾール、2-イソプロピルイミダゾール、2-フェニルイミダゾールや、イミダゾール化合物のカルボン酸塩、エポキシ化合物との付加物が挙げられる。また、イミダゾール系硬化剤は、ヒドロキシル基を有することが好ましい。ヒドロキシ基同士の水素結合で結晶化するため、反応開始温度が高くなる傾向にある。
Examples of imidazole curing agents include imidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole, 2-methylimidazole, 2-ethylimidazole, 2-ethyl Examples include -4-methylimidazole, 2-isopropylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, carboxylates of imidazole compounds, and adducts with epoxy compounds. Further, the imidazole curing agent preferably has a hydroxyl group. Since crystallization occurs due to hydrogen bonds between hydroxy groups, the reaction initiation temperature tends to be high.
フェノール系硬化剤としては、例えば、フェノール樹脂が挙げられる。さらに、フェノール樹脂としては、例えば、レゾール型フェノール樹脂、ノボラック型フェノール樹脂が挙げられる。発泡硬化後の基材に対する密着性や発泡硬化後の耐割れ性等の観点から、Tgが110℃以下のフェノール型ノボラック樹脂が特に好ましい。また、フェノール系硬化剤およびイミダゾール系硬化剤を併用してもよい。その場合、イミダゾール系硬化剤を硬化触媒として用いることが好ましい。
Examples of phenolic curing agents include phenolic resins. Further, examples of the phenol resin include resol type phenol resin and novolak type phenol resin. From the viewpoint of adhesion to the substrate after foaming and curing, cracking resistance after foaming and curing, etc., a phenolic novolac resin having a Tg of 110° C. or less is particularly preferred. Furthermore, a phenolic curing agent and an imidazole curing agent may be used in combination. In that case, it is preferable to use an imidazole curing agent as a curing catalyst.
アミン系硬化剤としては、例えば、ジエチレントリアミン(DETA)、トリエチレンテトラミン(TETA)、メタキシレリレンジアミン(MXDA)等の脂肪族アミン;ジアミノジフェニルメタン(DDM)、m-フェニレンジアミン(MPDA)、ジアミノジフェニルスルホン(DDS)等の芳香族アミン;脂環式アミン;ポリアミドアミンが挙げられる。また、アミン系硬化剤として、ジシアンジアミド(DICY)等のジシアンジアミド系硬化剤、有機酸ジヒドラジド系硬化剤、アミンアダクト系硬化剤、ケチミン系硬化剤を用いることができる。
Examples of the amine curing agent include aliphatic amines such as diethylenetriamine (DETA), triethylenetetramine (TETA), and metaxylylene diamine (MXDA); diaminodiphenylmethane (DDM), m-phenylenediamine (MPDA), and diamino Examples include aromatic amines such as diphenylsulfone (DDS); alicyclic amines; and polyamide amines. Further, as the amine curing agent, a dicyandiamide curing agent such as dicyandiamide (DICY), an organic acid dihydrazide curing agent, an amine adduct curing agent, or a ketimine curing agent can be used.
酸無水物系硬化剤としては、例えば、ヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸(HHPA)、メチルテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸(MTHPA)等の脂環族酸無水物(液状酸無水物);無水トリメリット酸(TMA)、無水ピロメリット酸(PMDA)、ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸(BTDA)等の芳香族酸無水物が挙げられる。
Examples of acid anhydride curing agents include alicyclic acid anhydrides (liquid acid anhydrides) such as hexahydrophthalic anhydride (HHPA) and methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride (MTHPA); trimellitic anhydride (TMA); Examples include aromatic acid anhydrides such as pyromellitic anhydride (PMDA) and benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid (BTDA).
イソシアネート系硬化剤としては、例えば、ブロックイソシアネートが挙げられる。
Examples of the isocyanate curing agent include block isocyanate.
チオール系硬化剤としては、例えば、エステル結合型チオール化合物、脂肪族エーテル結合型チオール化合物、芳香族エーテル結合型チオール化合物が挙げられる。
Examples of the thiol curing agent include ester bond type thiol compounds, aliphatic ether bond type thiol compounds, and aromatic ether bond type thiol compounds.
(ii)発泡剤
本実施態様における硬化接着層に用いられる発泡剤としては、一般に発泡性接着シートの接着層に使用される発泡剤を用いることができる。また、発泡剤は、熱により発泡反応が生じる発泡剤であってもよく、光により発泡反応が生じる発泡剤であってもよい。 (ii) Foaming agent As the foaming agent used in the cured adhesive layer in this embodiment, a foaming agent generally used in the adhesive layer of a foamable adhesive sheet can be used. Further, the foaming agent may be a foaming agent that causes a foaming reaction due to heat, or may be a foaming agent that causes a foaming reaction due to light.
本実施態様における硬化接着層に用いられる発泡剤としては、一般に発泡性接着シートの接着層に使用される発泡剤を用いることができる。また、発泡剤は、熱により発泡反応が生じる発泡剤であってもよく、光により発泡反応が生じる発泡剤であってもよい。 (ii) Foaming agent As the foaming agent used in the cured adhesive layer in this embodiment, a foaming agent generally used in the adhesive layer of a foamable adhesive sheet can be used. Further, the foaming agent may be a foaming agent that causes a foaming reaction due to heat, or may be a foaming agent that causes a foaming reaction due to light.
発泡剤としては、例えば、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルが挙げられる。熱膨張性マイクロカプセルは、炭化水素等の熱膨張剤をコアとし、アクリロニトリルコポリマー等の樹脂をシェルとすることが好ましい。
Examples of the foaming agent include thermally expandable microcapsules. It is preferable that the thermally expandable microcapsules have a core made of a thermal expansion agent such as a hydrocarbon and a shell made of a resin such as an acrylonitrile copolymer.
また、発泡剤として、例えば、有機系発泡剤や無機系発泡剤を用いてもよい。有機系発泡剤としては、例えば、アゾジカルボンアミド(ADCA)、アゾビスホルムアミド、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル等のアゾ発泡剤、トリクロロモノフルオロメタン等のフッ化アルカン系発泡剤、パラトルエンスルホニルヒドラジド等のヒドラジン系発泡剤、p-トルエンスルホニルセミカルバジド等のセミカルバジド系発泡剤、5-モルホリル-1,2,3,4-チアトリアゾール等のトリアゾール系発泡剤、N,N-ジニトロソテレフタルアミド等のN-ニトロソ系発泡剤が挙げられる。一方、無機系発泡剤としては、例えば、炭酸アンモニウム、炭酸水素アンモニウム、亜硝酸アンモニウム、水素化ホウ素アンモニウム、アジド類が挙げられる。
Furthermore, as the blowing agent, for example, an organic blowing agent or an inorganic blowing agent may be used. Examples of organic blowing agents include azo blowing agents such as azodicarbonamide (ADCA), azobisformamide, and azobisisobutyronitrile, fluorinated alkane blowing agents such as trichloromonofluoromethane, and paratoluenesulfonyl hydrazide. Hydrazine blowing agents, semicarbazide blowing agents such as p-toluenesulfonyl semicarbazide, triazole blowing agents such as 5-morpholyl-1,2,3,4-thiatriazole, N, such as N,N-dinitrosoterephthalamide, etc. - Examples include nitroso blowing agents. On the other hand, examples of inorganic blowing agents include ammonium carbonate, ammonium hydrogen carbonate, ammonium nitrite, ammonium borohydride, and azides.
発泡剤の発泡開始温度は、エポキシ樹脂等の硬化性の接着剤の主剤の軟化温度以上であり、かつ、エポキシ樹脂等の硬化性の接着剤の主剤の硬化反応の活性化温度以下であることが好ましい。発泡剤の発泡開始温度は、例えば、70℃以上であり、100℃以上であってもよい。反応開始温度が低すぎると、発泡が早期に開始され、樹脂成分の柔軟性や流動性が低い状態で発泡が生じ、均一な発泡が生じにくい可能性がある。一方、発泡剤の発泡開始温度は、例えば、210℃以下である。発泡開始温度が高すぎると、樹脂成分が劣化する可能性がある。
The foaming initiation temperature of the foaming agent must be equal to or higher than the softening temperature of the main ingredient of a curable adhesive such as an epoxy resin, and below the activation temperature of the curing reaction of the main ingredient of a curable adhesive such as an epoxy resin. is preferred. The foaming start temperature of the foaming agent is, for example, 70°C or higher, and may be 100°C or higher. If the reaction initiation temperature is too low, foaming will start early, foaming will occur while the flexibility and fluidity of the resin component is low, and uniform foaming may be difficult to produce. On the other hand, the foaming start temperature of the foaming agent is, for example, 210° C. or lower. If the foaming start temperature is too high, the resin component may deteriorate.
なお、エポキシ樹脂等の硬化性の接着剤の主剤の軟化温度は、JIS K7234に規定される環球式軟化温度試験法を用いて測定できる。
Note that the softening temperature of the main ingredient of a curable adhesive such as an epoxy resin can be measured using the ring and ball softening temperature test method specified in JIS K7234.
また、後述するように、発泡剤が熱膨張性マイクロカプセルである場合、発泡剤の最大発泡温度は、エポキシ樹脂等の硬化性の接着剤の主剤のガラス転移温度よりも高いことが好ましい。発泡剤の最大発泡温度は、例えば、140℃以上、230℃以下であることが好ましく、150℃以上、220℃以下であることがより好ましく、160℃以上、210℃以下であることがさらに好ましい。最大発泡温度が低すぎると、発泡剤が収縮することによって、硬化接着層の厚さを維持することができず、接着強度が低下する可能性がある。一方、最大発泡温度が高すぎると、発泡剤の膨張が不十分になり、接着強度が低下する可能性がある。
Furthermore, as described below, when the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule, the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent is preferably higher than the glass transition temperature of the main ingredient of a curable adhesive such as an epoxy resin. The maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent is, for example, preferably 140°C or more and 230°C or less, more preferably 150°C or more and 220°C or less, and even more preferably 160°C or more and 210°C or less. . If the maximum foaming temperature is too low, the foaming agent will shrink, making it impossible to maintain the thickness of the cured adhesive layer, which may reduce adhesive strength. On the other hand, if the maximum foaming temperature is too high, the expansion of the foaming agent will be insufficient and the adhesive strength may decrease.
ここで、発泡剤の発泡開始温度および最大発泡温度は、熱機械分析(TMA)により求めることができる。具体的には、熱機械分析(TMA)により、昇温速度20℃/分、負荷力0.06Nにて測定した際に、x軸を温度、y軸を変位量とした場合に、最大変位量を示した温度を最大発泡温度、最大変位量に対して3%変位時の温度を発泡開始温度とする。
Here, the foaming start temperature and maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent can be determined by thermomechanical analysis (TMA). Specifically, when measured by thermomechanical analysis (TMA) at a heating rate of 20°C/min and a load force of 0.06N, the maximum displacement is The temperature indicated by the amount is defined as the maximum foaming temperature, and the temperature at 3% displacement with respect to the maximum displacement is defined as the foaming start temperature.
発泡剤の平均粒径は、例えば、10μm以上であってもよく、13μm以上であってもよく、17μm以上であってもよい。また、発泡剤の平均粒径は、発泡性接着シートの接着層の厚さ以下であることが好ましく、例えば、44μm以下であってもよく、30μm以下であってもよく、24μm以下であってもよい。
The average particle diameter of the blowing agent may be, for example, 10 μm or more, 13 μm or more, or 17 μm or more. Further, the average particle size of the foaming agent is preferably equal to or less than the thickness of the adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet, and may be, for example, 44 μm or less, 30 μm or less, or 24 μm or less. Good too.
なお、発泡剤の平均粒径は、レーザー回折散乱法によって求めた粒度分布における積算値50%での粒径である。また、発泡剤の平均粒径を測定するに際しては、接着剤組成物を溶剤に溶解させて発泡剤を分離する。溶剤としては、接着剤組成物に含まれる発泡剤以外の成分を溶解することが可能な溶剤であれば特に限定されず、硬化性の接着剤の種類等に応じて適宜選択され、例えば、接着剤組成物に使用される溶剤を用いることができる。具体的には、メチルエチルケトン、酢酸エチル、トルエン等を用いることができる。
Note that the average particle size of the blowing agent is the particle size at 50% of the integrated value in the particle size distribution determined by laser diffraction scattering method. Furthermore, when measuring the average particle size of the foaming agent, the adhesive composition is dissolved in a solvent and the foaming agent is separated. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is capable of dissolving components other than the foaming agent contained in the adhesive composition, and is appropriately selected depending on the type of curable adhesive. Any solvent used in formulations can be used. Specifically, methyl ethyl ketone, ethyl acetate, toluene, etc. can be used.
発泡剤の最大発泡温度での発泡倍率は、例えば1.5倍以上であり、2倍以上であってもよい。一方、発泡剤の最大発泡温度での発泡倍率は、例えば15倍以下であり、10倍以下であってもよい。なお、発泡剤の発泡倍率は、発泡前の発泡剤の直径に対する、発泡後の発泡剤の直径の比である。
The foaming ratio of the foaming agent at the maximum foaming temperature is, for example, 1.5 times or more, and may be 2 times or more. On the other hand, the foaming ratio of the foaming agent at the maximum foaming temperature is, for example, 15 times or less, and may be 10 times or less. Note that the foaming ratio of the foaming agent is the ratio of the diameter of the foaming agent after foaming to the diameter of the foaming agent before foaming.
(iii)その他の成分
本実施態様における硬化接着層に用いられる接着剤組成物は、例えば硬化性の接着剤がエポキシ樹脂系接着剤である場合、樹脂成分として、エポキシ樹脂およびアクリル樹脂のみを含有していてもよく、他の樹脂をさらに含有していてもよい。他の樹脂としては、例えばウレタン樹脂が挙げられる。 (iii) Other components When the curable adhesive is an epoxy resin adhesive, for example, the adhesive composition used for the cured adhesive layer in this embodiment contains only an epoxy resin and an acrylic resin as resin components. or may further contain other resins. Examples of other resins include urethane resins.
本実施態様における硬化接着層に用いられる接着剤組成物は、例えば硬化性の接着剤がエポキシ樹脂系接着剤である場合、樹脂成分として、エポキシ樹脂およびアクリル樹脂のみを含有していてもよく、他の樹脂をさらに含有していてもよい。他の樹脂としては、例えばウレタン樹脂が挙げられる。 (iii) Other components When the curable adhesive is an epoxy resin adhesive, for example, the adhesive composition used for the cured adhesive layer in this embodiment contains only an epoxy resin and an acrylic resin as resin components. or may further contain other resins. Examples of other resins include urethane resins.
接着剤組成物は、必要に応じて、例えばシランカップリング剤、充填剤、酸化防止剤、光安定剤、紫外線吸収剤、滑剤、可塑剤、帯電防止剤、架橋剤、着色剤等の添加剤を含有していてもよい。シランカップリング剤としては、例えば、エポキシ系シランカップリング剤が挙げられる。充填剤としては、例えば、炭酸カルシウム、水酸化アルミニウム、水酸化マグネシウム、三酸化アンチモン、ホウ酸亜鉛、モリブデン化合物、二酸化チタン等の無機充填剤が挙げられる。酸化防止剤としては、例えば、フェノール系酸化防止剤、硫黄系酸化防止剤が挙げられる。
The adhesive composition may contain additives such as silane coupling agents, fillers, antioxidants, light stabilizers, ultraviolet absorbers, lubricants, plasticizers, antistatic agents, crosslinking agents, colorants, etc., as necessary. may contain. Examples of the silane coupling agent include epoxy-based silane coupling agents. Examples of the filler include inorganic fillers such as calcium carbonate, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, antimony trioxide, zinc borate, molybdenum compounds, and titanium dioxide. Examples of the antioxidant include phenolic antioxidants and sulfur-based antioxidants.
(c)硬化接着層のその他の点
硬化接着層の厚さは、特に限定されるものではなく、用途に応じて適宜設定される。硬化接着層の厚さは、例えば、30μm以上、1000μm以下であり、40μm以上、900μm以下であってもよく、50μm以上、800μm以下であってもよい。硬化接着層が薄すぎると、十分な接着性が得られない可能性がある。また、硬化接着層が厚すぎると、面質が悪化する可能性がある。 (c) Other aspects of the cured adhesive layer The thickness of the cured adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and is appropriately set depending on the application. The thickness of the cured adhesive layer may be, for example, 30 μm or more and 1000 μm or less, 40 μm or more and 900 μm or less, or 50 μm or more and 800 μm or less. If the cured adhesive layer is too thin, sufficient adhesion may not be obtained. Furthermore, if the cured adhesive layer is too thick, the surface quality may deteriorate.
硬化接着層の厚さは、特に限定されるものではなく、用途に応じて適宜設定される。硬化接着層の厚さは、例えば、30μm以上、1000μm以下であり、40μm以上、900μm以下であってもよく、50μm以上、800μm以下であってもよい。硬化接着層が薄すぎると、十分な接着性が得られない可能性がある。また、硬化接着層が厚すぎると、面質が悪化する可能性がある。 (c) Other aspects of the cured adhesive layer The thickness of the cured adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and is appropriately set depending on the application. The thickness of the cured adhesive layer may be, for example, 30 μm or more and 1000 μm or less, 40 μm or more and 900 μm or less, or 50 μm or more and 800 μm or less. If the cured adhesive layer is too thin, sufficient adhesion may not be obtained. Furthermore, if the cured adhesive layer is too thick, the surface quality may deteriorate.
硬化接着層は、連続層であってもよく、不連続層であってもよい。
The cured adhesive layer may be a continuous layer or a discontinuous layer.
硬化接着層は、接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する。接着剤組成物を発泡硬化させる方法としては、例えば、加熱または光照射を挙げることができる。中でも、加熱により接着剤組成物を発泡硬化させることが好ましい。加熱による方法は、例えば金属製の部材のように第一部材および第二部材が透明性を有さない場合でも適用可能である。
The cured adhesive layer contains a foamed cured product of the adhesive composition. Examples of methods for foaming and curing the adhesive composition include heating and light irradiation. Among these, it is preferable to foam and harden the adhesive composition by heating. The heating method is applicable even when the first member and the second member do not have transparency, such as metal members.
(d)第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層
本実施態様において、接着部材が、第一硬化接着層と第二硬化接着層とを有する場合、あるいは、第一硬化接着層と基材と第二硬化接着層とをこの順に有する場合、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層の少なくとも一方が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有していればよい。例えば、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層のうち、一方が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有し、他方が、硬化性の接着剤を含有し、発泡剤を含有しない接着剤組成物の硬化物を含有していてもよく、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層の両方が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有していてもよい。中でも、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層の両方が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有していることが好ましい。接着性を高めることができる。また、発泡性接着シートを用いて物品を製造する場合に、発泡性接着シートの挿入性を良くすることができる。 (d) First cured adhesive layer and second cured adhesive layer In this embodiment, when the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer, or when the first cured adhesive layer and the base material and a second cured adhesive layer in this order, at least one of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer contains a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. All you have to do is stay there. For example, one of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer contains a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and the other contains a curable adhesive. and may contain a cured product of an adhesive composition that does not contain a foaming agent, and both the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer contain a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. It may also contain a foamed cured product of the adhesive composition. Among these, it is preferable that both the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer contain a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. Adhesion can be improved. Furthermore, when manufacturing articles using the foamable adhesive sheet, the insertability of the foamable adhesive sheet can be improved.
本実施態様において、接着部材が、第一硬化接着層と第二硬化接着層とを有する場合、あるいは、第一硬化接着層と基材と第二硬化接着層とをこの順に有する場合、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層の少なくとも一方が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有していればよい。例えば、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層のうち、一方が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有し、他方が、硬化性の接着剤を含有し、発泡剤を含有しない接着剤組成物の硬化物を含有していてもよく、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層の両方が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有していてもよい。中でも、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層の両方が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有していることが好ましい。接着性を高めることができる。また、発泡性接着シートを用いて物品を製造する場合に、発泡性接着シートの挿入性を良くすることができる。 (d) First cured adhesive layer and second cured adhesive layer In this embodiment, when the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer, or when the first cured adhesive layer and the base material and a second cured adhesive layer in this order, at least one of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer contains a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. All you have to do is stay there. For example, one of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer contains a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and the other contains a curable adhesive. and may contain a cured product of an adhesive composition that does not contain a foaming agent, and both the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer contain a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. It may also contain a foamed cured product of the adhesive composition. Among these, it is preferable that both the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer contain a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. Adhesion can be improved. Furthermore, when manufacturing articles using the foamable adhesive sheet, the insertability of the foamable adhesive sheet can be improved.
(2)基材
本実施態様における接着部材は、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層の間に基材を有していてもよい。第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層の間に基材が配置されている場合には、発泡性接着シートを用いて物品を製造する場合に、発泡性接着シートの取扱性および作業性を良くすることができる。一方、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層の間に基材が配置されていない場合には、発泡性接着シートを用いて物品を製造する場合に、発泡性接着シート全体の厚さを薄くすることができ、狭い隙間にも発泡性接着シートを挿入可能である。 (2) Base material The adhesive member in this embodiment may have a base material between the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer. When a base material is arranged between the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer, when manufacturing an article using the foamable adhesive sheet, the handling and workability of the foamable adhesive sheet can be improved. You can make it better. On the other hand, when a base material is not placed between the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer, when manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet, the thickness of the entire foamable adhesive sheet is It can be made thinner, and the foam adhesive sheet can be inserted into narrow gaps.
本実施態様における接着部材は、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層の間に基材を有していてもよい。第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層の間に基材が配置されている場合には、発泡性接着シートを用いて物品を製造する場合に、発泡性接着シートの取扱性および作業性を良くすることができる。一方、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層の間に基材が配置されていない場合には、発泡性接着シートを用いて物品を製造する場合に、発泡性接着シート全体の厚さを薄くすることができ、狭い隙間にも発泡性接着シートを挿入可能である。 (2) Base material The adhesive member in this embodiment may have a base material between the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer. When a base material is arranged between the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer, when manufacturing an article using the foamable adhesive sheet, the handling and workability of the foamable adhesive sheet can be improved. You can make it better. On the other hand, when a base material is not placed between the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer, when manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet, the thickness of the entire foamable adhesive sheet is It can be made thinner, and the foam adhesive sheet can be inserted into narrow gaps.
基材は、絶縁性を有することが好ましい。また、基材は、シート状であることが好ましい。基材は、単層構造を有していてもよく、複層構造を有していてもよい。また、基材は、内部に多孔構造を有していてもよく、有していなくてもよい。
It is preferable that the base material has insulation properties. Further, the base material is preferably in the form of a sheet. The base material may have a single layer structure or a multilayer structure. Further, the base material may or may not have a porous structure inside.
基材としては、例えば、樹脂基材、不織布が挙げられる。
Examples of the base material include resin base materials and nonwoven fabrics.
樹脂基材に含まれる樹脂としては、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)、芳香族ポリエステル等のポリエステル樹脂;ポリカーボネート;ポリアリレート;ポリウレタン;ポリアミド、ポリエーテルアミド等のポリアミド樹脂;ポリイミド、ポリエーテルイミド、ポリアミドイミド等のポリイミド樹脂;ポリスルホン、ポリエーテルスルホン等のポリスルホン樹脂;ポリエーテルケトン、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン等のポリエーテルケトン樹脂;ポリフェニレンサルファイド(PPS);変性ポリフェニレンオキシド等が挙げられる。樹脂のガラス転移温度は、例えば80℃以上であり、140℃以上であってもよく、200℃以上であってもよい。また、樹脂として、液晶ポリマー(LCP)を用いてもよい。
Examples of the resin contained in the resin base material include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), and aromatic polyester; polycarbonate; polyarylate; polyurethane; polyamide, polyether amide, etc. polyamide resins; polyimide resins such as polyimide, polyetherimide, and polyamideimide; polysulfone resins such as polysulfone and polyethersulfone; polyetherketone resins such as polyetherketone and polyetheretherketone; polyphenylene sulfide (PPS); modified polyphenylene Examples include oxides. The glass transition temperature of the resin is, for example, 80°C or higher, may be 140°C or higher, or may be 200°C or higher. Furthermore, liquid crystal polymer (LCP) may be used as the resin.
不織布としては、例えば、セルロース繊維、ポリエステル繊維、ナイロン繊維、アラミド繊維、ポリフェニレンサルファイド繊維、液晶ポリマー繊維、ガラス繊維、金属繊維、カーボン繊維等の繊維を含む不織布が挙げられる。
Examples of the nonwoven fabric include nonwoven fabrics containing fibers such as cellulose fibers, polyester fibers, nylon fibers, aramid fibers, polyphenylene sulfide fibers, liquid crystal polymer fibers, glass fibers, metal fibers, and carbon fibers.
基材は、第一硬化接着層や第二硬化接着層との密着性を高めるため、表面処理が施されていてもよい。
The base material may be subjected to surface treatment in order to improve the adhesion with the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer.
基材の厚さは、特に限定されないが、例えば2μm以上200μm以下であり、5μm以上100μm以下であってもよく、9μm以上50μm以下であってもよい。
The thickness of the base material is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 2 μm or more and 200 μm or less, 5 μm or more and 100 μm or less, or 9 μm or more and 50 μm or less.
(3)その他の構成
本実施態様における接着部材は、基材および第一硬化接着層の間に第一中間層を有していてもよい。また、本実施態様における接着部材は、基材および第二硬化接着層の間に第二中間層を有していてもよい。第一中間層や第二中間層が配置されていることにより、第一硬化接着層や第二硬化接着層の基材に対する密着性を向上させることができる。さらには、発泡性接着シートを用いて物品を製造する場合、第一中間層や第二中間層が配置されていることで、例えば、発泡性接着シートを折り曲げた際に屈曲部にかかる応力を緩和したり、発泡性接着シートを切断した際に切断部にかかる応力を緩和したりすることができる。その結果、発泡性接着シートの屈曲時や切断時において基材からの第一接着層や第二接着層の浮きや剥がれを抑制することができる。 (3) Other configurations The adhesive member in this embodiment may have a first intermediate layer between the base material and the first cured adhesive layer. Moreover, the adhesive member in this embodiment may have a second intermediate layer between the base material and the second cured adhesive layer. By arranging the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer, it is possible to improve the adhesion of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer to the base material. Furthermore, when manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet, the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer are arranged to reduce the stress applied to the bent portion when the foamable adhesive sheet is folded. The stress applied to the cut portion when the foamable adhesive sheet is cut can be relaxed. As a result, it is possible to suppress lifting and peeling of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer from the base material when the foamable adhesive sheet is bent or cut.
本実施態様における接着部材は、基材および第一硬化接着層の間に第一中間層を有していてもよい。また、本実施態様における接着部材は、基材および第二硬化接着層の間に第二中間層を有していてもよい。第一中間層や第二中間層が配置されていることにより、第一硬化接着層や第二硬化接着層の基材に対する密着性を向上させることができる。さらには、発泡性接着シートを用いて物品を製造する場合、第一中間層や第二中間層が配置されていることで、例えば、発泡性接着シートを折り曲げた際に屈曲部にかかる応力を緩和したり、発泡性接着シートを切断した際に切断部にかかる応力を緩和したりすることができる。その結果、発泡性接着シートの屈曲時や切断時において基材からの第一接着層や第二接着層の浮きや剥がれを抑制することができる。 (3) Other configurations The adhesive member in this embodiment may have a first intermediate layer between the base material and the first cured adhesive layer. Moreover, the adhesive member in this embodiment may have a second intermediate layer between the base material and the second cured adhesive layer. By arranging the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer, it is possible to improve the adhesion of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer to the base material. Furthermore, when manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet, the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer are arranged to reduce the stress applied to the bent portion when the foamable adhesive sheet is folded. The stress applied to the cut portion when the foamable adhesive sheet is cut can be relaxed. As a result, it is possible to suppress lifting and peeling of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer from the base material when the foamable adhesive sheet is bent or cut.
例えば、図4に示す物品100において、接着部材30では、基材12および第一硬化接着層11aの間に第一中間層13aが配置され、基材12および第二硬化接着層11bの間に第二中間層13bが配置されている。なお、図4においては、接着部材30は、第一中間層13aおよび第二中間層13bの両方を有するが、いずれか一方のみを有していてもよい。
For example, in the article 100 shown in FIG. 4, in the adhesive member 30, the first intermediate layer 13a is arranged between the base material 12 and the first cured adhesive layer 11a, and the first intermediate layer 13a is arranged between the base material 12 and the second cured adhesive layer 11b. A second intermediate layer 13b is arranged. In addition, although the adhesive member 30 has both the first intermediate layer 13a and the second intermediate layer 13b in FIG. 4, it may have only either one.
接着部材は、第一中間層および第二中間層の少なくとも一方を有していればよく、例えば、基材および第一硬化接着層の間に配置された第一中間層のみを有していてもよく、基材および第二硬化接着層の間に配置された第二中間層のみを有していてもよく、基材および第一硬化接着層の間に配置された第一中間層と、基材および第二硬化接着層の間に配置された第二中間層との両方を有していてもよい。中でも、基材および第一硬化接着層の間に第一中間層が配置され、かつ、基材および第二硬化接着層の間に第二中間層が配置されていることが好ましい。
The adhesive member only needs to have at least one of the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer, for example, only the first intermediate layer disposed between the base material and the first cured adhesive layer. It may also have only a second intermediate layer disposed between the base material and the second cured adhesive layer, and a first intermediate layer disposed between the base material and the first cured adhesive layer; It may have both a base material and a second intermediate layer disposed between the second cured adhesive layer. Among these, it is preferable that the first intermediate layer is disposed between the base material and the first cured adhesive layer, and that the second intermediate layer is disposed between the base material and the second cured adhesive layer.
第一中間層および第二中間層に含まれる材料としては、基材と第一硬化接着層や第二硬化接着層との密着性を高めることができ、かつ、応力を緩和することができる材料であれば特に限定されず、基材、第一硬化接着層、および第二硬化接着層の材料等に応じて適宜選択される。例えば、ポリエステル、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ酢酸ビニル、ポリウレタン、それらの少なくとも2種以上を共重合させた重合体、それらの架橋体、およびそれらの混合物等が挙げられる。
The materials included in the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer are materials that can enhance the adhesion between the base material and the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer, and can also alleviate stress. If so, it is not particularly limited, and is appropriately selected depending on the materials of the base material, the first cured adhesive layer, the second cured adhesive layer, and the like. Examples include polyester, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl acetate, polyurethane, polymers obtained by copolymerizing at least two thereof, crosslinked products thereof, and mixtures thereof.
架橋体は、上記の樹脂を硬化剤により架橋した架橋体である。硬化剤としては、例えば、イソシアネート系硬化剤が挙げられる。また、例えば、反応基/NCO当量を1とした場合、樹脂に対してイソシアネート系硬化剤を、0.5質量%以上、20質量%以下の割合で添加することが好ましい。
The crosslinked product is a crosslinked product obtained by crosslinking the above resin with a curing agent. Examples of the curing agent include isocyanate curing agents. Further, for example, when the reactive group/NCO equivalent is 1, it is preferable to add the isocyanate curing agent to the resin at a ratio of 0.5% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less.
中でも、第一中間層および第二中間層は、架橋された樹脂を含有することが好ましい。なお、架橋された樹脂とは、高温にしても溶融しないものをいう。これにより、高温下での接着力、つまり耐熱性を向上させることができる。
Among these, it is preferable that the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer contain a crosslinked resin. Note that crosslinked resin refers to one that does not melt even at high temperatures. This makes it possible to improve adhesive strength at high temperatures, that is, heat resistance.
第一中間層および第二中間層の厚さは、特に限定されないが、例えば0.1μm以上であり、0.5μm以上であってもよく、1μm以上であってもよい。第一中間層や第二中間層が薄すぎると、発泡性接着シートを用いて物品を製造する場合、発泡性接着シートの屈曲時および切断時の基材からの第一接着層や第二接着層の剥がれを抑制する効果が十分に得られない可能性がある。一方、第一中間層および第二中間層の厚さは、例えば4μm以下であり、3.5μm以下であってもよい。第一中間層および第二中間層自体は、通常、耐熱性が高くないため、第一中間層や第二中間層が厚すぎると、耐熱性(高温下での接着力)が低下する可能性がある。
The thickness of the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 0.1 μm or more, may be 0.5 μm or more, or may be 1 μm or more. If the first intermediate layer or the second intermediate layer is too thin, when manufacturing an article using a foam adhesive sheet, the first adhesive layer or the second adhesive layer from the base material will be removed when the foam adhesive sheet is bent or cut. There is a possibility that the effect of suppressing layer peeling cannot be sufficiently obtained. On the other hand, the thickness of the first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer is, for example, 4 μm or less, and may be 3.5 μm or less. The first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer themselves usually do not have high heat resistance, so if the first intermediate layer or the second intermediate layer is too thick, the heat resistance (adhesion strength at high temperatures) may decrease. There is.
第一中間層および第二中間層は、例えば、樹脂組成物を塗布し、溶剤を除去することで形成することができる。塗布方法としては、例えば、ロールコート、リバースロールコート、トランスファーロールコート、グラビアコート、グラビアリバースコート、コンマコート、ロッドコ-ト、ブレードコート、バーコート、ワイヤーバーコート、ダイコート、リップコート、ディップコートが挙げられる。
The first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer can be formed, for example, by applying a resin composition and removing the solvent. Examples of coating methods include roll coating, reverse roll coating, transfer roll coating, gravure coating, gravure reverse coating, comma coating, rod coating, blade coating, bar coating, wire bar coating, die coating, lip coating, and dip coating. Can be mentioned.
2.第一部材および第二部材
本実施態様における第一部材および第二部材としては、物品の用途等に応じて適宜選択される。第一部材および第二部材としては、接着および絶縁が必要な部材であることが好ましい。例えば、電気・電子機器の部品が挙げられ、具体的には、回転電機用ステータのステータコアおよびコイル、埋込磁石型モータのコアおよび永久磁石等が挙げられる。 2. First Member and Second Member The first member and second member in this embodiment are appropriately selected depending on the use of the article, etc. The first member and the second member are preferably members that require adhesion and insulation. For example, parts of electric/electronic equipment may be mentioned, and specific examples thereof include stator cores and coils of stators for rotating electric machines, cores and permanent magnets of embedded magnet type motors, and the like.
本実施態様における第一部材および第二部材としては、物品の用途等に応じて適宜選択される。第一部材および第二部材としては、接着および絶縁が必要な部材であることが好ましい。例えば、電気・電子機器の部品が挙げられ、具体的には、回転電機用ステータのステータコアおよびコイル、埋込磁石型モータのコアおよび永久磁石等が挙げられる。 2. First Member and Second Member The first member and second member in this embodiment are appropriately selected depending on the use of the article, etc. The first member and the second member are preferably members that require adhesion and insulation. For example, parts of electric/electronic equipment may be mentioned, and specific examples thereof include stator cores and coils of stators for rotating electric machines, cores and permanent magnets of embedded magnet type motors, and the like.
3.物品の製造方法
本実施態様の物品の製造方法については、後述の「B.物品の製造方法」の項に記載する。 3. Article Manufacturing Method The article manufacturing method of this embodiment will be described in the section "B. Article Manufacturing Method" below.
本実施態様の物品の製造方法については、後述の「B.物品の製造方法」の項に記載する。 3. Article Manufacturing Method The article manufacturing method of this embodiment will be described in the section "B. Article Manufacturing Method" below.
II.物品の第2実施態様
本開示における物品の第2実施態様は、第一部材と、第二部材と、上記第一部材および上記第二部材との間に配置された接着部材とを有する物品であって、上記接着部材が、少なくとも硬化接着層を有し、上記硬化接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。 II. Second Embodiment of Article A second embodiment of the article according to the present disclosure is an article having a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member. The adhesive member has at least a cured adhesive layer, and the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, In a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more is 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Less than 7 pieces per length.
本開示における物品の第2実施態様は、第一部材と、第二部材と、上記第一部材および上記第二部材との間に配置された接着部材とを有する物品であって、上記接着部材が、少なくとも硬化接着層を有し、上記硬化接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。 II. Second Embodiment of Article A second embodiment of the article according to the present disclosure is an article having a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member. The adhesive member has at least a cured adhesive layer, and the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, In a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more is 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Less than 7 pieces per length.
図1~図3は、本実施態様の物品の一例を示す概略断面図である。なお、図1~図3については、上記第1実施態様の項に記載したので、ここでの説明は省略する。
FIGS. 1 to 3 are schematic cross-sectional views showing an example of the article of this embodiment. Note that since FIGS. 1 to 3 were described in the section of the first embodiment above, their explanations will be omitted here.
物品において、第一部材および第二部材が、例えば、電気・電子機器の部品である場合、具体的には、回転電機用ステータのステータコアおよびコイル、あるいは、埋込磁石型モータのコアおよび永久磁石等である場合、第一部材および第二部材間の間隙の距離は、例えば数百μm程度である。この場合、接着部材の厚さは、例えば数百μm程度であり、接着部材の硬化接着層の厚さも、例えば数百μm程度となる。
In the article, when the first member and the second member are, for example, parts of electric/electronic equipment, specifically, the stator core and coil of a stator for a rotating electric machine, or the core and permanent magnet of an embedded magnet type motor. etc., the distance of the gap between the first member and the second member is, for example, about several hundred μm. In this case, the thickness of the adhesive member is, for example, about several hundred μm, and the thickness of the cured adhesive layer of the adhesive member is also, for example, about several hundred μm.
上記のような物品においては、接着部材が1つの硬化接着層を有する場合であって、硬化接着層が発泡体層である場合に、大きさが100μm以上であるような、大きな気泡が存在すると、このような気泡が存在する領域では、硬化接着層が第一部材および第二部材に接していない、あるいは、硬化接着層と第一部材との接触面積および硬化接着層と第二部材との接触面積が非常に小さくなる。そのため、上記気泡を起点として、硬化接着層の剥がれ、浮き、割れ等の接着不良が生じやすくなると考えられる。
In the above-mentioned article, when the adhesive member has one cured adhesive layer and the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer, if there are large bubbles with a size of 100 μm or more, In the area where such air bubbles exist, the cured adhesive layer is not in contact with the first member and the second member, or the contact area between the cured adhesive layer and the first member and the area between the cured adhesive layer and the second member are small. The contact area becomes very small. Therefore, it is thought that adhesion failures such as peeling, lifting, and cracking of the cured adhesive layer tend to occur starting from the bubbles.
これに対し、本実施態様の物品においては、接着部材が1つの硬化接着層を有する場合であって、硬化接着層が発泡体層である場合に、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以下である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向の所定長さ当たり所定の値以下であることにより、接着不良を抑制することができる。したがって、接着性を向上させることが可能である。
In contrast, in the article of this embodiment, when the adhesive member has one cured adhesive layer and the cured adhesive layer is a foam layer, a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer In this method, the number of bubbles having a length of 100 μm or less in the thickness direction of the foam layer is less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer, thereby preventing poor adhesion. Can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
また、上記のような物品においては、接着部材が、第一硬化接着層と第二硬化接着層とを有する場合であって、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層が発泡体層である場合に、大きさが100μm以上であるような、大きな気泡が存在すると、このような気泡が存在する領域では、第一硬化接着層が第一部材に接していなかったり、第二硬化接着層が第二部材に接していなかったりする、あるいは、第一硬化接着層と第一部材との接触面積が非常に小さくなったり、第二硬化接着層と第二部材との接触面積が非常に小さくなったりする。そのため、上記気泡を起点として、第一硬化接着層や第二硬化接着層の剥がれ、浮き、割れ等の接着不良が生じやすくなると考えられる。
Further, in the above-mentioned article, the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer, and the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer are foam layers. In this case, if there are large bubbles with a size of 100 μm or more, the first cured adhesive layer may not be in contact with the first member or the second cured adhesive layer may not be in contact with the first member in the area where such bubbles are present. or the contact area between the first cured adhesive layer and the first member is very small, or the contact area between the second cured adhesive layer and the second member is very small. or Therefore, it is thought that adhesion defects such as peeling, lifting, and cracking of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer tend to occur starting from the bubbles.
これに対し、本実施態様の物品においては、接着部材が第一硬化接着層と第二硬化接着層とを有する場合であって、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層が発泡体層である場合に、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが発泡体層の厚さに対して所定の範囲である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向の所定長さ当たり所定の値以下であることにより、接着不良を抑制することができる。したがって、接着性を向上させることが可能である。
In contrast, in the article of this embodiment, the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer, and the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer are foam layers. In some cases, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness of the foam layer is Adhesion failure can be suppressed by being less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
なお、接着部材が第一硬化接着層と第二硬化接着層とを有する場合であって、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層のいずれか一方が発泡体層である場合にも、同様に、接着不良を抑制し、接着性を向上させることが可能である。
Note that the same applies when the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer, and either one of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer is a foam layer. In addition, it is possible to suppress adhesion defects and improve adhesion.
また、上記のような物品においては、接着部材が、第一硬化接着層と基材と第二硬化接着層とをこの順に有する場合であって、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層が発泡体層である場合に、大きさが発泡体層の厚さ程度であるような、大きな気泡が存在すると、このような気泡が存在する領域では、第一硬化接着層が第一部材および基材に接していなかったり、第二硬化接着層が第二部材および基材に接していなかったりする、あるいは、第一硬化接着層と第一部材および基材との接触面積が非常に小さくなったり、第二硬化接着層と第二部材および基材との接触面積が非常に小さくなったりする。そのため、上記気泡を起点として、第一硬化接着層や第二硬化接着層の剥がれ、浮き、割れ等の接着不良が生じやすくなると考えられる。
In addition, in the above-mentioned article, the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer, a base material, and a second cured adhesive layer in this order, and the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer are In the case of a foam layer, if there are large air bubbles whose size is approximately the same as the thickness of the foam layer, the first cured adhesive layer will bond to the first member and the base in areas where such air bubbles are present. the second cured adhesive layer is not in contact with the second member and the base material, or the contact area between the first cured adhesive layer and the first member and the base material is extremely small. , the contact area between the second cured adhesive layer and the second member and base material becomes very small. Therefore, it is thought that adhesion defects such as peeling, lifting, and cracking of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer tend to occur starting from the bubbles.
これに対し、本実施態様の物品においては、接着部材が第一硬化接着層と基材と第二硬化接着層とをこの順に有する場合であって、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層が発泡体層である場合に、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが発泡体層の厚さに対して所定の範囲である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向の所定長さ当たり所定の値以下であることにより、接着不良を抑制することができる。したがって、接着性を向上させることが可能である。
In contrast, in the article of this embodiment, the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer, a base material, and a second cured adhesive layer in this order, and the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer is a foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness of the foam layer in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer is less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer, thereby making it possible to suppress poor adhesion. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
なお、接着部材が第一硬化接着層と基材と第二硬化接着層とを有する場合において、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層のいずれか一方が発泡体層である場合にも、同様に、接着不良を抑制し、接着性を向上させることが可能である。
In addition, when the adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer, a base material, and a second cured adhesive layer, and when either the first cured adhesive layer or the second cured adhesive layer is a foam layer, Similarly, it is possible to suppress adhesion defects and improve adhesion.
したがって、本実施態様の物品においては、信頼性、耐久性を向上させることができる。
Therefore, in the article of this embodiment, reliability and durability can be improved.
本実施態様の物品において、接着部材、第一部材、および第二部材については、上記第1実施態様と同様とすることができる。
In the article of this embodiment, the adhesive member, the first member, and the second member can be the same as those of the first embodiment.
また、本実施態様の物品の製造方法については、後述の「B.物品の製造方法」の項に記載する。
Furthermore, the method for manufacturing the article of this embodiment will be described in the section "B. Method for manufacturing article" below.
本実施態様における硬化接着層は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、内部に気泡を有する。発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数は、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。中でも、上記気泡の数は、3個以下であることが好ましく、2個以下であることがより好ましく、1個以下であることがさらに好ましく、0個であることが特に好ましい。
The cured adhesive layer in this embodiment is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, and has air bubbles inside. In a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more is per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Less than 7 pieces. Among these, the number of bubbles is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, even more preferably 1 or less, and particularly preferably 0.
また、中でも、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが150μm以上である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり、7個未満であることが好ましく、3個以下であることがより好ましく、2個以下であることがさらに好ましく、1個以下であることが特に好ましく、0個であることが最も好ましい。
Among others, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 150 μm or more is 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. The number of pieces per length is preferably less than 7, more preferably 3 or less, even more preferably 2 or less, particularly preferably 1 or less, and preferably 0. Most preferred.
また、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡であって、気泡と、発泡体層および発泡体層に隣接する他の部材の界面との距離が3μm以下である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり、7個未満であることが好ましく、3個以下であることがより好ましく、2個以下であることがさらに好ましく、1個以下であることが特に好ましく、0個であることが最も好ましい。上記のような気泡が存在する領域では、硬化接着層が硬化接着層に隣接する他の部材に接していない、あるいは、硬化接着層と硬化接着層に隣接する他の部材との接触面積が非常に小さくなる。そのため、上記気泡を起点として、硬化接着層の剥がれ、浮き、割れ等の接着不良が生じやすくなると考えられる。
Further, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length of the foam layer in the thickness direction is 100 μm or more, and the foam layer and other cells adjacent to the foam layer are The number of bubbles having a distance of 3 μm or less from the interface of the member is preferably less than 7, and preferably 3 or less, per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. The number is more preferably 2 or less, even more preferably 1 or less, and most preferably 0. In areas where air bubbles exist as described above, the cured adhesive layer is not in contact with other members adjacent to the cured adhesive layer, or the contact area between the cured adhesive layer and other members adjacent to the cured adhesive layer is very large. becomes smaller. Therefore, it is thought that adhesion failures such as peeling, lifting, and cracking of the cured adhesive layer tend to occur starting from the bubbles.
なお、気泡と、発泡体層および発泡体層に隣接する他の部材の界面との距離は、例えば図3に示すような、気泡31の端部から、発泡体層15aおよび発泡体層15aの一方の面に隣接する他の部材(例えば第一部材20a)の界面までの距離u1、ならびに、気泡31の端部から、発泡体層15aおよび発泡体層15aの多方の面に隣接する他の部材(例えば基材12)の界面までの距離u2をいう。
Note that the distance between the bubbles and the interfaces of the foam layer and other members adjacent to the foam layer is, for example, as shown in FIG. The distance u1 to the interface of another member (for example, the first member 20a) adjacent to one surface, and the distance u1 from the end of the bubble 31 to the foam layer 15a and other surfaces adjacent to the foam layer 15a. It refers to the distance u2 to the interface of a member (for example, the base material 12).
B.物品の製造方法
本開示における物品の製造方法は、2つの実施態様を有する。以下、各実施態様について説明する。 B. Method for manufacturing an article The method for manufacturing an article in the present disclosure has two embodiments. Each embodiment will be described below.
本開示における物品の製造方法は、2つの実施態様を有する。以下、各実施態様について説明する。 B. Method for manufacturing an article The method for manufacturing an article in the present disclosure has two embodiments. Each embodiment will be described below.
I.物品の製造方法の第1実施態様
本開示における物品の製造方法の第1実施態様は、少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートを用いる物品の製造方法であって、接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、第一部材および第二部材の間に、上記発泡性接着シートを配置する配置工程と、上記発泡性接着シートの上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層とし、上記第一部材および上記第二部材を接着する接着工程と、を有し、上記接着工程における発泡硬化条件を、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満となるように設定する。 I. First embodiment of the method for manufacturing an article The first embodiment of the method for manufacturing an article according to the present disclosure is a method for manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer being a curable adhesive. a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a foaming agent and a foaming agent, a step of arranging the foamable adhesive sheet between a first member and a second member, and a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet. and an adhesion step of foaming and curing to form a foam layer, and adhering the first member and the second member, and the foaming curing conditions in the adhesion step are set in a direction parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer. In the cross section, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm is 4 mm long in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Set so that the number of hits is less than 7.
本開示における物品の製造方法の第1実施態様は、少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートを用いる物品の製造方法であって、接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、第一部材および第二部材の間に、上記発泡性接着シートを配置する配置工程と、上記発泡性接着シートの上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層とし、上記第一部材および上記第二部材を接着する接着工程と、を有し、上記接着工程における発泡硬化条件を、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満となるように設定する。 I. First embodiment of the method for manufacturing an article The first embodiment of the method for manufacturing an article according to the present disclosure is a method for manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer being a curable adhesive. a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a foaming agent and a foaming agent, a step of arranging the foamable adhesive sheet between a first member and a second member, and a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet. and an adhesion step of foaming and curing to form a foam layer, and adhering the first member and the second member, and the foaming curing conditions in the adhesion step are set in a direction parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer. In the cross section, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm is 4 mm long in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Set so that the number of hits is less than 7.
図5(a)~(b)は、本実施態様の物品の製造方法を例示する工程図である。まず、図5(a)に示すように、第一部材20aおよび第二部材20bの間に発泡性接着シート10を配置する。発泡性接着シート10は、接着層1を有しており、接着層11は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層5である。次に、図5(b)に示すように、発泡性接着シート10の発泡剤含有接着層5(接着層1)を発泡硬化させて、発泡体層15である硬化接着層11とし、硬化接着層11を有する接着部材30によって第一部材20aおよび第二部材20bを接着する。この際、発泡硬化条件を、例えば図1に示すように、発泡体層15の厚さ方向D1に平行な断面において、気泡31のうち、発泡体層15の厚さ方向D1の長さsが発泡体層15の厚さtに対して所定の範囲である気泡の数が、発泡体層15の厚さ方向D1に垂直な方向D2の所定長さL当たり所定の値下となるように設定する。これにより、物品100が得られる。
FIGS. 5(a) to 5(b) are process diagrams illustrating the method for manufacturing the article of this embodiment. First, as shown in FIG. 5(a), the foamable adhesive sheet 10 is placed between the first member 20a and the second member 20b. The foamable adhesive sheet 10 has an adhesive layer 1, and the adhesive layer 11 is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer 5 containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. Next, as shown in FIG. 5(b), the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer 5 (adhesive layer 1) of the foamable adhesive sheet 10 is foamed and cured to form a cured adhesive layer 11 which is a foam layer 15, and the cured adhesive layer 11 is formed as a foam layer 15. An adhesive member 30 having a layer 11 bonds the first member 20a and the second member 20b. At this time, the foam curing conditions are set such that, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15, the length s of the foam layer 15 in the thickness direction D1 is The number of bubbles within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness t of the foam layer 15 is set to be below a predetermined value per a predetermined length L in the direction D2 perpendicular to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15. do. Thereby, article 100 is obtained.
図6(a)~(c)は、本実施態様の物品の製造方法を例示する工程図である。まず、図6(a)に示すように、第二部材20bに発泡性接着シート10を貼り付ける。発泡性接着シート10は、第一接着層1aと第二接着層1bとを有しており、第一接着層1aおよび第二接着層1bはそれぞれ、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層5a、5bである。この際、第二部材20bに発泡性接着シート10の第二接着層11bの面を貼り付ける。次に、図6(b)に示すように、第一部材20aの穴に、発泡性接着シート10が配置された第二部材20bを挿入する。次いで、図6(c)に示すように、発泡性接着シート10の発泡剤含有接着層5a、5b(第一接着層1a、第二接着層1b)それぞれを発泡硬化させて、発泡体層15a、15bである第一硬化接着層11aおよび第二硬化接着層11bとし、第一硬化接着層11aと第二硬化接着層11bとを有する接着部材30によって第一部材20aおよび第二部材20bを接着する。この際、発泡硬化条件を、例えば図2に示すように、発泡体層15a、15bの厚さ方向D1に平行な断面のそれぞれにおいて、気泡31のうち、発泡体層15a、15bの厚さ方向D1の長さsが発泡体層15a、15bの厚さt1、t2に対して所定の範囲である気泡の数が、発泡体層15a、15bの厚さ方向D1に垂直な方向D2の所定長さL当たり所定の値下となるように設定する。これにより、物品100が得られる。
FIGS. 6(a) to 6(c) are process diagrams illustrating the method for manufacturing the article of this embodiment. First, as shown in FIG. 6(a), the foamable adhesive sheet 10 is attached to the second member 20b. The foamable adhesive sheet 10 has a first adhesive layer 1a and a second adhesive layer 1b, and the first adhesive layer 1a and the second adhesive layer 1b each contain a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. These are foaming agent-containing adhesive layers 5a and 5b. At this time, the surface of the second adhesive layer 11b of the foamable adhesive sheet 10 is attached to the second member 20b. Next, as shown in FIG. 6(b), the second member 20b on which the foamable adhesive sheet 10 is arranged is inserted into the hole of the first member 20a. Next, as shown in FIG. 6(c), each of the foaming agent-containing adhesive layers 5a and 5b (first adhesive layer 1a, second adhesive layer 1b) of the foamable adhesive sheet 10 is foamed and cured to form a foam layer 15a. , 15b, and the first member 20a and the second member 20b are bonded together by the adhesive member 30 having the first cured adhesive layer 11a and the second cured adhesive layer 11b. do. At this time, the foam curing conditions are set, for example, as shown in FIG. The length s of D1 is within a predetermined range with respect to the thicknesses t1 and t2 of the foam layers 15a and 15b.The number of bubbles is a predetermined length in the direction D2 perpendicular to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layers 15a and 15b. The value is set to be below a predetermined value per length L. Thereby, article 100 is obtained.
なお、図6(a)~(c)においては、第一接着層1aおよび第二接着層1bの両方が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層5a、5bであるが、第一接着層および第二接着層のいずれか一方が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であってもよい。
In addition, in FIGS. 6(a) to (c), both the first adhesive layer 1a and the second adhesive layer 1b are foaming agent-containing adhesive layers 5a and 5b containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. However, either one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
また、図6(a)~(c)においては、第二部材20bの両側に発泡性接着シート10を貼り付けているが、第二部材の片側に発泡性接着シートを貼り付けてもよい。
Furthermore, in FIGS. 6(a) to (c), the foamable adhesive sheet 10 is attached to both sides of the second member 20b, but the foamable adhesive sheet may be attached to one side of the second member.
本実施態様の物品の製造方法においては、上述の物品の第1実施態様の項に記載したように、接着工程における発泡硬化条件を、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において発泡体の厚さ方向の長さが発泡体層の厚さに対して所定の範囲である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向の所定長さ当たり所定の値下となるように設定することにより、接着不良を抑制し、接着性を向上させることができる。したがって、信頼性、耐久性の高い物品を得ることができる。
In the method for manufacturing the article of this embodiment, as described in the section of the first embodiment of the article above, the foam curing conditions in the adhesion step are set so that the foam hardens in the cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer. The number of cells whose length in the thickness direction is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness of the foam layer is below a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. By setting this, it is possible to suppress poor adhesion and improve adhesion. Therefore, an article with high reliability and durability can be obtained.
なお、本明細書においては、便宜上、発泡性接着シートにおいて、第一部材側に位置する接着層を第一接着層とし、第二部材側に位置する接着層を第二接着層とする。
In this specification, for convenience, in the foamable adhesive sheet, the adhesive layer located on the first member side is referred to as the first adhesive layer, and the adhesive layer located on the second member side is referred to as the second adhesive layer.
以下、本実施態様の物品の製造方法に用いられる発泡性接着シートおよび本実施態様の物品の製造方法の各工程について説明する。
Hereinafter, the foamable adhesive sheet used in the method of manufacturing the article of this embodiment and each step of the method of manufacturing the article of this embodiment will be described.
1.発泡性接着シート
本実施態様における発泡性接着シートは、少なくとも接着層を有し、接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層である。 1. Foamable Adhesive Sheet The foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment has at least an adhesive layer, and the adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
本実施態様における発泡性接着シートは、少なくとも接着層を有し、接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層である。 1. Foamable Adhesive Sheet The foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment has at least an adhesive layer, and the adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
発泡性接着シートは、少なくとも接着層を有していればよい。例えば図7に示すように、発泡性接着シート10は、1つの接着層1を有していてもよい。この場合、接着層1は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層5である。また、例えば図8に示すように、発泡性接着シート10は、第一接着層1aと第二接着層1bとを有していてもよい。この場合、例えば図8に示すように、第一接着層1aおよび第二接着層1bの両方が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層5a、5bであってもよく、図示しないが、第一接着層および第二接着層のいずれか一方が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であってもよい。また、例えば図9に示すように、発泡性接着シート10は、第一接着層1aと基材12と第二接着層1bとをこの順に有していてもよい。この場合、例えば図9に示すように、第一接着層1aおよび第二接着層1bの両方が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層5a、5bであってもよく、図示しないが、第一接着層および第二接着層のいずれか一方が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であってもよい。
The foamable adhesive sheet only needs to have at least an adhesive layer. For example, as shown in FIG. 7, the foamable adhesive sheet 10 may have one adhesive layer 1. In this case, the adhesive layer 1 is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer 5 containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. Further, as shown in FIG. 8, for example, the foamable adhesive sheet 10 may have a first adhesive layer 1a and a second adhesive layer 1b. In this case, for example, as shown in FIG. 8, both the first adhesive layer 1a and the second adhesive layer 1b may be foaming agent-containing adhesive layers 5a and 5b containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. Although not shown, either one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. Further, as shown in FIG. 9, for example, the foamable adhesive sheet 10 may include a first adhesive layer 1a, a base material 12, and a second adhesive layer 1b in this order. In this case, for example, as shown in FIG. 9, both the first adhesive layer 1a and the second adhesive layer 1b may be foaming agent-containing adhesive layers 5a and 5b containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. Although not shown, either one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
以下、発泡性接着シートの各構成について説明する。
Hereinafter, each structure of the foamable adhesive sheet will be explained.
(1)接着層
本実施態様において、接着層は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層である。 (1) Adhesive layer In this embodiment, the adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
本実施態様において、接着層は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層である。 (1) Adhesive layer In this embodiment, the adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
(a)接着層の特性
本実施態様における発泡性接着シートが、1つの接着層を有する場合、接着層は、実質的に非粘着性(タックフリー)であることが好ましい。接着層が実質的に非粘着性(タックフリー)であることにより、滑り性および耐ブロッキング性が良好な発泡性接着シートとすることができる。よって、発泡性接着シートの取扱性および作業性を向上させることができる。具体的には、配置工程において、第一部材および第二部材の間の隙間に発泡性接着シートをスムーズに挿入したり、第一部材が穴や溝を有する場合には、第一部材の穴や溝に発泡性接着シートを配置した後の隙間に第二部材をスムーズに挿入したりすることができる。 (a) Characteristics of Adhesive Layer When the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment has one adhesive layer, the adhesive layer is preferably substantially non-adhesive (tack-free). Since the adhesive layer is substantially non-adhesive (tack-free), a foamable adhesive sheet with good slip properties and anti-blocking properties can be obtained. Therefore, the handleability and workability of the foamable adhesive sheet can be improved. Specifically, in the placement process, the foam adhesive sheet may be smoothly inserted into the gap between the first member and the second member, or if the first member has holes or grooves, the holes in the first member may be inserted smoothly. The second member can be smoothly inserted into the gap after the foam adhesive sheet is placed in the groove.
本実施態様における発泡性接着シートが、1つの接着層を有する場合、接着層は、実質的に非粘着性(タックフリー)であることが好ましい。接着層が実質的に非粘着性(タックフリー)であることにより、滑り性および耐ブロッキング性が良好な発泡性接着シートとすることができる。よって、発泡性接着シートの取扱性および作業性を向上させることができる。具体的には、配置工程において、第一部材および第二部材の間の隙間に発泡性接着シートをスムーズに挿入したり、第一部材が穴や溝を有する場合には、第一部材の穴や溝に発泡性接着シートを配置した後の隙間に第二部材をスムーズに挿入したりすることができる。 (a) Characteristics of Adhesive Layer When the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment has one adhesive layer, the adhesive layer is preferably substantially non-adhesive (tack-free). Since the adhesive layer is substantially non-adhesive (tack-free), a foamable adhesive sheet with good slip properties and anti-blocking properties can be obtained. Therefore, the handleability and workability of the foamable adhesive sheet can be improved. Specifically, in the placement process, the foam adhesive sheet may be smoothly inserted into the gap between the first member and the second member, or if the first member has holes or grooves, the holes in the first member may be inserted smoothly. The second member can be smoothly inserted into the gap after the foam adhesive sheet is placed in the groove.
ここで、非粘着性は、主に粘着力が低いという意味で一般に使用されており、本明細書において、「非粘着性である」とは、発泡性接着シートをロール状に巻き取り、その後、抵抗なく容易に巻き出せる状態のことをいう。
Here, "non-adhesive" is generally used to mean low adhesive strength, and in this specification, "non-adhesive" means that the foam adhesive sheet is wound into a roll and then , refers to a state in which it can be easily unrolled without resistance.
接着層が実質的に非粘着性である場合、具体的には、接着層のタックは、0gf以上、10gf未満であることが好ましく、5gf以下であってもよく、2gf以下であってもよい。接着層のタックが上記範囲内であることにより、接着層を実質的に非粘着性とすることができ、滑り性および耐ブロッキング性の良好な発泡性接着シートとすることができる。
When the adhesive layer is substantially non-adhesive, specifically, the tack of the adhesive layer is preferably 0 gf or more and less than 10 gf, may be 5 gf or less, and may be 2 gf or less. . When the tack of the adhesive layer is within the above range, the adhesive layer can be made substantially non-adhesive, and a foamable adhesive sheet with good slip properties and anti-blocking properties can be obtained.
また、本実施態様の発泡性接着シートが、第一接着層と第二接着層とを有する場合、または、第一接着層と基材と第二接着層とをこの順に有する場合、第一接着層および第二接着層の両方が、実質的に非粘着性(タックフリー)であってもよく、あるいは、第一接着層および第二接着層のうち、一方が実質的に非粘着性(タックフリー)であり、他方が粘着性(タック性)を有していてもよい。
In addition, when the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment has a first adhesive layer and a second adhesive layer, or when it has a first adhesive layer, a base material, and a second adhesive layer in this order, the first adhesive Both the layer and the second adhesive layer may be substantially tack-free, or one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be substantially tack-free. (free), and the other may have adhesiveness (tackiness).
第一接着層および第二接着層の両方が、実質的に非粘着性(タックフリー)である場合には、発泡性接着シートが1つの接着層を有する場合であって、接着層が非粘着性(タックフリー)である場合と同様の効果を得ることができる。
When both the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer are substantially non-tacky (tack-free), the foam adhesive sheet has one adhesive layer, and the adhesive layer is non-tacky. It is possible to obtain the same effect as when it is tack-free.
一方、第一接着層および第二接着層のうち、一方が実質的に非粘着性(タックフリー)であり、他方が粘着性(タック性)を有する場合であって、例えば、第一接着層が実質的に非粘着性(タックフリー)であり、第二接着層が粘着性(タック性)を有する場合には、第二部材との密着性が良好な第二接着層とすることができる。具体的には、配置工程において、第二部材に発泡性接着シートの第二接着層の面を貼り付け、第一部材の穴や溝等に、発泡性接着シートが貼り付けられた第二部材を挿入する場合、第二接着層が粘着性を有することにより、第二接着層の粘着性を利用して第二部材に発泡性接着シートの第二接着層の面を貼り付けることができ、第二部材に対する第二接着層の密着性を高めることができる。これにより、第一部材の穴や溝等に、発泡性接着シートが貼り付けられた第二部材を挿入する際に、発泡性接着シートの剥がれや位置ずれを抑制することができる。
On the other hand, when one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer is substantially non-adhesive (tack-free) and the other is adhesive (tacky), for example, the first adhesive layer is substantially non-adhesive (tack-free) and the second adhesive layer has adhesiveness (tackiness), the second adhesive layer can have good adhesion to the second member. . Specifically, in the placement step, the surface of the second adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet is pasted on the second member, and the second member with the foamable adhesive sheet pasted into the holes, grooves, etc. of the first member. When inserting the foam adhesive sheet, since the second adhesive layer has adhesiveness, the surface of the second adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet can be attached to the second member using the adhesiveness of the second adhesive layer, Adhesion of the second adhesive layer to the second member can be improved. Thereby, when the second member to which the foamable adhesive sheet is attached is inserted into the hole or groove of the first member, peeling or displacement of the foamable adhesive sheet can be suppressed.
また、上記の場合、第二接着層が粘着性を有することにより、リワーク性が良好な第二接着層とすることができる。そのため、例えば、上述のように第二接着層の粘着性を利用して第二部材に発泡性接着シートの第二接着層の面を貼り付ける際に、発泡性接着シートの位置ずれを修正することができる。
Furthermore, in the above case, since the second adhesive layer has adhesive properties, the second adhesive layer can have good reworkability. Therefore, for example, when attaching the surface of the second adhesive layer of the foam adhesive sheet to the second member using the adhesiveness of the second adhesive layer as described above, the misalignment of the foam adhesive sheet is corrected. be able to.
また、上記の場合、第一接着層が非粘着性であることにより、滑り性が良好な第一接着層とすることができる。そのため、例えば、上述のように第一部材の穴や溝等に、発泡性接着シートが貼り付けられた第二部材を挿入する際に、発泡性接着シートが貼り付けられた第二部材をスムーズに挿入することができ、挿入性を向上させることができる。これにより、発泡性接着シートの剥がれや位置ずれを抑制することができる。また、第一部材に対して第二部材を動かして第一部材および第二部材の位置合わせを行う際には、第一部材の穴や溝等に第二部材を挿入した状態で第一部材に対して第二部材をスムーズに動かすことができ、位置合わせを容易に行うことができる。
Furthermore, in the above case, since the first adhesive layer is non-adhesive, the first adhesive layer can have good slip properties. Therefore, for example, when inserting the second member to which the foamable adhesive sheet is pasted into the hole or groove of the first member as described above, the second member to which the foamable adhesive sheet is pasted can be smoothly inserted. It is possible to improve the insertability. Thereby, peeling and displacement of the foamable adhesive sheet can be suppressed. In addition, when aligning the first and second members by moving the second member relative to the first member, it is necessary to insert the second member into the hole or groove of the first member while the first member is being moved. The second member can be moved smoothly relative to the second member, and positioning can be easily performed.
また、上記の場合、上述したように、第二接着層が第二部材との密着性に優れており、第一接着層が滑り性に優れていることから、発泡性接着シートの剥がれや位置ずれを抑制することができる。そのため、発泡性接着シートの剥がれや位置ずれによる発泡性接着シートの発泡硬化後の接着性の低下を抑制するとともに、発泡性接着シートの剥がれや位置ずれによる発泡性接着シートの発泡硬化後の接着強度のばらつきを小さくすることができる。
In addition, in the above case, as mentioned above, the second adhesive layer has excellent adhesion with the second member, and the first adhesive layer has excellent slipperiness. Misalignment can be suppressed. Therefore, it suppresses the decrease in adhesion of the foamable adhesive sheet after foaming and curing due to peeling or misalignment of the foamable adhesive sheet, and also suppresses the adhesion of the foamable adhesive sheet after foaming and curing due to peeling or misalignment of the foamable adhesive sheet. Variations in strength can be reduced.
また、上記の場合、第二接着層が粘着性を有することにより、例えば、第二接着層を転写法により形成する場合には、第二接着層の浮きを抑制することができる。さらに、後述するように、第二接着層の第一接着層とは反対の面側に第二セパレータが配置されている場合には、第二接着層が粘着性を有することにより、第二セパレータを容易に剥離することができ、作業性を向上させることができる。
Furthermore, in the above case, since the second adhesive layer has adhesive properties, lifting of the second adhesive layer can be suppressed, for example, when the second adhesive layer is formed by a transfer method. Furthermore, as described later, when the second separator is disposed on the side of the second adhesive layer opposite to the first adhesive layer, the second adhesive layer has adhesiveness, so that the second separator can be easily peeled off, improving workability.
また、接着層が粘着性を有する場合は、例えば低分子量の樹脂成分が比較的多く含まれるため、接着層の発泡硬化過程において、樹脂成分が軟化したときに流動性が高くなりやすい。そのため、接着層(発泡剤含有接着層)を発泡硬化させて発泡体層としたときに、気泡同士が連結しやすくなり、気泡が大きくなりやすい。よって、第一接着層および第二接着層のうち、一方が実質的に非粘着性(タックフリー)であり、他方が粘着性(タック性)を有する場合に、本実施態様の物品の製造方法は有用である。
In addition, when the adhesive layer has adhesive properties, for example, it contains a relatively large amount of low molecular weight resin components, and thus fluidity tends to increase when the resin component softens during the foaming and curing process of the adhesive layer. Therefore, when the adhesive layer (adhesive layer containing a foaming agent) is foamed and cured to form a foam layer, the cells tend to connect with each other and become larger. Therefore, when one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer is substantially non-adhesive (tack-free) and the other is adhesive (tacky), the method for manufacturing the article of this embodiment is useful.
第一接着層および第二接着層の両方が実質的に非粘着性である場合、具体的には、第一接着層および第二接着層のタックはそれぞれ、0gf以上、10gf未満であることが好ましく、5gf以下であってもよく、2gf以下であってもよい。第一接着層および第二接着層のタックが上記範囲内であることにより、第一接着層および第二接着層を実質的に非粘着性とすることができ、滑り性および耐ブロッキング性の良好な発泡性接着シートとすることができる。
Specifically, when both the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer are substantially non-tacky, the tack of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be greater than or equal to 0 gf and less than 10 gf, respectively. Preferably, it may be 5 gf or less, or 2 gf or less. By having the tack of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer within the above range, the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer can be made substantially non-adhesive, and have good slip properties and anti-blocking properties. It can be made into a foamable adhesive sheet.
また、第一接着層が実質的に非粘着性(タックフリー)であり、第二接着層が粘着性(タック性)を有する場合、具体的には、第一接着層のタックは、0gf以上、10gf未満であり、第二接着層のタックは、10gf以上、400gf以下であることが好ましい。
In addition, when the first adhesive layer is substantially non-adhesive (tack-free) and the second adhesive layer is adhesive (tacky), specifically, the tack of the first adhesive layer is 0 gf or more. , less than 10 gf, and the tack of the second adhesive layer is preferably 10 gf or more and 400 gf or less.
上記の場合、第一接着層のタックは、0gf以上、10gf未満であることが好ましく、5gf以下であってもよく、2gf以下であってもよい。第一接着層のタックが上記範囲内であることにより、第一接着層を実質的に非粘着性とすることができ、滑り性および耐ブロッキング性の良好な発泡性接着シートとすることができる。
In the above case, the tack of the first adhesive layer is preferably 0 gf or more and less than 10 gf, and may be 5 gf or less, or 2 gf or less. By having the tack of the first adhesive layer within the above range, the first adhesive layer can be made substantially non-adhesive, and a foamable adhesive sheet with good sliding properties and anti-blocking properties can be obtained. .
また、上記の場合、第二接着層のタックは、10gf以上であることが好ましく、30gf以上であってもよく、50gf以上であってもよい。第二接着層のタックが低すぎると、例えば、第二接着層のタックを利用して第二部材に発泡性接着シートの第二接着層の面を貼り付ける際に、第二接着層および第二部材の密着性が低下する可能性や、第一部材の穴や溝等に発泡性接着シートが貼り付けられた第二部材を挿入する際に、第二接着層および第二部材の密着不良により発泡性接着シートが剥がれたり発泡性接着シートの位置がずれたりすること等によって、発泡硬化後の第一接着層および第二接着層の接着性が低下したり、接着強度にばらつきが生じたりする可能性がある。また、第二接着層のタックは、400gf以下であることが好ましく、300gf以下であってもよく、200gf以下であってもよい。第二接着層のタックが高すぎると、リワーク性が低下し、例えば、第二接着層のタックを利用して第二部材に発泡性接着シートの第二接着層の面を貼り付ける際に、発泡性接着シートの位置ずれの修正が困難になる可能性がある。
Furthermore, in the above case, the tack of the second adhesive layer is preferably 10 gf or more, may be 30 gf or more, or may be 50 gf or more. If the tack of the second adhesive layer is too low, for example, when attaching the surface of the second adhesive layer of the foam adhesive sheet to the second member using the tack of the second adhesive layer, the second adhesive layer and There is a possibility that the adhesion between the two parts will decrease, or the adhesion between the second adhesive layer and the second member may be poor when inserting the second member with a foam adhesive sheet pasted into the hole or groove of the first member. This may cause the foam adhesive sheet to peel off or shift its position, resulting in decreased adhesion of the first adhesive layer and second adhesive layer after the foam is cured, or variations in adhesive strength. there's a possibility that. Further, the tack of the second adhesive layer is preferably 400 gf or less, may be 300 gf or less, or may be 200 gf or less. If the tack of the second adhesive layer is too high, reworkability will be reduced, and for example, when attaching the surface of the second adhesive layer of the foam adhesive sheet to the second member using the tack of the second adhesive layer, It may become difficult to correct misalignment of the foam adhesive sheet.
ここで、接着層のタックは、JIS Z3284-3:2014に準拠するプローブタック試験により測定することができる。具体的には、発泡性接着シートの接着層の面に、直径5mmの円柱形のステンレス製のプローブを、温度25℃の条件で、荷重10.0gf、速度30mm/minで押し付け、1.0秒間保持した後、速度30mm/minで引き剥がし、引き剥がすときの荷重を測定する。この測定を5回行い、平均値をタックとする。プローブタック試験機としては、例えば、RHESCA社製のタッキング試験機「TAC-II」を用いることができる。
Here, the tack of the adhesive layer can be measured by a probe tack test based on JIS Z3284-3:2014. Specifically, a cylindrical stainless steel probe with a diameter of 5 mm was pressed against the surface of the adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet at a temperature of 25°C, a load of 10.0 gf, and a speed of 30 mm/min. After holding it for a second, it is peeled off at a speed of 30 mm/min, and the load when peeled off is measured. This measurement is performed five times, and the average value is taken as the tack. As the probe tack tester, for example, a tacking tester "TAC-II" manufactured by RHESCA can be used.
接着層のタックを制御する手段としては、例えば、接着層の組成を調整する方法が挙げられる。具体的には、エポキシ樹脂および硬化剤を含有する接着層において、常温で固体のエポキシ樹脂を用いたり、常温で固体の硬化剤を用いたりすることにより、接着層の粘着性を低下させることができる。一方、エポキシ樹脂および硬化剤を含有する接着層において、常温で液体のエポキシ樹脂を用いたり、常温で液体の硬化剤を用いたりすると、接着層の粘着性が高くなる傾向がある。また、エポキシ樹脂および硬化剤を含有する接着層において、軟化温度の高いエポキシ樹脂を含有させる、あるいは重量平均分子量の大きいエポキシ樹脂を含有させることにより、接着層の粘着性を低下させることができる。例えば、接着層に軟化温度の異なる複数種のエポキシ樹脂を含有させる、すなわち、接着層が、一のエポキシ樹脂と、軟化温度が25℃以上であり、かつ、上記一のエポキシ樹脂の軟化温度よりも10℃以上高い、他のエポキシ樹脂とを含有することにより、接着層の粘着性を低下させることができる。また、例えば、接着層に重量平均分子量の異なる複数種のエポキシ樹脂を含有させる、すなわち、接着層が、一のエポキシ樹脂と、重量平均分子量が370以上であり、かつ、上記一のエポキシ樹脂の重量平均分子量よりも300以上大きい、他のエポキシ樹脂とを含有することにより、接着層の粘着性を低下させることができる。より具体的には、エポキシ樹脂および硬化剤を含有する接着層において、上述したように、エポキシ樹脂として、軟化温度が低く、低分子量の第一エポキシ樹脂と、軟化温度が高く、高分子量の第二エポキシ樹脂とを含有させることにより、接着層の粘着性を低下させることができる。一方、エポキシ樹脂および硬化剤を含有する接着層において、軟化温度の低いエポキシ樹脂を含有させる、あるいは重量平均分子量の小さいエポキシ樹脂を含有させると、接着層の粘着性が高くなる傾向がある。また、エポキシ樹脂および硬化剤を含有する接着層において、上述したように、エポキシ樹脂と相溶するアクリル樹脂を含有させることにより、接着層の粘着性を低下させることができる。また、接着層に粘着付与樹脂(タッキファイヤ)を添加することにより、接着層の粘着性が高くなる傾向がある。なお、常温で液体の硬化剤を用いると、粘着性が高くなる傾向にあるものの、保存安定性が低下する可能性があるため、硬化剤以外の成分、例えばエポキシ樹脂等の特性や種類等を調整することで、接着層のタックを調整することが好ましい。
Examples of means for controlling the tack of the adhesive layer include a method of adjusting the composition of the adhesive layer. Specifically, in an adhesive layer containing an epoxy resin and a curing agent, the tackiness of the adhesive layer can be reduced by using an epoxy resin that is solid at room temperature or using a curing agent that is solid at room temperature. can. On the other hand, in an adhesive layer containing an epoxy resin and a hardening agent, if an epoxy resin that is liquid at room temperature or a hardening agent that is liquid at room temperature is used, the adhesive layer tends to have higher stickiness. Furthermore, in the adhesive layer containing an epoxy resin and a curing agent, the tackiness of the adhesive layer can be reduced by containing an epoxy resin with a high softening temperature or an epoxy resin with a large weight average molecular weight. For example, the adhesive layer contains multiple types of epoxy resins with different softening temperatures, that is, the adhesive layer has a softening temperature of 25°C or higher and a softening temperature higher than that of the first epoxy resin. By containing other epoxy resins that have a temperature higher than 10° C., the tackiness of the adhesive layer can be reduced. Alternatively, for example, the adhesive layer may contain a plurality of types of epoxy resins having different weight average molecular weights, that is, the adhesive layer may contain one epoxy resin and a weight average molecular weight of 370 or more, and the adhesive layer may contain one epoxy resin and the other epoxy resin. By containing another epoxy resin having a weight average molecular weight of 300 or more higher than the weight average molecular weight, the adhesiveness of the adhesive layer can be reduced. More specifically, in the adhesive layer containing an epoxy resin and a curing agent, as described above, the epoxy resins include a first epoxy resin with a low softening temperature and a low molecular weight, and a second epoxy resin with a high softening temperature and a high molecular weight. By containing two epoxy resins, the adhesiveness of the adhesive layer can be reduced. On the other hand, in an adhesive layer containing an epoxy resin and a curing agent, if an epoxy resin with a low softening temperature or an epoxy resin with a small weight average molecular weight is contained, the adhesive layer tends to have higher tackiness. Further, in the adhesive layer containing an epoxy resin and a curing agent, the adhesiveness of the adhesive layer can be reduced by containing an acrylic resin that is compatible with the epoxy resin, as described above. Furthermore, by adding a tackifying resin (tackifier) to the adhesive layer, the adhesiveness of the adhesive layer tends to increase. Note that if a curing agent that is liquid at room temperature is used, it tends to have higher tackiness, but storage stability may decrease. It is preferable to adjust the tack of the adhesive layer by adjusting.
ここで、「粘着」とは「接着」に含まれる概念である。粘着は一時的な接着現象の意味として用いられるのに対し、接着は実質的に永久的な接着現象の意味として用いられる点で区別されることがある(岩波書店 理化学辞典第5版)。「粘着性」および「粘着力」とは、感圧により接着する性質およびそのときの接着力を指す。
Here, "adhesion" is a concept included in "adhesion." A distinction is sometimes made in that adhesion is used to mean a temporary adhesion phenomenon, whereas adhesion is used to mean a substantially permanent adhesion phenomenon (Iwanami Shoten Physical and Chemistry Dictionary 5th Edition). "Adhesiveness" and "adhesive force" refer to the property of adhering by pressure sensitivity and the adhesion force at that time.
なお、本明細書において、「接着層の粘着性」および「接着層の粘着力」とは、特段の事情が無い限り、硬化前の接着層が有する粘着性および粘着力をいう。また、本明細書において、「接着層の接着性」および「接着層の接着力」とは、特段の事情が無い限り、硬化後の接着層が有する接着性および接着力をいう。
In addition, in this specification, "adhesiveness of the adhesive layer" and "adhesive force of the adhesive layer" refer to the adhesiveness and adhesive force that the adhesive layer has before curing, unless there are special circumstances. Moreover, in this specification, "adhesiveness of the adhesive layer" and "adhesive force of the adhesive layer" refer to the adhesiveness and adhesive force that the adhesive layer has after curing, unless there are special circumstances.
(b)接着層の材料
本実施態様における接着層は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する。 (b) Material of adhesive layer The adhesive layer in this embodiment contains a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
本実施態様における接着層は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する。 (b) Material of adhesive layer The adhesive layer in this embodiment contains a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
接着層の材料については、上述の「A.物品」の項に記載した内容と同様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。
The material of the adhesive layer is the same as that described in the section "A. Article" above, so a description thereof will be omitted here.
硬化性の接着剤がエポキシ樹脂系接着剤である場合であって、硬化性の接着剤が、上述したように、軟化温度が50℃以上であり、かつ、エポキシ当量が5000g/eq以下である第一エポキシ樹脂と、軟化温度が上記第一エポキシ樹脂より高く、かつ、重量平均分子量が20,000以上である第二エポキシ樹脂とを含有する場合、第一エポキシ樹脂の含有量は、接着層に含まれる樹脂成分を100質量部とした場合に、例えば、1質量部以上であり、3質量部以上であってもよく、5質量部以上であってもよく、10質量部以上であってもよく、15質量部以上であってもよく、25質量部以上であってもよい。第一エポキシ樹脂の含有量が少なすぎると、発泡硬化後の接着性および耐ブロッキング性が低下する可能性がある。一方、第一エポキシ樹脂の含有量は、接着層に含まれる樹脂成分を100質量部とした場合に、例えば、90質量部以下であり、80質量部以下であってもよく、70質量部以下であってもよく、60質量部以下であってもよく、50質量部以下であってもよく、40質量部以下であってもよい。第一エポキシ樹脂の含有量が多すぎると、第二エポキシ樹脂およびアクリル樹脂の含有量が相対的に少なくなり、非粘着性、耐ブロッキング性、発泡硬化後の基材に対する密着性、発泡硬化後の耐割れ性、および発泡硬化後の接着性をバランスさせることができない可能性がある。
The case where the curable adhesive is an epoxy resin adhesive, and the curable adhesive has a softening temperature of 50°C or higher and an epoxy equivalent of 5000 g/eq or lower, as described above. When the adhesive layer contains a first epoxy resin and a second epoxy resin whose softening temperature is higher than that of the first epoxy resin and whose weight average molecular weight is 20,000 or more, the content of the first epoxy resin is For example, when the resin component contained in 100 parts by mass is 1 part by mass or more, it may be 3 parts by mass or more, it may be 5 parts by mass or more, and it is 10 parts by mass or more. The amount may be 15 parts by mass or more, or may be 25 parts by mass or more. If the content of the first epoxy resin is too small, the adhesiveness and blocking resistance after foaming and curing may decrease. On the other hand, the content of the first epoxy resin is, for example, 90 parts by mass or less, may be 80 parts by mass or less, and 70 parts by mass or less, when the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is 100 parts by mass. The amount may be 60 parts by mass or less, 50 parts by mass or less, or 40 parts by mass or less. If the content of the first epoxy resin is too high, the content of the second epoxy resin and acrylic resin will be relatively low, resulting in non-stick properties, anti-blocking properties, adhesion to the substrate after foaming and curing. It may not be possible to balance the cracking resistance of the foam and the adhesion after foaming and curing.
また、上記の場合、第二エポキシ樹脂の含有量は、接着層に含まれる樹脂成分を100質量部とした場合に、例えば、10質量部以上であり、15質量部以上であってもよく、20質量部以上であってもよく、25質量部以上であってもよく、30質量部以上であってもよく、35質量部以上であってもよく、40質量部以上であってもよく、45質量部以上であってもよい。第二エポキシ樹脂の含有量が少なすぎると、粘着性が高くなり、耐ブロッキング性が低下する可能性がある。一方、第二エポキシ樹脂の含有量は、接着層に含まれる樹脂成分を100質量部とした場合に、例えば、90質量部以下であり、85質量部以下であってもよく、80質量部以下であってもよく、75質量部以下であってもよい。第二エポキシ樹脂の含有量が多すぎると、第一エポキシ樹脂およびアクリル樹脂の含有量が相対的に少なくなり、非粘着性、耐ブロッキング性、発泡硬化後の基材に対する密着性、発泡硬化後の耐割れ性、および発泡硬化後の接着性をバランスさせることができない可能性がある。
Further, in the above case, the content of the second epoxy resin is, for example, 10 parts by mass or more, and may be 15 parts by mass or more, when the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is 100 parts by mass. It may be 20 parts by mass or more, 25 parts by mass or more, 30 parts by mass or more, 35 parts by mass or more, 40 parts by mass or more, The amount may be 45 parts by mass or more. If the content of the second epoxy resin is too small, tackiness may increase and blocking resistance may decrease. On the other hand, the content of the second epoxy resin is, for example, 90 parts by mass or less, may be 85 parts by mass or less, and 80 parts by mass or less, when the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is 100 parts by mass. The amount may be 75 parts by mass or less. If the content of the second epoxy resin is too high, the content of the first epoxy resin and acrylic resin will be relatively small, resulting in non-stick properties, blocking resistance, adhesion to the substrate after foaming and curing, and It may not be possible to balance the cracking resistance of the foam and the adhesion after foaming and curing.
第一エポキシ樹脂および第二エポキシ樹脂の合計に対する、第一エポキシ樹脂の割合は、例えば5質量%以上であり、10質量%以上であってもよく、15質量%以上であってもよく、20質量%以上であってもよい。一方、第一エポキシ樹脂の上記割合は、例えば80質量%以下であり、75質量%以下であってもよく、60質量%以下であってもよい。
The ratio of the first epoxy resin to the total of the first epoxy resin and the second epoxy resin is, for example, 5% by mass or more, may be 10% by mass or more, may be 15% by mass or more, and may be 20% by mass or more. It may be more than % by mass. On the other hand, the above proportion of the first epoxy resin is, for example, 80% by mass or less, may be 75% by mass or less, or may be 60% by mass or less.
また、接着層に含まれる全てのエポキシ樹脂に対する、第一エポキシ樹脂および第二エポキシ樹脂の合計の割合は、例えば50質量%以上であり、70質量%以上であってもよく、90質量%以上であってもよく、100質量%であってもよい。
Further, the total ratio of the first epoxy resin and the second epoxy resin to all the epoxy resins contained in the adhesive layer is, for example, 50% by mass or more, may be 70% by mass or more, and may be 90% by mass or more. It may be 100% by mass.
第一接着層が実質的に非粘着性であり、第二接着層が粘着性を有する場合であって、硬化性の接着剤がエポキシ樹脂系接着剤である場合、第一接着層は、上述したように、軟化温度が50℃以上であり、かつ、エポキシ当量が5000g/eq以下である第一エポキシ樹脂と、軟化温度が上記第一エポキシ樹脂より高く、かつ、重量平均分子量が20,000以上である第二エポキシ樹脂とを含有することが好ましい。一方、第二接着層においては、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂やビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂等の常温で液体エポキシ樹脂、および、軟化点の低いエポキシ樹脂を用いることが好ましい。これらのエポキシ樹脂を用いることで、第二接着層のタックを所定の範囲内に調整しやすいからである。
When the first adhesive layer is substantially non-tacky and the second adhesive layer is tacky, and the curable adhesive is an epoxy resin adhesive, the first adhesive layer is substantially non-adhesive as described above. As described above, a first epoxy resin having a softening temperature of 50° C. or higher and an epoxy equivalent of 5000 g/eq or lower, and a first epoxy resin having a softening temperature higher than the first epoxy resin and a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 It is preferable to contain the above-mentioned second epoxy resin. On the other hand, in the second adhesive layer, it is preferable to use an epoxy resin that is liquid at room temperature, such as a bisphenol A epoxy resin or a bisphenol F epoxy resin, and an epoxy resin that has a low softening point. This is because by using these epoxy resins, the tack of the second adhesive layer can be easily adjusted within a predetermined range.
硬化性の接着剤がエポキシ樹脂系接着剤である場合であって、接着層が、エポキシ樹脂と相溶するアクリル樹脂をさらに含有する場合、アクリル樹脂の含有量は、接着層に含まれる樹脂成分を100質量部とした場合に、例えば、1質量部以上であり、3質量部以上であってもよく、5質量部以上であってもよく、7質量部以上であってもよく、10質量部以上であってもよい。アクリル樹脂の含有量が少なすぎると、発泡硬化後の基材に対する密着性、発泡硬化後の耐割れ性、および発泡硬化後の接着性が低下する可能性がある。一方、アクリル樹脂の含有量は、接着層に含まれる樹脂成分を100質量部とした場合に、例えば、60質量部以下であり、50質量部以下であってもよく、40質量部以下であってもよく、35質量部以下であってもよく、30質量部以下であってもよい。アクリル樹脂の含有量が多すぎると、第一エポキシ樹脂および第二エポキシ樹脂の含有量が相対的に少なくなり、非粘着性、耐ブロッキング性、発泡硬化後の基材に対する密着性、発泡硬化後の耐割れ性、および発泡硬化後の接着性をバランスさせることができない可能性がある。また、アクリル樹脂の含有量が多すぎると、膜強度が低下する可能性がある。
When the curable adhesive is an epoxy resin adhesive and the adhesive layer further contains an acrylic resin that is compatible with the epoxy resin, the content of the acrylic resin is determined by the resin component contained in the adhesive layer. is 100 parts by mass, for example, it is 1 part by mass or more, may be 3 parts by mass or more, may be 5 parts by mass or more, may be 7 parts by mass or more, and 10 parts by mass. or more. If the content of the acrylic resin is too small, the adhesion to the substrate after foaming and curing, the cracking resistance after foaming and curing, and the adhesiveness after foaming and curing may decrease. On the other hand, the content of the acrylic resin is, for example, 60 parts by mass or less, may be 50 parts by mass or less, and may be 40 parts by mass or less, when the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is 100 parts by mass. The amount may be 35 parts by mass or less, or 30 parts by mass or less. If the content of acrylic resin is too high, the content of the first epoxy resin and the second epoxy resin will be relatively small, resulting in poor non-stick properties, anti-blocking properties, adhesion to the substrate after foaming and curing, and poor foaming and curing. It may not be possible to balance the cracking resistance of the foam and the adhesion after foaming and curing. Furthermore, if the content of the acrylic resin is too large, the film strength may decrease.
また、硬化剤の含有量は、接着層に含まれる樹脂成分を100質量部とした場合に、例えば、1質量部以上、40質量部以下である。例えば、硬化剤としてイミダゾール系硬化剤を主成分として用いる場合、硬化剤の含有量は、接着層に含まれる樹脂成分を100質量部とした場合に、例えば、1質量部以上、15質量部以下であることが好ましい。一方、硬化剤としてフェノール系硬化剤を主成分として用いる場合、硬化剤の含有量は、接着層に含まれる樹脂成分を100質量部とした場合に、例えば、5質量部以上、40質量部以下であることが好ましい。なお、硬化剤としてイミダゾール系硬化剤またはフェノール系硬化剤を主成分として用いるとは、硬化剤において、イミダゾール系硬化剤またはフェノール系硬化剤の質量割合が最も多いことをいう。
Further, the content of the curing agent is, for example, 1 part by mass or more and 40 parts by mass or less, when the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is 100 parts by mass. For example, when using an imidazole-based curing agent as a main component, the content of the curing agent is, for example, 1 part by mass or more and 15 parts by mass or less, when the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is 100 parts by mass. It is preferable that On the other hand, when using a phenolic curing agent as the main component, the content of the curing agent is, for example, 5 parts by mass or more and 40 parts by mass or less, when the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is 100 parts by mass. It is preferable that Note that using an imidazole curing agent or a phenolic curing agent as a main component as a curing agent means that the mass proportion of the imidazole curing agent or phenol curing agent is the largest in the curing agent.
発泡剤の含有量は、接着層に含まれる樹脂成分を100質量部とした場合に、例えば、0.5質量部以上であり、2質量部以上であってもよく、3質量部以上であってもよく、4質量部以上であってもよく、5質量部以上であってもよい。一方、発泡剤の含有量は、接着層に含まれる樹脂成分100質量部に対して、例えば25質量部以下であり、20質量部以下であってもよく、15質量部以下であってもよい。発泡剤の含有量が多すぎると、硬化性の接着剤の含有量が相対的に少なくなるため、発泡硬化後の接着性が低下する可能性がある。
The content of the foaming agent is, for example, 0.5 parts by mass or more, may be 2 parts by mass or more, and may be 3 parts by mass or more when the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is 100 parts by mass. The amount may be 4 parts by mass or more, or 5 parts by mass or more. On the other hand, the content of the foaming agent is, for example, 25 parts by mass or less, may be 20 parts by mass or less, or may be 15 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin component contained in the adhesive layer. . If the content of the foaming agent is too large, the content of the curable adhesive will be relatively small, which may reduce the adhesiveness after foaming and curing.
第一接着層および第二接着層は、少なくとも一方が発泡剤を含有していればよい。中でも、第一接着層が実質的に非粘着性であり、第二接着層が粘着性を有する場合には、第一接着層が発泡剤を含有することが好ましい。発泡剤が含有されることで、表面粗さが大きく、摩擦係数が小さくなり、滑り性がさらに良好となるからである。特に、第一接着層および第二接着層の両方が、発泡剤を含有することが好ましい。第一接着層および第二接着層の両方が発泡剤を含有することにより、発泡硬化後の第一接着層および第二接着層の接着性を高めることができる。
At least one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may contain a foaming agent. Among these, when the first adhesive layer is substantially non-adhesive and the second adhesive layer is adhesive, it is preferable that the first adhesive layer contains a foaming agent. This is because the inclusion of a foaming agent increases surface roughness, reduces the coefficient of friction, and improves slipperiness. In particular, it is preferred that both the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer contain a foaming agent. By containing the foaming agent in both the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer, the adhesiveness of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer after foaming and curing can be improved.
接着層に含まれる樹脂成分に対する、エポキシ樹脂およびアクリル樹脂の合計の割合は、例えば70質量%以上であり、80質量%以上であってもよく、90質量%以上であってもよく、100質量%であってもよい。
The total ratio of the epoxy resin and the acrylic resin to the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is, for example, 70% by mass or more, may be 80% by mass or more, may be 90% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass. It may be %.
接着層に含まれる樹脂成分の含有量は、例えば60質量%以上であり、70質量%以上であってもよく、80質量%以上であってもよく、90質量%以上であってもよい。
The content of the resin component contained in the adhesive layer is, for example, 60% by mass or more, may be 70% by mass or more, may be 80% by mass or more, or may be 90% by mass or more.
(c)接着層の構成
接着層は、例えば、1.5倍以上、15倍以下の発泡倍率で発泡可能である。上記発泡倍率は、例えば、3.5倍以上であってもよく、4倍以上であってもよく、4.5倍以上であってもよい。また、上記発泡倍率は、例えば、9倍以下であってもよく、8.5倍以下であってもよく、8倍以下であってもよい。上記発泡倍率が小さすぎても大きすぎても、発泡硬化後の接着性が低下する可能性がある。 (c) Structure of adhesive layer The adhesive layer can be foamed at a foaming ratio of, for example, 1.5 times or more and 15 times or less. The expansion ratio may be, for example, 3.5 times or more, 4 times or more, or 4.5 times or more. Further, the expansion ratio may be, for example, 9 times or less, 8.5 times or less, or 8 times or less. If the foaming ratio is too small or too large, the adhesiveness after foaming and curing may decrease.
接着層は、例えば、1.5倍以上、15倍以下の発泡倍率で発泡可能である。上記発泡倍率は、例えば、3.5倍以上であってもよく、4倍以上であってもよく、4.5倍以上であってもよい。また、上記発泡倍率は、例えば、9倍以下であってもよく、8.5倍以下であってもよく、8倍以下であってもよい。上記発泡倍率が小さすぎても大きすぎても、発泡硬化後の接着性が低下する可能性がある。 (c) Structure of adhesive layer The adhesive layer can be foamed at a foaming ratio of, for example, 1.5 times or more and 15 times or less. The expansion ratio may be, for example, 3.5 times or more, 4 times or more, or 4.5 times or more. Further, the expansion ratio may be, for example, 9 times or less, 8.5 times or less, or 8 times or less. If the foaming ratio is too small or too large, the adhesiveness after foaming and curing may decrease.
ここで、発泡倍率は、下記式により求めることができる。
発泡倍率(倍)=発泡硬化後の接着層の厚さ/発泡硬化前の接着層の厚さ Here, the foaming ratio can be determined by the following formula.
Foaming ratio (times) = Thickness of adhesive layer after foaming and curing / Thickness of adhesive layer before foaming and curing
発泡倍率(倍)=発泡硬化後の接着層の厚さ/発泡硬化前の接着層の厚さ Here, the foaming ratio can be determined by the following formula.
Foaming ratio (times) = Thickness of adhesive layer after foaming and curing / Thickness of adhesive layer before foaming and curing
接着層の厚さは、特に限定されないが、発泡剤の平均粒径以上であることが好ましく、例えば10μm以上であり、15μm以上であってもよく、20μm以上であってもよい。接着層が薄すぎると、基材との密着性および発泡硬化後の接着性を十分に得ることができない可能性がある。一方、接着層の厚さは、例えば200μm以下であり、150μm以下であってもよく、100μm以下であってもよい。接着層が厚すぎると、面質が悪化する可能性がある。
The thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably equal to or larger than the average particle size of the foaming agent, for example, 10 μm or more, may be 15 μm or more, or may be 20 μm or more. If the adhesive layer is too thin, it may not be possible to obtain sufficient adhesion to the base material and adhesion after foaming and curing. On the other hand, the thickness of the adhesive layer is, for example, 200 μm or less, may be 150 μm or less, or may be 100 μm or less. If the adhesive layer is too thick, the surface quality may deteriorate.
接着層は、連続層であってもよく、不連続層であってもよい。不連続層としては、例えば、ストライプ、ドット等のパターンが挙げられる。また、接着層の表面が、エンボス等の凹凸形状を有していてもよい。
The adhesive layer may be a continuous layer or a discontinuous layer. Examples of the discontinuous layer include patterns such as stripes and dots. Further, the surface of the adhesive layer may have an uneven shape such as embossing.
接着層は、例えば、上記の硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤等を含む接着剤組成物を塗布し、溶剤を除去することで形成することができる。塗布方法としては、例えば、ロールコート、リバースロールコート、トランスファーロールコート、グラビアコート、グラビアリバースコート、コンマコート、ロッドコ-ト、ブレードコート、バーコート、ワイヤーバーコート、ダイコート、リップコート、ディップコート等が挙げられる。
The adhesive layer can be formed, for example, by applying an adhesive composition containing the above-mentioned curable adhesive and foaming agent, and removing the solvent. Examples of coating methods include roll coating, reverse roll coating, transfer roll coating, gravure coating, gravure reverse coating, comma coating, rod coating, blade coating, bar coating, wire bar coating, die coating, lip coating, dip coating, etc. can be mentioned.
接着剤組成物は、溶媒を含有していてもよく、溶媒を含有していなくてもよい。なお、本明細書における溶媒は、厳密な溶媒(溶質を溶解させる溶媒)のみならず、分散媒も含む広義の意味である。また、接着剤組成物に含まれる溶媒は、接着剤組成物を塗布乾燥して接着層を形成する際に揮発して除去される。
The adhesive composition may or may not contain a solvent. Note that the term "solvent" as used herein has a broad meaning that includes not only a strict solvent (a solvent that dissolves a solute) but also a dispersion medium. Further, the solvent contained in the adhesive composition is evaporated and removed when the adhesive composition is applied and dried to form an adhesive layer.
接着剤組成物は、上述した各成分を混合し、必要に応じて混練、分散することにより、得ることができる。混合および分散方法としては、一般的な混練分散機、例えば、二本ロールミル、三本ロールミル、ペブルミル、トロンミル、ツェグバリ(Szegvari)アトライター、高速インペラー分散機、高速ストーンミル、高速度衝撃ミル、デスパー、高速ミキサー、リボンブレンダー、コニーダー、インテンシブミキサー、タンブラー、ブレンダー、デスパーザー、ホモジナイザー、超音波分散機が適用できる。
The adhesive composition can be obtained by mixing the above-mentioned components, kneading and dispersing as necessary. For mixing and dispersing methods, common kneading and dispersing machines such as two-roll mills, three-roll mills, pebble mills, trom mills, Szegvari attritors, high-speed impeller dispersing machines, high-speed stone mills, high-speed impact mills, and despars are used. , high-speed mixer, ribbon blender, co-kneader, intensive mixer, tumbler, blender, desperser, homogenizer, and ultrasonic dispersion machine are applicable.
(2)基材
本実施態様における発泡性接着シートは、第一接着層と第二接着層との間に基材を有していてもよい。基材については、上述の「A.物品」の項に記載した内容と同様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。 (2) Base material The foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment may have a base material between the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer. Since the base material is the same as described in the section "A. Article" above, the explanation here will be omitted.
本実施態様における発泡性接着シートは、第一接着層と第二接着層との間に基材を有していてもよい。基材については、上述の「A.物品」の項に記載した内容と同様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。 (2) Base material The foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment may have a base material between the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer. Since the base material is the same as described in the section "A. Article" above, the explanation here will be omitted.
(3)その他の構成
(a)第一中間層および第二中間層
本実施態様における発泡性接着シートは、基材および第一接着層の間に第一中間層を有していてもよい。また、本実施態様における発泡性接着シートは、基材および第二接着層の間に第二中間層を有していてもよい。第一中間層および第二中間層については、上述の「A.物品」の項に記載した内容と同様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。 (3) Other configurations (a) First intermediate layer and second intermediate layer The foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment may have a first intermediate layer between the base material and the first adhesive layer. Moreover, the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment may have a second intermediate layer between the base material and the second adhesive layer. The first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer are the same as those described in the section "A. Article" above, so the description thereof will be omitted here.
(a)第一中間層および第二中間層
本実施態様における発泡性接着シートは、基材および第一接着層の間に第一中間層を有していてもよい。また、本実施態様における発泡性接着シートは、基材および第二接着層の間に第二中間層を有していてもよい。第一中間層および第二中間層については、上述の「A.物品」の項に記載した内容と同様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。 (3) Other configurations (a) First intermediate layer and second intermediate layer The foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment may have a first intermediate layer between the base material and the first adhesive layer. Moreover, the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment may have a second intermediate layer between the base material and the second adhesive layer. The first intermediate layer and the second intermediate layer are the same as those described in the section "A. Article" above, so the description thereof will be omitted here.
例えば、図10に示す発泡性接着シート10においては、基材12および第一接着層1aの間に第一中間層13aが配置され、基材12および第二接着層1bの間に第二中間層13bが配置されている。なお、図10においては、発泡性接着シート10は、第一中間層13aおよび第二中間層13bの両方を有するが、いずれか一方のみを有していてもよい。
For example, in the foamable adhesive sheet 10 shown in FIG. Layer 13b is arranged. In addition, although the foamable adhesive sheet 10 has both the first intermediate layer 13a and the second intermediate layer 13b in FIG. 10, it may have only either one.
(b)セパレータ
本実施態様における発泡性接着シートは、1つの接着層を有する場合、接着層の片面または両面にセパレータを有していてもよい。また、本実施態様における発泡性接着シートは、第一接着層と第二接着層とを有する場合、あるいは、第一接着層と基材と第二接着層とをこの順に有する場合、第一接着層の第二接着層とは反対の面側に第一セパレータを有していてもよく、第二接着層の第一接着層とは反対の面側に第二セパレータを有していてもよい。 (b) Separator When the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment has one adhesive layer, it may have a separator on one or both sides of the adhesive layer. Further, the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment has a first adhesive layer and a second adhesive layer, or a first adhesive layer, a base material, and a second adhesive layer in this order. The layer may have a first separator on the side opposite to the second adhesive layer, and the second adhesive layer may have a second separator on the side opposite to the first adhesive layer. .
本実施態様における発泡性接着シートは、1つの接着層を有する場合、接着層の片面または両面にセパレータを有していてもよい。また、本実施態様における発泡性接着シートは、第一接着層と第二接着層とを有する場合、あるいは、第一接着層と基材と第二接着層とをこの順に有する場合、第一接着層の第二接着層とは反対の面側に第一セパレータを有していてもよく、第二接着層の第一接着層とは反対の面側に第二セパレータを有していてもよい。 (b) Separator When the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment has one adhesive layer, it may have a separator on one or both sides of the adhesive layer. Further, the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment has a first adhesive layer and a second adhesive layer, or a first adhesive layer, a base material, and a second adhesive layer in this order. The layer may have a first separator on the side opposite to the second adhesive layer, and the second adhesive layer may have a second separator on the side opposite to the first adhesive layer. .
発泡性接着シートがセパレータを有する場合には、発泡性接着シートを第一部材および第二部材の間に配置する際、発泡性接着シートからセパレータを剥がして用いる。
When the foamable adhesive sheet has a separator, the separator is peeled off from the foamable adhesive sheet when the foamable adhesive sheet is placed between the first member and the second member.
セパレータは、接着層から剥離可能であれば特に限定されず、接着層を保護することが可能な程度の強度を有することができる。このようなセパレータとしては、例えば、離型フィルム、剥離紙等を挙げることができる。また、セパレータは、単層構造を有していてもよく、複層構造を有していてもよい。
The separator is not particularly limited as long as it can be peeled off from the adhesive layer, and it can have enough strength to protect the adhesive layer. Examples of such a separator include a release film, release paper, and the like. Further, the separator may have a single layer structure or a multilayer structure.
単層構造のセパレータとしては、例えば、フッ素樹脂系フィルム等が挙げられる。
Examples of the single-layer separator include fluororesin films.
また、複層構造のセパレータとしては、例えば、基材層の片面または両面に離型層を有する積層体が挙げられる。基材層としては、例えば、ポリプロピレン、ポリエチレン、ポリエチレンテレフタレート等の樹脂フィルムや、上質紙、コート紙、含浸紙等の紙が挙げられる。離型層の材料としては、離型性を有する材料であれば特に限定されず、例えば、シリコーン化合物、有機化合物変性シリコーン化合物、フッ素化合物、アミノアルキド化合物、メラミン化合物、アクリル化合物、ポリエステル化合物、長鎖アルキル化合物等が挙げられる。これらの化合物は、エマルジョン型、溶剤型または無溶剤型のいずれもが使用できる。
Further, as a separator with a multilayer structure, for example, a laminate having a release layer on one or both sides of a base layer can be mentioned. Examples of the base material layer include resin films such as polypropylene, polyethylene, and polyethylene terephthalate, and papers such as high-quality paper, coated paper, and impregnated paper. The material for the release layer is not particularly limited as long as it has release properties, and examples include silicone compounds, organic compound-modified silicone compounds, fluorine compounds, aminoalkyd compounds, melamine compounds, acrylic compounds, polyester compounds, and long-lasting materials. Examples include chain alkyl compounds. These compounds may be of emulsion type, solvent type or non-solvent type.
第一セパレータおよび第二セパレータは、同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。中でも、第一接着層が実質的に非粘着性であり、第二接着層が粘着性を有する場合には、第一セパレータが重剥離性を有し、第二セパレータが軽剥離性を有することが好ましい。例えば、第二部材に発泡性接着シートを配置した後、第一部材の穴に、発泡性接着シートが配置された第二部材を挿入する場合には、第二部材に発泡性接着シートの第二接着層の面を貼り付けて、発泡性接着シートの第一接着層の面を表側にすることで、挿入時の、第二部材および発泡性接着シートの密着性、発泡性接着シートが配置された第二部材の挿入性を向上させることができる。この場合、第一セパレータおよび第二セパレータのうち、第二セパレータから剥離することになるため、第一セパレータが重剥離性を有し、第二セパレータが軽剥離性を有することにより、第二セパレータを第一セパレータよりも剥離しやすくすることができる。
The first separator and the second separator may be the same or different. In particular, when the first adhesive layer is substantially non-adhesive and the second adhesive layer is adhesive, the first separator has heavy releasability and the second separator has light releasability. is preferred. For example, when inserting the second member on which the foam adhesive sheet is placed into the hole of the first member after placing the foam adhesive sheet on the second member, the foam adhesive sheet is placed on the second member. By pasting the second adhesive layer side and making the first adhesive layer side of the foam adhesive sheet the front side, the adhesion between the second member and the foam adhesive sheet when inserted is improved, and the foam adhesive sheet is placed The insertability of the second member can be improved. In this case, between the first separator and the second separator, the second separator will be peeled off, so the first separator has heavy releasability and the second separator has light releasability, so that the second separator can be peeled off more easily than the first separator.
なお、軽剥離、重剥離とは、第一接着層や第二接着層から第一セパレータや第二セパレータを剥離するのに要する力の程度をいい、軽剥離は、重剥離よりも、剥離力が小さいことを意味する。
Note that light peeling and heavy peeling refer to the degree of force required to peel off the first separator and second separator from the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer, and light peeling has a higher peeling force than heavy peeling. means that is small.
(4)発泡性接着シート
本実施態様における発泡性接着シートの厚さは、例えば10μm以上であり、20μm以上であってもよい。一方、発泡性接着シートの厚さは、例えば1000μm以下であり、200μm以下であってもよい。 (4) Foamable adhesive sheet The thickness of the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment is, for example, 10 μm or more, and may be 20 μm or more. On the other hand, the thickness of the foamable adhesive sheet is, for example, 1000 μm or less, and may be 200 μm or less.
本実施態様における発泡性接着シートの厚さは、例えば10μm以上であり、20μm以上であってもよい。一方、発泡性接着シートの厚さは、例えば1000μm以下であり、200μm以下であってもよい。 (4) Foamable adhesive sheet The thickness of the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment is, for example, 10 μm or more, and may be 20 μm or more. On the other hand, the thickness of the foamable adhesive sheet is, for example, 1000 μm or less, and may be 200 μm or less.
本実施態様における発泡性接着シートは、形状保持性が良好であることが好ましい。形状保持性が良好であることが好ましい。ISO 2493に対応するJIS P8125に基づく曲げモーメントは、例えば0.1gf・cm以上であり、1gf・cm以上であってもよい。一方、上記曲げモーメントは、例えば40gf・cm未満であり、30gf・cm未満であってもよい。従来、発泡性接着シートでは、曲げモーメントを高くし、形状保持性および狭い隙間への挿入性を上げる手法が一般的である。これに対し、本開示の発明者らは、形状の工夫によって形状保持性は担保可能であること、および、曲げモーメントが高いことには別の不具合があることから、他の特性を鑑みて、曲げモーメントは上記範囲内であることが好ましいことを見出した。曲げモーメントが上記範囲よりも小さいと、折り返し等の工夫によったとしても形状保持が困難である可能性がある。また、曲げモーメントが上記範囲よりも大きいと、折り曲げ加工後に形状がもとに戻ってしまうため、折り曲げ加工時に加熱したり、折り目にスジを付けたりする必要がある。加熱するとシートライフが低下し、スジをつけるとその部分の絶縁性が低下する可能性がある。加えて、本実施態様における発泡性接着シートにおいては、表面硬度を高くすることで高速挿入しても表面が傷つかない。
The foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment preferably has good shape retention. It is preferable that the shape retention property is good. The bending moment based on JIS P8125 corresponding to ISO 2493 is, for example, 0.1 gf·cm or more, and may be 1 gf·cm or more. On the other hand, the bending moment is, for example, less than 40 gf·cm, and may be less than 30 gf·cm. Conventionally, a common method for foam adhesive sheets is to increase the bending moment to improve shape retention and ease of insertion into narrow gaps. In contrast, the inventors of the present disclosure believe that shape retention can be ensured by devising the shape, and that a high bending moment has other problems, so in consideration of other characteristics, It has been found that the bending moment is preferably within the above range. If the bending moment is smaller than the above range, it may be difficult to maintain the shape even if measures such as folding are used. Furthermore, if the bending moment is larger than the above range, the shape will return to its original shape after the bending process, so it is necessary to heat it during the bending process or to add streaks to the crease. Heating can reduce the sheet life, and forming streaks can reduce the insulation properties of those areas. In addition, the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment has a high surface hardness so that the surface will not be damaged even when inserted at high speed.
本実施態様における発泡性接着シートは、発泡硬化後の接着性が高いことが好ましい。ISO 4587に対応するJIS K6850に基づくせん断強度(接着強度)は、23℃において、例えば1.50MPa以上であってもよく、1.80MPa以上であってもよく、2.10MPa以上であってもよい。また、上記せん断強度(接着強度)は、130℃において、例えば0.50MPa以上であってもよく、0.75MPa以上であってもよく、1.00MPa以上であってもよい。例えば、加熱の必要のない高強度のアクリルフォーム粘着テープにおいては、せん断強度(接着強度)が常温で1MPa以上2MPa以下程度であり、200℃では耐熱性がない。そのため、上記せん断強度(接着強度)が23℃で上記範囲であれば、強度面での優位性がある。また、上記せん断強度(接着強度)が130℃で上記範囲であれば、自動車のエンジン回りやそれに近い耐熱性が必要とされる用途への適用が可能になる。
The foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment preferably has high adhesiveness after foaming and curing. The shear strength (adhesive strength) based on JIS K6850 corresponding to ISO 4587 at 23°C may be, for example, 1.50 MPa or more, 1.80 MPa or more, or 2.10 MPa or more. good. Further, the shear strength (adhesive strength) may be, for example, 0.50 MPa or more, 0.75 MPa or more, or 1.00 MPa or more at 130°C. For example, a high-strength acrylic foam adhesive tape that does not require heating has a shear strength (adhesive strength) of about 1 MPa or more and 2 MPa or less at room temperature, and has no heat resistance at 200°C. Therefore, if the shear strength (adhesive strength) is within the above range at 23° C., there is an advantage in terms of strength. Further, if the shear strength (adhesive strength) is within the above range at 130° C., it can be applied to automobile engine areas and other applications where heat resistance similar to that is required.
本実施態様における発泡性接着シートは、発泡硬化後の電気絶縁性が高いことが好ましい。発泡性接着シートの発泡硬化後において、IEC 60454-2に対応するJIS C2107に基づく絶縁破壊電圧は、例えば3kV以上であることが好ましく、5kV以上であることがより好ましい。上記絶縁破壊電圧が上記範囲であることにより、防錆や銅線まわりへの適用が可能となる。また、発泡性接着シートの発泡硬化後において、熱伝導率が、例えば0.1W/mK以上であることが好ましく、0.15W/mK以上であることがより好ましい。上記熱伝導率が上記範囲であることにより、部品の小型化を図ることができ、また加熱時の硬化反応を促進することができる。
The foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment preferably has high electrical insulation properties after foaming and curing. After foaming and curing of the foamable adhesive sheet, the dielectric breakdown voltage based on JIS C2107 corresponding to IEC 60454-2 is preferably, for example, 3 kV or more, and more preferably 5 kV or more. When the dielectric breakdown voltage is within the above range, it becomes possible to prevent rust and to be applied around copper wires. Further, after the foamable adhesive sheet is foamed and cured, the thermal conductivity is preferably, for example, 0.1 W/mK or more, and more preferably 0.15 W/mK or more. When the thermal conductivity is within the above range, the parts can be made smaller and the curing reaction during heating can be promoted.
本実施態様における発泡性接着シートの製造方法は、特に限定されるものではなく、発泡性接着シートの層構成に応じて適宜選択される。
The method for producing the foamable adhesive sheet in this embodiment is not particularly limited, and is appropriately selected depending on the layer structure of the foamable adhesive sheet.
2.配置工程
本実施態様における配置工程においては、第一部材および第二部材の間に、発泡性接着シートを配置する。 2. Arrangement Step In the arrangement step in this embodiment, a foamable adhesive sheet is arranged between the first member and the second member.
本実施態様における配置工程においては、第一部材および第二部材の間に、発泡性接着シートを配置する。 2. Arrangement Step In the arrangement step in this embodiment, a foamable adhesive sheet is arranged between the first member and the second member.
第一部材および第二部材の間に発泡性接着シートを配置する方法は、第一部材および第二部材の種類等に応じて適宜選択される。
The method of arranging the foamable adhesive sheet between the first member and the second member is appropriately selected depending on the types of the first member and the second member.
例えば、第一部材および第二部材の間に発泡性接着シートを挿入する方法や、第一部材の穴や溝等に発泡性接着シートを配置した後、第一部材の穴や溝等の中の発泡性接着シートを配置した後の隙間に第二部材を挿入する方法等が挙げられる。また、例えば、第一部材が穴や溝を有しており、第一部材の穴や溝に第二部材を配置する場合において、接着により第一部材および第二部材を固定する場合には、発泡性接着シートの第二接着層のタックを利用して第二部材に発泡性接着シートの第二接着層の面を貼り付けた後、第一部材の穴や溝に、発泡性接着シートが貼り付けられた第二部材を配置する方法や、第一部材の穴や溝に発泡性接着シートを配置し、発泡性接着シートの第二接着層のタックを利用して第一部材の穴や溝に発泡性接着シートの第二接着層の面を貼り付けた後、発泡性接着シートが貼り付けられた第一部材の穴や溝に、第二部材を配置する方法等が挙げられる。
For example, there is a method of inserting a foam adhesive sheet between the first member and the second member, or a method of inserting a foam adhesive sheet into the hole or groove of the first member, and then inserting the foam adhesive sheet into the hole or groove of the first member. Examples include a method of inserting a second member into the gap after the foamable adhesive sheet is placed. Further, for example, when the first member has a hole or groove and the second member is placed in the hole or groove of the first member, and the first member and the second member are fixed by adhesive, After pasting the surface of the second adhesive layer of the foam adhesive sheet to the second member using the tack of the second adhesive layer of the foam adhesive sheet, the foam adhesive sheet is inserted into the holes and grooves of the first member. There is a method of arranging the pasted second member, and a method of placing a foam adhesive sheet in the hole or groove of the first member, and using the tack of the second adhesive layer of the foam adhesive sheet to fill the hole or groove of the first member. Examples include a method in which the surface of the second adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet is pasted to the groove, and then the second member is placed in the hole or groove of the first member to which the foamable adhesive sheet is pasted.
3.接着工程
本実施態様における接着工程においては、発泡性接着シートの発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層とし、第一部材および第二部材を接着する。 3. Bonding Step In the bonding step in this embodiment, the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet is foamed and cured to form a foam layer, and the first member and the second member are bonded.
本実施態様における接着工程においては、発泡性接着シートの発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層とし、第一部材および第二部材を接着する。 3. Bonding Step In the bonding step in this embodiment, the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet is foamed and cured to form a foam layer, and the first member and the second member are bonded.
また、本実施態様における接着工程においては、発泡硬化条件を、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満となるように設定する。中でも、発泡硬化条件を、上記気泡の数が、3個以下となるように設定することが好ましく、2個以下となるように設定することがより好ましく、1個以下となるように設定することがさらに好ましく、0個となるように設定することが特に好ましい。
In addition, in the bonding process in this embodiment, the foam curing conditions are such that, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm. The number of bubbles is set to be less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Among these, the foam curing conditions are preferably set so that the number of bubbles is 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, and 1 or less. is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable to set the number to zero.
発泡性接着シートを発泡硬化させる方法としては、例えば、加熱または光照射を挙げることができる。中でも、加熱により発泡性接着シートの発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させることが好ましい。加熱による方法は、例えば金属製の部材のように第一部材および第二部材が透明性を有さない場合でも適用可能である。
Examples of methods for foaming and curing the foamable adhesive sheet include heating and light irradiation. Among these, it is preferable to foam and harden the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet by heating. The heating method is applicable even when the first member and the second member do not have transparency, such as metal members.
加熱条件は、上記発泡硬化条件となるように設定される。加熱条件は、例えば、接着層に含有される硬化性の接着剤や発泡剤の種類等に応じて適宜設定することができる。
The heating conditions are set to meet the foaming and curing conditions described above. The heating conditions can be appropriately set depending on, for example, the type of curable adhesive or foaming agent contained in the adhesive layer.
加熱温度は、例えば、発泡剤の最大発泡温度±40℃以内であることが好ましく、発泡剤の最大発泡温度±30℃以内であることがより好ましく、発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃以内であることがさらに好ましい。加熱温度が上記範囲よりも高いと、樹脂成分が硬化していても、発泡剤が収縮することによって、発泡時の接着層の厚さを維持することができず、発泡体層(硬化接着層)の厚さに対して気泡の大きさが相対的に大きくなる傾向にある。そのため、接着強度が低下する可能性がある。一方、加熱温度が上記範囲よりも低いと、発泡剤の膨張が不十分になり、接着強度が低下する可能性がある。この場合、硬化接着層と第一部材または第二部材との間で、界面破壊が生じやすくなる可能性がある。
The heating temperature is, for example, preferably within ±40°C of the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent, more preferably within ±30°C of the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent, and within ±20°C of the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent. It is even more preferable that there be. If the heating temperature is higher than the above range, even if the resin component is cured, the foaming agent will shrink, making it impossible to maintain the thickness of the adhesive layer during foaming, and the foam layer (cured adhesive layer) will shrink. ) The size of the bubbles tends to be relatively large compared to the thickness of the film. Therefore, adhesive strength may decrease. On the other hand, if the heating temperature is lower than the above range, the expansion of the foaming agent may become insufficient and the adhesive strength may decrease. In this case, interfacial destruction may easily occur between the cured adhesive layer and the first member or the second member.
なお、接着層が複数の発泡剤を含有する場合には、少なくとも1つの発泡剤について、加熱温度が上記範囲内であればよい。中でも、複数の発泡剤のうち、含有量が多い発泡剤について、加熱温度が上記範囲内であることが好ましい。特に、複数の発泡剤のすべてについて、加熱温度が上記範囲内であることが好ましい。
Note that when the adhesive layer contains a plurality of foaming agents, the heating temperature for at least one foaming agent may be within the above range. Among the plurality of foaming agents, it is preferable that the heating temperature of the foaming agent with a higher content is within the above range. In particular, it is preferable that the heating temperature of all of the plurality of foaming agents be within the above range.
また、加熱温度は、例えば、発泡性接着シートの最大変位外挿温度-7℃以上、発泡性接着シートの最大変位外挿温度+83℃以下であることが好ましく、発泡性接着シートの最大変位外挿温度+15℃以上、発泡性接着シートの最大変位外挿温度+63℃以下であることがより好ましく、発泡性接着シートの最大変位外挿温度+23℃以上、発泡性接着シートの最大変位外挿温度+43℃以下であることがさらに好ましい。加熱温度が上記範囲よりも高いと、樹脂成分が硬化していても、発泡剤が収縮することによって、発泡時の接着層の厚さを維持することができず、発泡体層(硬化接着層)の厚さに対して気泡の大きさが相対的に大きくなる傾向にある。そのため、接着強度が低下する可能性がある。一方、加熱温度が上記範囲よりも低いと、発泡剤の膨張が不十分になり、接着強度が低下する可能性がある。この場合、硬化接着層と第一部材または第二部材との間で、界面破壊が生じやすくなる可能性がある。
Further, the heating temperature is preferably, for example, at least -7°C or higher, the extrapolated maximum displacement temperature of the foamable adhesive sheet, or lower than the maximum displacement extrapolated temperature of the foamable adhesive sheet, which exceeds the maximum displacement temperature of the foamable adhesive sheet. It is more preferable that the extrapolated temperature is +15°C or more, and the extrapolated maximum displacement temperature of the foamable adhesive sheet is +63°C or less, and the extrapolated maximum displacement temperature of the foamable adhesive sheet is +23°C or more, and the extrapolated maximum displacement temperature of the foamable adhesive sheet. More preferably, the temperature is +43°C or lower. If the heating temperature is higher than the above range, even if the resin component is cured, the foaming agent will shrink, making it impossible to maintain the thickness of the adhesive layer during foaming, and the foam layer (cured adhesive layer) will shrink. ) The size of the bubbles tends to be relatively large compared to the thickness of the film. Therefore, adhesive strength may decrease. On the other hand, if the heating temperature is lower than the above range, the expansion of the foaming agent may become insufficient and the adhesive strength may decrease. In this case, interfacial destruction may easily occur between the cured adhesive layer and the first member or the second member.
図11は、発泡性接着シートについて、熱機械分析(TMA)により、圧縮荷重を加えて、所定の昇温速度で昇温し、変位を測定したときの、温度を横軸、変位量を縦軸としたTMA曲線を例示するグラフである。発泡剤として熱膨張性マイクロカプセルを含有する発泡性接着シートについてのTMA曲線においては、通常、膨張(発泡)に伴うピークを有する。図11に示すような、発泡性接着シートについてのTMA曲線において、最大変位量を示す温度での接線と、TMA曲線のうち、膨張(発泡)開始に伴い膨張挙動を示す部分の曲線を微分した際の極小温度での接線との交点の温度を、発泡性接着シートの最大変位外挿温度Tmax1とする。上記の場合、加熱温度が、最大変位外挿温度Tmax1に対して所定の範囲であることが好ましい。
Figure 11 shows the results of thermomechanical analysis (TMA) of a foamable adhesive sheet when a compressive load was applied, the temperature was raised at a predetermined temperature increase rate, and the displacement was measured. It is a graph illustrating a TMA curve with an axis. A TMA curve for a foamable adhesive sheet containing thermally expandable microcapsules as a foaming agent usually has a peak associated with expansion (foaming). In the TMA curve for a foamable adhesive sheet as shown in Figure 11, the tangent line at the temperature showing the maximum amount of displacement and the curve of the part of the TMA curve that shows expansion behavior as expansion (foaming) starts were differentiated. The temperature at the point of intersection with the tangent line at the minimum temperature is defined as the maximum displacement extrapolated temperature T max1 of the foamable adhesive sheet. In the above case, it is preferable that the heating temperature is within a predetermined range with respect to the maximum displacement extrapolated temperature T max1 .
ここで、発泡性接着シートについての熱機械分析は、以下の方法により行う。まず、発泡性接着シートをφ4mmの大きさに打ち抜いて、サンプルを作製する。次に、φ5mmのアルミニウム容器に、発泡性接着シートの第二接着層の面が底面側になるように、サンプルを配置する。次いで、サンプルの上に、φ4mmのアルミニウムプレートを配置する。次いで、熱機械分析装置を用いて、25℃から250℃まで20℃/minで昇温し、荷重10mNの条件にて圧縮モードで測定を行う。熱機械分析装置は、日立ハイテクサイエンス社製の熱機械分析装置TMA7100を使用することができる。
Here, thermomechanical analysis of the foamable adhesive sheet is performed by the following method. First, a sample is prepared by punching out a foam adhesive sheet into a size of φ4 mm. Next, the sample was placed in an aluminum container with a diameter of 5 mm so that the surface of the second adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet was on the bottom side. Next, an aluminum plate with a diameter of 4 mm is placed on top of the sample. Next, using a thermomechanical analyzer, the temperature is raised from 25° C. to 250° C. at a rate of 20° C./min, and measurement is performed in compression mode under a load of 10 mN. As the thermomechanical analyzer, a thermomechanical analyzer TMA7100 manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Co., Ltd. can be used.
なお、上記最大変位量は、発泡性接着シートについてのTMA曲線において、変位量の最大値である。
Note that the maximum amount of displacement is the maximum value of the amount of displacement in the TMA curve for the foamable adhesive sheet.
また、上記最大変位外挿温度は、発泡性接着シートについてのTMA曲線において、最大変位量を示す温度での接線と、TMA曲線のうち、膨張(発泡)開始に伴い膨張挙動を示す部分の曲線を微分した際の極小温度での接線との交点とする。
In addition, the maximum displacement extrapolated temperature is the tangent line at the temperature that shows the maximum displacement in the TMA curve for the foamable adhesive sheet, and the curve of the part of the TMA curve that shows expansion behavior with the start of expansion (foaming). Let it be the intersection with the tangent at the minimum temperature when differentiated.
具体的には、加熱温度は、130℃以上、200℃以下とすることができる。
Specifically, the heating temperature can be 130°C or higher and 200°C or lower.
加熱時間は、例えば、3分間以上、3時間以下とすることができる。
The heating time can be, for example, 3 minutes or more and 3 hours or less.
II.物品の製造方法の第2実施態様
本開示における物品の製造方法の第2実施態様は、少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートを用いる物品の製造方法であって、接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、第一部材および上記第二部材の間に、上記発泡性接着シートを配置する配置工程と、上記発泡性接着シートの上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層とし、上記第一部材および上記第二部材を接着する接着工程と、を有し、上記接着工程における発泡硬化条件を、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満となるように設定する。 II. Second embodiment of the method for manufacturing an article The second embodiment of the method for manufacturing an article according to the present disclosure is a method for manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer being a curable adhesive. a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a foaming agent and a foaming agent, the step of arranging the foamable adhesive sheet between the first member and the second member; and the foaming agent-containing adhesive of the foamable adhesive sheet. an adhesion step of foaming and curing the layer to form a foam layer, and adhering the first member and the second member, the foaming curing conditions in the adhesion step being parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer. In a cross section, the number of cells having a length of 100 μm or more in the thickness direction of the foam layer is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Set.
本開示における物品の製造方法の第2実施態様は、少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートを用いる物品の製造方法であって、接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、第一部材および上記第二部材の間に、上記発泡性接着シートを配置する配置工程と、上記発泡性接着シートの上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層とし、上記第一部材および上記第二部材を接着する接着工程と、を有し、上記接着工程における発泡硬化条件を、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満となるように設定する。 II. Second embodiment of the method for manufacturing an article The second embodiment of the method for manufacturing an article according to the present disclosure is a method for manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer being a curable adhesive. a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a foaming agent and a foaming agent, the step of arranging the foamable adhesive sheet between the first member and the second member; and the foaming agent-containing adhesive of the foamable adhesive sheet. an adhesion step of foaming and curing the layer to form a foam layer, and adhering the first member and the second member, the foaming curing conditions in the adhesion step being parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer. In a cross section, the number of cells having a length of 100 μm or more in the thickness direction of the foam layer is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Set.
図5(a)~(b)および図6(a)~(c)は、本実施態様の物品の製造方法を例示する工程図である。なお、図5(a)~(b)および図6(a)~(c)については、上記第1実施態様の項に記載したので、ここでの説明は省略する。
FIGS. 5(a) to (b) and FIGS. 6(a) to (c) are process diagrams illustrating the method for manufacturing the article of this embodiment. Note that FIGS. 5(a) to 6(b) and FIGS. 6(a) to 6(c) were described in the section of the first embodiment above, so a description thereof will be omitted here.
本実施態様の物品の製造方法においては、上述の物品の第2実施態様の項に記載したように、接着工程における発泡硬化条件を、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において発泡体の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向の所定長さ当たり所定の値下となるように設定することにより、接着不良を抑制し、接着性を向上させることができる。したがって、信頼性、耐久性の高い物品を得ることができる。
In the method for manufacturing the article of this embodiment, as described in the second embodiment of the article above, the foam curing conditions in the adhesion step are set to Defective adhesion can be suppressed by setting the number of bubbles with a length of 100 μm or more in the thickness direction to be below a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. , adhesion can be improved. Therefore, an article with high reliability and durability can be obtained.
本実施態様の物品の製造方法に用いられる発泡性接着シート、および本実施態様の物品の製造方法の配置工程については、上記第1実施態様と同様とすることができる。
The foamable adhesive sheet used in the method of manufacturing an article of this embodiment and the arrangement step of the method of manufacturing an article of this embodiment can be the same as in the first embodiment.
また、本実施態様における接着工程においては、発泡硬化条件を、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満となるように設定する。中でも、発泡硬化条件を、上記気泡の数が、3個以下となるように設定することが好ましく、2個以下となるように設定することがより好ましく、1個以下となるように設定することがさらに好ましく、0個となるように設定することが特に好ましい。
In addition, in the bonding process in this embodiment, the foam curing conditions are such that the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more in the cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer is The number is set to less than 7 per 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the body layer. Among these, the foam curing conditions are preferably set so that the number of bubbles is 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, and 1 or less. is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable to set the number to zero.
発泡性接着シートを発泡硬化させる方法、および、加熱条件については、上記第1実施態様と同様とすることができる。
The method of foaming and curing the foamable adhesive sheet and the heating conditions can be the same as in the first embodiment.
C.発泡性接着シート
本開示における発泡性接着シートは、2つの実施態様を有する。以下、各実施態様について説明する。 C. Foamable Adhesive Sheet The foamable adhesive sheet in the present disclosure has two embodiments. Each embodiment will be described below.
本開示における発泡性接着シートは、2つの実施態様を有する。以下、各実施態様について説明する。 C. Foamable Adhesive Sheet The foamable adhesive sheet in the present disclosure has two embodiments. Each embodiment will be described below.
I.発泡性接着シートの第1実施態様
本開示における発泡性接着シートの第1実施態様は、少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートであって、接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、上記発泡性接着シートを上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層としたとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。 I. First Embodiment of the Foamable Adhesive Sheet The first embodiment of the foamable adhesive sheet in the present disclosure is a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer, the curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule, and the foamable adhesive sheet is When the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer is foamed and cured to form a foam layer by heating at a foaming temperature of ±20°C for 15 minutes, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, The number of cells whose length in the thickness direction is greater than or equal to the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
本開示における発泡性接着シートの第1実施態様は、少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートであって、接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、上記発泡性接着シートを上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層としたとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。 I. First Embodiment of the Foamable Adhesive Sheet The first embodiment of the foamable adhesive sheet in the present disclosure is a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer, the curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule, and the foamable adhesive sheet is When the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer is foamed and cured to form a foam layer by heating at a foaming temperature of ±20°C for 15 minutes, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, The number of cells whose length in the thickness direction is greater than or equal to the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
図7は、本実施態様の発泡性接着シートの一例を示す概略断面図である。図7における発泡性接着シート10は、接着層1を有している。接着層1は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層5である。発泡剤含有接着層5(接着層1)に含まれる硬化性の接着剤は、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、発泡剤含有接着層5(接着層1)に含まれる発泡剤は、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルである。また、発泡性接着シート10を所定温度で所定時間加熱することにより、発泡剤含有接着層5(接着層1)を発泡硬化させて発泡体層15としたとき、例えば図12に示すように、発泡体層15の厚さ方向D1に平行な断面において、発泡体層15の厚さ方向D1の長さsが発泡体層15の厚さtに対して所定の範囲である気泡31の数が、発泡体層15の厚さ方向D1に垂直な方向D2の所定の長さL当たり所定の値以下となる。
FIG. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment. The foamable adhesive sheet 10 in FIG. 7 has an adhesive layer 1. The foamable adhesive sheet 10 shown in FIG. The adhesive layer 1 is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer 5 containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. The curable adhesive contained in the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer 5 (adhesive layer 1) is a thermosetting adhesive, and the foaming agent contained in the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer 5 (adhesive layer 1) is a thermosetting adhesive. It is a sex microcapsule. Furthermore, when the foaming adhesive sheet 10 is heated at a predetermined temperature for a predetermined time to foam and harden the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer 5 (adhesive layer 1) to form a foam layer 15, as shown in FIG. 12, for example, In a cross section parallel to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15, the number of cells 31 whose length s in the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15 is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness t of the foam layer 15 is , a predetermined value or less per predetermined length L in the direction D2 perpendicular to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15.
図8は、本実施態様の発泡性接着シートの他の例を示す概略断面図である。図9における発泡性接着シート10は、第一接着層1aと、第二接着層1bとを有している。第一接着層1aおよび第二接着層1bは、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層5a、5bである。発泡剤含有接着層5a、5b(第一接着層1a、第二接着層1b)に含まれる硬化性の接着剤は、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、発泡剤含有接着層5a、5b(第一接着層1a、第二接着層1b)に含まれる発泡剤は、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルである。発泡性接着シート10を所定温度で所定時間加熱することにより、発泡剤含有接着層5a、5b(第一接着層1a、第二接着層1b)をそれぞれ発泡硬化させて発泡体層15a、15bとしたとき、例えば図13に示すように、発泡体層15aの厚さ方向D1に平行な断面において、気泡31のうち、発泡体層15aの厚さ方向D1の長さsが発泡体層15aの厚さt1に対して所定の範囲である気泡の数が、発泡体層15aの厚さ方向D1に垂直な方向D2の所定の長さLたり所定の値以下となる。また、発泡体層15bの厚さ方向D1に平行な断面において、気泡31のうち、発泡体層15bの厚さ方向D1の長さsが発泡体層15bの厚さt2に対して所定の範囲である気泡の数が、発泡体層15bの厚さ方向D1に垂直な方向D2の所定の長さL当たり所定の値以下となる。
FIG. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment. The foamable adhesive sheet 10 in FIG. 9 has a first adhesive layer 1a and a second adhesive layer 1b. The first adhesive layer 1a and the second adhesive layer 1b are foaming agent-containing adhesive layers 5a and 5b containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. The curable adhesive contained in the foaming agent-containing adhesive layers 5a, 5b (first adhesive layer 1a, second adhesive layer 1b) is a thermosetting adhesive; The foaming agent contained in the first adhesive layer 1a and the second adhesive layer 1b) is a thermally expandable microcapsule. By heating the foamable adhesive sheet 10 at a predetermined temperature for a predetermined time, the foaming agent-containing adhesive layers 5a and 5b (first adhesive layer 1a and second adhesive layer 1b) are respectively foamed and cured to form foam layers 15a and 15b. For example, as shown in FIG. 13, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15a, the length s of the bubbles 31 in the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15a is The number of bubbles within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness t1 is equal to or less than a predetermined value or a predetermined length L in the direction D2 perpendicular to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15a. Further, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15b, the length s of the foam layer 15b in the thickness direction D1 of the bubbles 31 is within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness t2 of the foam layer 15b. The number of bubbles is equal to or less than a predetermined value per predetermined length L in the direction D2 perpendicular to the thickness direction D1 of the foam layer 15b.
図9は、本実施態様の発泡性接着シートの他の例を示す概略断面図である。図9における発泡性接着シート10は、第一接着層1aと、基材12と、第二接着層1bとをこの順に有している。なお、図9については、第一接着層1aと第二接着層1bとの間に基材12が配置されていること以外は、上記の図8と同様である。
FIG. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing another example of the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment. The foamable adhesive sheet 10 in FIG. 9 has a first adhesive layer 1a, a base material 12, and a second adhesive layer 1b in this order. Note that FIG. 9 is the same as FIG. 8 described above except that the base material 12 is disposed between the first adhesive layer 1a and the second adhesive layer 1b.
なお、図8および図9においては、第一接着層1aおよび第二接着層1bの両方が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層5a、5bであるが、第一接着層および第二接着層のいずれか一方のみが、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であってもよい。
In addition, in FIGS. 8 and 9, both the first adhesive layer 1a and the second adhesive layer 1b are foaming agent-containing adhesive layers 5a and 5b containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, but the first Either one of the adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer may be a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent.
本実施態様の発泡性接着シートにおいては、上述の物品の第1実施態様の項に記載したように、接着層が発泡剤含有接着層である場合に、発泡性接着シートを所定温度で所定時間加熱することにより、発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層としたとき、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが発泡体層の厚さに対して所定の範囲である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向の所定長さ当たり所定の値以下であることにより、接着不良を抑制することができる。したがって、接着性を向上させることが可能である。
In the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment, as described in the section of the first embodiment of the above-mentioned article, when the adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer, the foamable adhesive sheet is heated at a predetermined temperature for a predetermined period of time. When the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer is foamed and cured by heating to form a foam layer, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length of the foam layer in the thickness direction is the same as that of the foam layer. When the number of bubbles within a predetermined range with respect to the thickness is equal to or less than a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer, poor adhesion can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
本実施態様の発泡性接着シートの各構成については、上記の「A.物品」および「B.物品の製造方法」の項に記載した内容と同様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。
Each structure of the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment is the same as that described in the above sections "A. Article" and "B. Article manufacturing method", so the explanation here will be omitted.
本実施態様においては、発泡性接着シートを発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層としたとき、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。上記気泡の数は、3個以下であることが好ましく、2個以下であることがより好ましく、1個以下であることがさらに好ましく、0個であることが特に好ましい。
In this embodiment, when the foaming adhesive layer is foamed and cured by heating the foamable adhesive sheet at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C for 15 minutes to form a foam layer, the thickness of the foam layer is In a cross section parallel to the width direction, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm is 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Less than 7 pieces per length. The number of bubbles is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, even more preferably 1 or less, and particularly preferably 0.
なお、発泡性接着シートを加熱する際には、平滑な表面を有する支持体を用い、支持体の平滑な表面に発泡性接着シートを配置してから、加熱を行う。支持体としては、平滑な表面を有し、耐熱性を有していれば特に限定されず、例えば、ガラス基板、樹脂基板等を用いることができる。
Note that when heating the foamable adhesive sheet, a support having a smooth surface is used, and the foamable adhesive sheet is placed on the smooth surface of the support before heating. The support is not particularly limited as long as it has a smooth surface and heat resistance, and for example, a glass substrate, a resin substrate, etc. can be used.
また、発泡性接着シートについては、発泡体層の厚さ方向は、支持体の平面方向に垂直な方向とする。また、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向は、支持体の平面方向とする。
Furthermore, for the foamable adhesive sheet, the thickness direction of the foam layer is perpendicular to the plane direction of the support. Further, the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer is the plane direction of the support.
本実施態様の発泡性接着シートの用途は、特に限定されない。本実施態様の発泡性接着シートは、例えば、上述の物品の製造に用いることができる。
The use of the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment is not particularly limited. The foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment can be used, for example, to manufacture the above-mentioned articles.
II.発泡性接着シートの第2実施態様
本開示における発泡性接着シートの第2実施態様は、少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートであって、接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、上記発泡性接着シートを上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層としたとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。 II. Second embodiment of the foamable adhesive sheet The second embodiment of the foamable adhesive sheet in the present disclosure is a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer, the curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule, and the foamable adhesive sheet is When the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer is foamed and cured to form a foam layer by heating at a foaming temperature of ±20°C for 15 minutes, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, The number of bubbles having a length of 100 μm or more in the thickness direction is less than 7 per 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
本開示における発泡性接着シートの第2実施態様は、少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートであって、接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、上記発泡性接着シートを上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層としたとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。 II. Second embodiment of the foamable adhesive sheet The second embodiment of the foamable adhesive sheet in the present disclosure is a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent. a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer, the curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule, and the foamable adhesive sheet is When the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer is foamed and cured to form a foam layer by heating at a foaming temperature of ±20°C for 15 minutes, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, The number of bubbles having a length of 100 μm or more in the thickness direction is less than 7 per 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
図7~図9は、本実施態様の発泡性接着シートの一例を示す概略断面図である。なお、図7~図9については、上記第1実施態様の項に記載したので、ここでの説明は省略する。
FIGS. 7 to 9 are schematic cross-sectional views showing an example of the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment. Note that since FIGS. 7 to 9 were described in the section of the first embodiment above, their explanations will be omitted here.
本実施態様の発泡性接着シートにおいては、上述の物品の第2実施態様の項に記載したように、接着層が発泡剤含有接着層である場合に、発泡性接着シートを所定温度で所定時間加熱することにより、発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層としたとき、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向の所定長さ当たり所定の値以下であることにより、接着不良を抑制することができる。したがって、接着性を向上させることが可能である。
In the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment, as described in the section of the second embodiment of the above-mentioned article, when the adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer, the foamable adhesive sheet is heated at a predetermined temperature for a predetermined period of time. When the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer is foamed and cured by heating to form a foam layer, the length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer. When the number of bubbles is equal to or less than a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer, poor adhesion can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
本実施態様の発泡性接着シートの各構成については、上記の「A.物品」および「B.物品の製造方法」の項に記載した内容と同様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。
Each structure of the foamable adhesive sheet of this embodiment is the same as that described in the above sections "A. Article" and "B. Article manufacturing method", so the explanation here will be omitted.
本実施態様においては、発泡性接着シートを発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層としたとき、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。上記気泡の数は、3個以下であることが好ましく、2個以下であることがより好ましく、1個以下であることがさらに好ましく、0個であることが特に好ましい。
In this embodiment, when the foaming adhesive layer is foamed and cured by heating the foamable adhesive sheet at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C for 15 minutes to form a foam layer, the thickness of the foam layer is In a cross section parallel to the width direction, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. . The number of bubbles is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, even more preferably 1 or less, and particularly preferably 0.
なお、発泡性接着シートを加熱する際には、支持体の一方の面に発泡性接着シートを配置してから、加熱を行ってもよい。支持体については、上記第1実施態様と同様とすることができる。
Note that when heating the foamable adhesive sheet, heating may be performed after placing the foamable adhesive sheet on one side of the support. The support may be the same as in the first embodiment.
D.接着剤組成物
本開示における接着剤組成物は、2つの実施態様を有する。以下、各実施態様について説明する。 D. Adhesive Composition The adhesive composition in the present disclosure has two embodiments. Each embodiment will be described below.
本開示における接着剤組成物は、2つの実施態様を有する。以下、各実施態様について説明する。 D. Adhesive Composition The adhesive composition in the present disclosure has two embodiments. Each embodiment will be described below.
I.接着剤組成物の第1実施態様
本開示における接着剤組成物の第1実施態様は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物であって、上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、支持体の一方の面に上記接着剤組成物を45μmの厚さで塗布し、上記接着剤組成物の塗膜を上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記塗膜を発泡硬化させて発泡体層を形成したとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。 I. First Embodiment of Adhesive Composition A first embodiment of the adhesive composition in the present disclosure is an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, the curable adhesive comprising: The adhesive composition is a thermosetting adhesive, and the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule. When the coating film is foamed and cured by heating the film at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C for 15 minutes to form a foam layer, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, The number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm is 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Less than one.
本開示における接着剤組成物の第1実施態様は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物であって、上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、支持体の一方の面に上記接着剤組成物を45μmの厚さで塗布し、上記接着剤組成物の塗膜を上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記塗膜を発泡硬化させて発泡体層を形成したとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。 I. First Embodiment of Adhesive Composition A first embodiment of the adhesive composition in the present disclosure is an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, the curable adhesive comprising: The adhesive composition is a thermosetting adhesive, and the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule. When the coating film is foamed and cured by heating the film at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C for 15 minutes to form a foam layer, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, The number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm is 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Less than one.
本実施態様の接着剤組成物においては、上述の物品の第1実施態様の項に記載したように、支持体の一方の面に接着剤組成物を所定厚さで塗布し、接着剤組成物の塗膜を所定温度で所定時間加熱することにより、塗膜を発泡硬化させて発泡体層を形成したとき、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが発泡体層の厚さに対して所定の範囲である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向の所定長さ当たり所定の値以下であることにより、接着不良を抑制することができる。したがって、接着性を向上させることが可能である。
In the adhesive composition of this embodiment, as described in the section of the first embodiment of the above-mentioned article, the adhesive composition is applied to one surface of the support at a predetermined thickness, and the adhesive composition is When a foam layer is formed by foaming and curing the coating film by heating the coating film at a predetermined temperature for a predetermined time, the thickness of the foam layer is measured in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer. The number of bubbles whose length is within a predetermined range relative to the thickness of the foam layer is less than or equal to a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer, thereby preventing adhesion failure. Can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
本実施態様の接着剤組成物の各成分については、上記の「A.物品」および「B.物品の製造方法」の項に記載した内容と同様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。
Each component of the adhesive composition of this embodiment is the same as described in the above sections "A. Article" and "B. Method for manufacturing article", so a description thereof will be omitted here.
本実施態様においては、支持体の一方の面に接着剤組成物を45μmの厚さで塗布し、接着剤組成物の塗膜を発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、塗膜を発泡硬化させて発泡体層を形成したとき、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。上記気泡の数は、3個以下であることが好ましく、2個以下であることがより好ましく、1個以下であることがさらに好ましく、0個であることが特に好ましい。
In this embodiment, the adhesive composition is applied to one side of the support to a thickness of 45 μm, and the coating film of the adhesive composition is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C. , when the coating film is foamed and cured to form a foam layer, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm. The number of bubbles is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. The number of bubbles is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, even more preferably 1 or less, and particularly preferably 0.
なお、支持体の一方の面に接着剤組成物を塗布する際には、平滑な表面を有する支持体を用い、支持体の平滑な表面に接着剤組成物を塗布する。支持体としては、平滑な表面を有し、耐熱性を有していれば特に限定されず、例えば、ガラス基板、樹脂基板等を用いることができる。
Note that when applying the adhesive composition to one side of the support, a support having a smooth surface is used, and the adhesive composition is applied to the smooth surface of the support. The support is not particularly limited as long as it has a smooth surface and heat resistance, and for example, a glass substrate, a resin substrate, etc. can be used.
また、接着剤組成物については、発泡体層の厚さ方向は、支持体の平面方向に垂直な方向とする。また、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向は、支持体の平面方向とする。
Furthermore, for the adhesive composition, the thickness direction of the foam layer is perpendicular to the plane direction of the support. Further, the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer is the plane direction of the support.
II.接着剤組成物の第2実施態様
本開示における接着剤組成物の第2実施態様は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物であって、上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、支持体の一方の面に上記接着剤組成物を45μmの厚さで塗布し、上記接着剤組成物の塗膜を上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記塗膜を発泡硬化させて発泡体層を形成したとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。 II. Second Embodiment of Adhesive Composition A second embodiment of the adhesive composition in the present disclosure is an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, the curable adhesive comprising: The adhesive composition is a thermosetting adhesive, and the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule. When the coating film is foamed and cured by heating the film at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C for 15 minutes to form a foam layer, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, The number of cells having a length of 100 μm or more in the thickness direction of the foam layer is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
本開示における接着剤組成物の第2実施態様は、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物であって、上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、支持体の一方の面に上記接着剤組成物を45μmの厚さで塗布し、上記接着剤組成物の塗膜を上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記塗膜を発泡硬化させて発泡体層を形成したとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。 II. Second Embodiment of Adhesive Composition A second embodiment of the adhesive composition in the present disclosure is an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, the curable adhesive comprising: The adhesive composition is a thermosetting adhesive, and the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule. When the coating film is foamed and cured by heating the film at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C for 15 minutes to form a foam layer, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, The number of cells having a length of 100 μm or more in the thickness direction of the foam layer is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
本実施態様の接着剤組成物においては、上述の物品の第2実施態様の項に記載したように、支持体の一方の面に接着剤組成物を所定厚さで塗布し、接着剤組成物の塗膜を所定温度で所定時間加熱することにより、塗膜を発泡硬化させて発泡体層を形成したとき、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向の所定長さ当たり所定の値以下であることにより、接着不良を抑制することができる。したがって、接着性を向上させることが可能である。
In the adhesive composition of this embodiment, as described in the section of the second embodiment of the above-mentioned article, the adhesive composition is applied to one surface of the support at a predetermined thickness, and the adhesive composition is When a foam layer is formed by foaming and curing the coating film by heating the coating film at a predetermined temperature for a predetermined time, the thickness of the foam layer is measured in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer. When the number of bubbles having a length of 100 μm or more is equal to or less than a predetermined value per predetermined length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer, poor adhesion can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to improve adhesiveness.
本実施態様の接着剤組成物の各成分については、上記の「A.物品」および「B.物品の製造方法」の項に記載した内容と同様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。
Each component of the adhesive composition of this embodiment is the same as described in the above sections "A. Article" and "B. Method for manufacturing article", so a description thereof will be omitted here.
本実施態様においては、支持体の一方の面に接着剤組成物を45μmの厚さで塗布し、接着剤組成物の塗膜を発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、塗膜を発泡硬化させて発泡体層を形成したとき、発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である。上記気泡の数は、3個以下であることが好ましく、2個以下であることがより好ましく、1個以下であることがさらに好ましく、0個であることが特に好ましい。
In this embodiment, the adhesive composition is applied to one side of the support to a thickness of 45 μm, and the coating film of the adhesive composition is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C. When a foam layer is formed by foaming and curing the coating film, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more in the cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer is Less than 7 pieces per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the body layer. The number of bubbles is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, even more preferably 1 or less, and particularly preferably 0.
支持体については、上記第1実施態様と同様とすることができる。
The support may be the same as in the first embodiment.
なお、本開示は、上記実施形態に限定されない。上記実施形態は、例示であり、本開示における特許請求の範囲に記載された技術的思想と実質的に同一な構成を有し、同様な作用効果を奏するものは、いかなるものであっても本開示における技術的範囲に包含される。
Note that the present disclosure is not limited to the above embodiments. The above-mentioned embodiments are illustrative, and any configuration that has substantially the same technical idea as the claims of the present disclosure and provides similar effects is the present invention. within the technical scope of the disclosure.
[実施例1~5および比較例1~2]
下記材料を用いて、下記表1に示す組成の第一接着剤組成物1~7、第二接着剤組成物1~7を調製した。 [Examples 1 to 5 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2]
Firstadhesive compositions 1 to 7 and second adhesive compositions 1 to 7 having the compositions shown in Table 1 below were prepared using the following materials.
下記材料を用いて、下記表1に示す組成の第一接着剤組成物1~7、第二接着剤組成物1~7を調製した。 [Examples 1 to 5 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2]
First
・アクリル樹脂:PMMA-PBuA-PMMA(一部にアクリルアミド基)、Tg:-20℃、120℃、Mw:150,000
・エポキシ樹脂A:ビスフェノールAノボラック型、常温固形、軟化温度:70℃、エポキシ当量:210g/eq、Mw:1300、150℃での溶融粘度:0.5Pa・s
・エポキシ樹脂B:BPAフェノキシ型、常温固形、軟化温度:110℃、エポキシ当量:8000g/eq、Mw:50,000
・エポキシ樹脂C:ビスフェノールA型、常温液状、エポキシ当量:184~194g/eq
・エポキシ樹脂D:ジアミノジフェニルメタン型、高粘調液体、エポキシ当量:110~130g/eq
・エポキシ樹脂E:シリコーン変性、エポキシ当量:1200g/mol
・硬化剤A:フェノール・ホルムアルデヒド重縮合物 軟化点80℃、水酸基当量104g/mol
・硬化剤B:α-(ヒドロキシ(又はジヒドロキシ)フェニルメチル)-ω-ヒドロポリ[ビフェニル-4,4’-ジイルメチレン(ヒドロキシ(又はジヒドロキシ)フェニレンメチレン)]
・硬化触媒:2-フェニル-4,5-ジヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール、平均粒子径:3μm、融点:230℃、反応開始温度145℃~155℃、活性領域155℃~173℃(四国化成工業社製、2PHZ-PW)
・シランカップリング剤:3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン ・Acrylic resin: PMMA-PBuA-PMMA (acrylamide group in part), Tg: -20°C, 120°C, Mw: 150,000
・Epoxy resin A: Bisphenol A novolac type, solid at room temperature, softening temperature: 70°C, epoxy equivalent: 210g/eq, Mw: 1300, melt viscosity at 150°C: 0.5Pa・s
・Epoxy resin B: BPA phenoxy type, solid at room temperature, softening temperature: 110°C, epoxy equivalent: 8000g/eq, Mw: 50,000
・Epoxy resin C: bisphenol A type, liquid at room temperature, epoxy equivalent: 184 to 194 g/eq
・Epoxy resin D: Diaminodiphenylmethane type, high viscosity liquid, epoxy equivalent: 110 to 130 g/eq
・Epoxy resin E: silicone modification, epoxy equivalent: 1200 g/mol
・Curing agent A: Phenol formaldehyde polycondensate, softening point 80°C, hydroxyl equivalent 104g/mol
・Curing agent B: α-(hydroxy (or dihydroxy) phenylmethyl)-ω-hydropoly[biphenyl-4,4'-diylmethylene (hydroxy (or dihydroxy) phenylene methylene)]
・Curing catalyst: 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, average particle size: 3 μm, melting point: 230°C, reaction initiation temperature 145°C to 155°C, active area 155°C to 173°C (manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., 2PHZ-PW)
・Silane coupling agent: 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane
・エポキシ樹脂A:ビスフェノールAノボラック型、常温固形、軟化温度:70℃、エポキシ当量:210g/eq、Mw:1300、150℃での溶融粘度:0.5Pa・s
・エポキシ樹脂B:BPAフェノキシ型、常温固形、軟化温度:110℃、エポキシ当量:8000g/eq、Mw:50,000
・エポキシ樹脂C:ビスフェノールA型、常温液状、エポキシ当量:184~194g/eq
・エポキシ樹脂D:ジアミノジフェニルメタン型、高粘調液体、エポキシ当量:110~130g/eq
・エポキシ樹脂E:シリコーン変性、エポキシ当量:1200g/mol
・硬化剤A:フェノール・ホルムアルデヒド重縮合物 軟化点80℃、水酸基当量104g/mol
・硬化剤B:α-(ヒドロキシ(又はジヒドロキシ)フェニルメチル)-ω-ヒドロポリ[ビフェニル-4,4’-ジイルメチレン(ヒドロキシ(又はジヒドロキシ)フェニレンメチレン)]
・硬化触媒:2-フェニル-4,5-ジヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール、平均粒子径:3μm、融点:230℃、反応開始温度145℃~155℃、活性領域155℃~173℃(四国化成工業社製、2PHZ-PW)
・シランカップリング剤:3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン ・Acrylic resin: PMMA-PBuA-PMMA (acrylamide group in part), Tg: -20°C, 120°C, Mw: 150,000
・Epoxy resin A: Bisphenol A novolac type, solid at room temperature, softening temperature: 70°C, epoxy equivalent: 210g/eq, Mw: 1300, melt viscosity at 150°C: 0.5Pa・s
・Epoxy resin B: BPA phenoxy type, solid at room temperature, softening temperature: 110°C, epoxy equivalent: 8000g/eq, Mw: 50,000
・Epoxy resin C: bisphenol A type, liquid at room temperature, epoxy equivalent: 184 to 194 g/eq
・Epoxy resin D: Diaminodiphenylmethane type, high viscosity liquid, epoxy equivalent: 110 to 130 g/eq
・Epoxy resin E: silicone modification, epoxy equivalent: 1200 g/mol
・Curing agent A: Phenol formaldehyde polycondensate, softening point 80°C, hydroxyl equivalent 104g/mol
・Curing agent B: α-(hydroxy (or dihydroxy) phenylmethyl)-ω-hydropoly[biphenyl-4,4'-diylmethylene (hydroxy (or dihydroxy) phenylene methylene)]
・Curing catalyst: 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, average particle size: 3 μm, melting point: 230°C, reaction initiation temperature 145°C to 155°C, active area 155°C to 173°C (manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., 2PHZ-PW)
・Silane coupling agent: 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane
・発泡剤A:熱膨張性マイクロカプセル、平均粒径10μm~16μm、膨張開始温度123℃~133℃、最大膨張温度168℃~178℃、コア:炭化水素、シェル:熱可塑性高分子
・発泡剤B:熱膨張性マイクロカプセル、平均粒径18μm~24μm、膨張開始温度120℃~130℃、最大膨張温度175℃~190℃、コア:炭化水素、シェル:熱可塑性高分子
・発泡剤C:熱膨張性マイクロカプセル、平均粒径18μm~24μm、膨張開始温度123℃~133℃、最大膨張温度180℃~195℃、コア:炭化水素、シェル:熱可塑性高分子
・溶剤:メチルエチルケトン ・Blowing agent A: thermally expandable microcapsules,average particle size 10 μm to 16 μm, expansion start temperature 123°C to 133°C, maximum expansion temperature 168°C to 178°C, core: hydrocarbon, shell: thermoplastic polymer, blowing agent B: Thermally expandable microcapsules, average particle size 18 μm to 24 μm, expansion start temperature 120°C to 130°C, maximum expansion temperature 175°C to 190°C, core: hydrocarbon, shell: thermoplastic polymer, blowing agent C: heat Expandable microcapsules, average particle size 18 μm to 24 μm, expansion start temperature 123°C to 133°C, maximum expansion temperature 180°C to 195°C, core: hydrocarbon, shell: thermoplastic polymer, solvent: methyl ethyl ketone
・発泡剤B:熱膨張性マイクロカプセル、平均粒径18μm~24μm、膨張開始温度120℃~130℃、最大膨張温度175℃~190℃、コア:炭化水素、シェル:熱可塑性高分子
・発泡剤C:熱膨張性マイクロカプセル、平均粒径18μm~24μm、膨張開始温度123℃~133℃、最大膨張温度180℃~195℃、コア:炭化水素、シェル:熱可塑性高分子
・溶剤:メチルエチルケトン ・Blowing agent A: thermally expandable microcapsules,
セパレータとして、離型フィルム(PETセパレータ、ニッパ社製、PET50×1-J2、厚さ50μm)を用い、離型フィルムの離型処理面に、第二接着剤組成物を、塗工乾燥後の厚さが45μmとなるようにアプリケーターを用いて塗布した。その後、オーブンにて100℃で3分間乾燥させて、第二接着層を形成した。
As a separator, a release film (PET separator, manufactured by Nipper Co., Ltd., PET 50 x 1-J2, thickness 50 μm) was used, and the second adhesive composition was applied to the release-treated surface of the release film after coating and drying. It was applied using an applicator so that the thickness was 45 μm. Thereafter, it was dried in an oven at 100° C. for 3 minutes to form a second adhesive layer.
基材として、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PENフィルム、東洋紡フィルムソリューション社製、テオネックスQ51、厚さ25μm)を用いた。第一接着剤組成物を、塗工乾燥後の厚さが45μmとなるようにアプリケーターを用いて塗布した。その後、オーブンにて100℃で3分間乾燥させて、第一接着層を形成した。
As a base material, polyethylene naphthalate (PEN film, manufactured by Toyobo Film Solutions Co., Ltd., Teonex Q51, thickness 25 μm) was used. The first adhesive composition was applied using an applicator so that the thickness after drying was 45 μm. Thereafter, it was dried in an oven at 100° C. for 3 minutes to form a first adhesive layer.
次に、基材および第一接着層を有する積層体の基材の面に、セパレータおよび第二接着層を有する積層体の第二接着層の面をラミネートした。これにより、第一接着層、基材、第二接着層、およびセパレータがこの順に配置された発泡性接着シートを得た。
Next, the surface of the second adhesive layer of the laminate having the separator and the second adhesive layer was laminated onto the surface of the base material of the laminate having the base material and the first adhesive layer. Thereby, a foamable adhesive sheet was obtained in which the first adhesive layer, the base material, the second adhesive layer, and the separator were arranged in this order.
[評価]
(1)接着性
図14(a)、(b)に示すように、厚さ1.6mm、幅25mm、長さ100mmの金属板41(冷間圧延鋼板SPCC-SD)を2枚用意した。そのうちの1枚の金属板41の一方の先端にスペーサ42を所定の間隔を設けて配置した。スペーサ42の厚さは、約370μm(日東電工社製のカプトンテープP-221を2枚と、寺岡製作所製のフッ素樹脂粘着テープ8410を1枚重ねた厚さ)とした。また、発泡性接着シートを12.5mm×25mmの大きさに切り出した。発泡性接着シートがセパレータを有する場合にはセパレータを剥がした状態とした。次に、スペーサ42の間に発泡性接着シート10を配置し、もう1枚の金属板41を一方の先端が重なるように配置し、クリップにて固定し、試験片を得た。その後、試験片を熱オーブンに入れ、室温から所定温度まで13分で昇温し、20分保持することで、発泡性接着シート10の第一接着層および第二接着層を発泡硬化させた。この際、加熱温度は、150℃、160℃、170℃、180℃、190℃、200℃とした。 [evaluation]
(1) Adhesion As shown in FIGS. 14(a) and 14(b), two metal plates 41 (cold rolled steel plate SPCC-SD) each having a thickness of 1.6 mm, a width of 25 mm, and a length of 100 mm were prepared.Spacers 42 were arranged at one end of one of the metal plates 41 at a predetermined interval. The thickness of the spacer 42 was approximately 370 μm (thickness obtained by stacking two sheets of Kapton tape P-221 manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation and one sheet of fluororesin adhesive tape 8410 manufactured by Teraoka Seisakusho). Further, the foam adhesive sheet was cut into a size of 12.5 mm x 25 mm. When the foamable adhesive sheet had a separator, the separator was removed. Next, the foam adhesive sheet 10 was placed between the spacers 42, and another metal plate 41 was placed so that one tip overlapped with the other metal plate 41, and was fixed with a clip to obtain a test piece. Thereafter, the test piece was placed in a thermal oven, and the temperature was raised from room temperature to a predetermined temperature in 13 minutes, and held for 20 minutes to foam and harden the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet 10. At this time, the heating temperatures were 150°C, 160°C, 170°C, 180°C, 190°C, and 200°C.
(1)接着性
図14(a)、(b)に示すように、厚さ1.6mm、幅25mm、長さ100mmの金属板41(冷間圧延鋼板SPCC-SD)を2枚用意した。そのうちの1枚の金属板41の一方の先端にスペーサ42を所定の間隔を設けて配置した。スペーサ42の厚さは、約370μm(日東電工社製のカプトンテープP-221を2枚と、寺岡製作所製のフッ素樹脂粘着テープ8410を1枚重ねた厚さ)とした。また、発泡性接着シートを12.5mm×25mmの大きさに切り出した。発泡性接着シートがセパレータを有する場合にはセパレータを剥がした状態とした。次に、スペーサ42の間に発泡性接着シート10を配置し、もう1枚の金属板41を一方の先端が重なるように配置し、クリップにて固定し、試験片を得た。その後、試験片を熱オーブンに入れ、室温から所定温度まで13分で昇温し、20分保持することで、発泡性接着シート10の第一接着層および第二接着層を発泡硬化させた。この際、加熱温度は、150℃、160℃、170℃、180℃、190℃、200℃とした。 [evaluation]
(1) Adhesion As shown in FIGS. 14(a) and 14(b), two metal plates 41 (cold rolled steel plate SPCC-SD) each having a thickness of 1.6 mm, a width of 25 mm, and a length of 100 mm were prepared.
加熱後の試験片を、JIS K6850に準拠し、引張試験機テンシロンRTF1350(エーアンドデイ社製)にて、せん断強度(接着強度)を測定した。測定条件は、引張速度10mm/min、温度23℃とした。表2および表3には、各加熱温度での接着強度のうち、接着強度が最も高かったときの、加熱温度および接着強度を示す。
The shear strength (adhesive strength) of the heated test piece was measured using a tensile tester Tensilon RTF1350 (manufactured by A&D Co., Ltd.) in accordance with JIS K6850. The measurement conditions were a tensile speed of 10 mm/min and a temperature of 23°C. Tables 2 and 3 show the heating temperature and adhesive strength when the adhesive strength was the highest among the adhesive strengths at each heating temperature.
(2)気泡の観察
ガラス基板上に、1mm程度はみ出すような形で、発泡性接着シートの第一接着層の面を貼り合わせて、試験片を作製した。試験片を熱オーブンに入れ、室温から所定温度まで13分で昇温し、15分保持することで、発泡性接着シート10の第一接着層および第二接着層を発泡硬化させて、第一硬化接着層、基材、および第二硬化接着層をこの順に有する接着シートを得た。この際、加熱温度は、上記接着強度の測定において、各加熱温度での接着強度のうち、接着強度が最も高かったときの加熱温度とした。 (2) Observation of air bubbles A test piece was prepared by bonding the surface of the first adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet onto a glass substrate so that it protruded by about 1 mm. The test piece is placed in a thermal oven, the temperature is raised from room temperature to a predetermined temperature in 13 minutes, and held for 15 minutes, thereby foaming and hardening the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer of the foamableadhesive sheet 10. An adhesive sheet having a cured adhesive layer, a base material, and a second cured adhesive layer in this order was obtained. At this time, the heating temperature was the heating temperature at which the adhesive strength was the highest among the adhesive strengths at each heating temperature in the above adhesive strength measurement.
ガラス基板上に、1mm程度はみ出すような形で、発泡性接着シートの第一接着層の面を貼り合わせて、試験片を作製した。試験片を熱オーブンに入れ、室温から所定温度まで13分で昇温し、15分保持することで、発泡性接着シート10の第一接着層および第二接着層を発泡硬化させて、第一硬化接着層、基材、および第二硬化接着層をこの順に有する接着シートを得た。この際、加熱温度は、上記接着強度の測定において、各加熱温度での接着強度のうち、接着強度が最も高かったときの加熱温度とした。 (2) Observation of air bubbles A test piece was prepared by bonding the surface of the first adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet onto a glass substrate so that it protruded by about 1 mm. The test piece is placed in a thermal oven, the temperature is raised from room temperature to a predetermined temperature in 13 minutes, and held for 15 minutes, thereby foaming and hardening the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer of the foamable
きれいに断面が観察できるように、ガラス基板端面からはみ出した接着シートの部分を、トリミング刃でガラス基板端部に沿ってカットした。カットした断面を垂直に観察できるよう固定し、光学顕微鏡(キーエンス社製、デジタル顕微鏡VHX-2000)にて、気泡を観察した。そして、各硬化接着層について、4mm角の視野において、長さが硬化接着層(発泡体層)の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数を数えた。気泡の数は、無作為に選んだ3箇所の気泡の数の平均値とした。
In order to clearly observe the cross section, the part of the adhesive sheet that protruded from the edge of the glass substrate was cut along the edge of the glass substrate with a trimming blade. The cut cross section was fixed so that it could be observed vertically, and bubbles were observed using an optical microscope (digital microscope VHX-2000, manufactured by Keyence Corporation). Then, for each cured adhesive layer, the number of bubbles whose length was equal to or greater than the thickness of the cured adhesive layer (foam layer) - 6 μm was counted in a 4 mm square field of view. The number of bubbles was the average value of the number of bubbles at three randomly selected locations.
実施例1~5では、発泡性接着シートの第一接着層および第二接着層をそれぞれ発泡硬化させて第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層としたとき、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層において、所定長さ当たりの所定の気泡の数が7個未満、特に3個以下であり、接着性が良好であった。これに対し、比較例1~3では、発泡性接着シートの第一接着層および第二接着層をそれぞれ発泡硬化させて第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層としたとき、第一硬化接着層および第二硬化接着層において、所定長さ当たりの所定の気泡の数が多く、接着性に劣っていた。
In Examples 1 to 5, when the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet were respectively foamed and cured to form the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer, the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer In the cured adhesive layer, the predetermined number of bubbles per predetermined length was less than 7, particularly 3 or less, and the adhesiveness was good. On the other hand, in Comparative Examples 1 to 3, when the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet were respectively foamed and cured to form the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer, the first cured adhesive In the layer and the second cured adhesive layer, the number of predetermined bubbles per predetermined length was large, and the adhesion was poor.
本開示においては、例えば、以下の発明が提供される。
[1]
第一部材と、第二部材と、上記第一部材および上記第二部材との間に配置された接着部材とを有する物品であって、
上記接着部材が、少なくとも硬化接着層を有し、
上記硬化接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、
上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、物品。
[2]
第一部材と、第二部材と、上記第一部材および上記第二部材との間に配置された接着部材とを有する物品であって、
上記接着部材が、少なくとも硬化接着層を有し、
上記硬化接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、
上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、物品。
[3]
上記接着部材が、第一硬化接着層と第二硬化接着層とを有し、
上記第一硬化接着層および上記第二硬化接着層の少なくとも一方が、上記発泡体層である、[1]または[2]に記載の物品。
[4]
上記第一硬化接着層および上記第二硬化接着層が、上記発泡体層である、[3]に記載の物品。
[5]
少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートを用いる物品の製造方法であって、
接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、
第一部材および第二部材の間に、上記発泡性接着シートを配置する配置工程と、
上記発泡性接着シートの上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層とし、上記第一部材および上記第二部材を接着する接着工程と、
を有し、上記接着工程における発泡硬化条件を、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満となるように設定する、物品の製造方法。
[6]
少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートを用いる物品の製造方法であって、
接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、
第一部材および上記第二部材の間に、上記発泡性接着シートを配置する配置工程と、
上記発泡性接着シートの上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層とし、上記第一部材および上記第二部材を接着する接着工程と、
を有し、上記接着工程における発泡硬化条件を、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満となるように設定する、物品の製造方法。
[7]
上記発泡性接着シートが、第一接着層と第二接着層とを有し、
上記第一接着層および上記第二接着層の少なくとも一方が、上記発泡剤含有接着層である、[5]または[6]に記載の物品の製造方法。
[8]
上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、
上記接着工程における加熱温度が、上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃以内である、[5]から[7]までのいずれかに記載の物品の製造方法。
[9]
少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートであって、
接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、
上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、
上記発泡性接着シートを上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層としたとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、発泡性接着シート。
[10]
少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートであって、
接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、
上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、
上記発泡性接着シートを上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層としたとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、発泡性接着シート。
[11]
第一接着層と第二接着層とを有し、
上記第一接着層および上記第二接着層の少なくとも一方が、上記発泡剤含有接着層である、[9]または[10]に記載の発泡性接着シート。
[12]
上記第一接着層および上記第二接着層が、上記発泡剤含有接着層である、[11]に記載の発泡性接着シート。
[13]
上記第一接着層のタックが、0gf以上、10gf未満であり、上記第二接着層のタックが、10gf以上、400gf以下である、[11]または[12]に記載の発泡性接着シート。
[14]
硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物であって、
上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、
支持体の一方の面に上記接着剤組成物を45μmの厚さで塗布し、上記接着剤組成物の塗膜を上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記塗膜を発泡硬化させて発泡体層を形成したとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、接着剤組成物。
[15]
硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物であって、
上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、
支持体の一方の面に上記接着剤組成物を45μmの厚さで塗布し、上記接着剤組成物の塗膜を上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記塗膜を発泡硬化させて発泡体層を形成したとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、接着剤組成物。 In the present disclosure, for example, the following inventions are provided.
[1]
An article having a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member,
The adhesive member has at least a cured adhesive layer,
The cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
In a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm is determined by the number of cells in the foam layer. An article having less than 7 pieces per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction.
[2]
An article having a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member,
The adhesive member has at least a cured adhesive layer,
The cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
In a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more is 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Articles having fewer than 7 pieces per length.
[3]
The adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer,
The article according to [1] or [2], wherein at least one of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer is the foam layer.
[4]
The article according to [3], wherein the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer are the foam layers.
[5]
A method for manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the method comprising:
The adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
a step of arranging the foamable adhesive sheet between the first member and the second member;
an adhesion step of foaming and curing the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet to form a foam layer, and adhering the first member and the second member;
The foam curing conditions in the bonding step are such that, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm. A method for manufacturing an article, wherein the number of bubbles is set to be less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
[6]
A method for manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the method comprising:
The adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
a step of arranging the foamable adhesive sheet between the first member and the second member;
an adhesion step of foaming and curing the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet to form a foam layer, and adhering the first member and the second member;
In the cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more is set to the foam curing conditions in the bonding step. A method for producing an article, wherein the number of pieces is set to be less than 7 per 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the body layer.
[7]
The foamable adhesive sheet has a first adhesive layer and a second adhesive layer,
The method for producing an article according to [5] or [6], wherein at least one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer is the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer.
[8]
The curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule,
The method for manufacturing an article according to any one of [5] to [7], wherein the heating temperature in the bonding step is within ±20° C. of the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent.
[9]
A foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer,
The adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
The curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule,
When the foamable adhesive sheet is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C to foam and cure the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer to form a foam layer, the thickness direction of the foam layer is In the cross section parallel to A foamable adhesive sheet having less than 7 pieces per 4 mm length.
[10]
A foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer,
The adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
The curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule,
When the foamable adhesive sheet is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C to foam and cure the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer to form a foam layer, the thickness direction of the foam layer is In a cross section parallel to , the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. , foam adhesive sheet.
[11]
having a first adhesive layer and a second adhesive layer,
The foamable adhesive sheet according to [9] or [10], wherein at least one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer is the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer.
[12]
The foamable adhesive sheet according to [11], wherein the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer are the foaming agent-containing adhesive layers.
[13]
The foamable adhesive sheet according to [11] or [12], wherein the first adhesive layer has a tack of 0 gf or more and less than 10 gf, and the second adhesive layer has a tack of 10 gf or more and 400 gf or less.
[14]
An adhesive composition comprising a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, the adhesive composition comprising:
The curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule,
The adhesive composition is applied to one side of the support to a thickness of 45 μm, and the coating film of the adhesive composition is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C. When a foam layer is formed by foaming and curing the membrane, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length of the foam layer in the thickness direction is equal to the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm. The adhesive composition has a number of bubbles equal to or greater than the value of less than 7 per 4 mm length in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
[15]
An adhesive composition comprising a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, the adhesive composition comprising:
The curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule,
The adhesive composition is applied to one side of the support to a thickness of 45 μm, and the coating film of the adhesive composition is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C. When a foam layer is formed by foaming and curing the film, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more is as follows. An adhesive composition having less than 7 pieces per 4 mm length in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
[1]
第一部材と、第二部材と、上記第一部材および上記第二部材との間に配置された接着部材とを有する物品であって、
上記接着部材が、少なくとも硬化接着層を有し、
上記硬化接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、
上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、物品。
[2]
第一部材と、第二部材と、上記第一部材および上記第二部材との間に配置された接着部材とを有する物品であって、
上記接着部材が、少なくとも硬化接着層を有し、
上記硬化接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、
上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、物品。
[3]
上記接着部材が、第一硬化接着層と第二硬化接着層とを有し、
上記第一硬化接着層および上記第二硬化接着層の少なくとも一方が、上記発泡体層である、[1]または[2]に記載の物品。
[4]
上記第一硬化接着層および上記第二硬化接着層が、上記発泡体層である、[3]に記載の物品。
[5]
少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートを用いる物品の製造方法であって、
接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、
第一部材および第二部材の間に、上記発泡性接着シートを配置する配置工程と、
上記発泡性接着シートの上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層とし、上記第一部材および上記第二部材を接着する接着工程と、
を有し、上記接着工程における発泡硬化条件を、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満となるように設定する、物品の製造方法。
[6]
少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートを用いる物品の製造方法であって、
接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、
第一部材および上記第二部材の間に、上記発泡性接着シートを配置する配置工程と、
上記発泡性接着シートの上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層とし、上記第一部材および上記第二部材を接着する接着工程と、
を有し、上記接着工程における発泡硬化条件を、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満となるように設定する、物品の製造方法。
[7]
上記発泡性接着シートが、第一接着層と第二接着層とを有し、
上記第一接着層および上記第二接着層の少なくとも一方が、上記発泡剤含有接着層である、[5]または[6]に記載の物品の製造方法。
[8]
上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、
上記接着工程における加熱温度が、上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃以内である、[5]から[7]までのいずれかに記載の物品の製造方法。
[9]
少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートであって、
接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、
上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、
上記発泡性接着シートを上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層としたとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、発泡性接着シート。
[10]
少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートであって、
接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、
上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、
上記発泡性接着シートを上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層としたとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、発泡性接着シート。
[11]
第一接着層と第二接着層とを有し、
上記第一接着層および上記第二接着層の少なくとも一方が、上記発泡剤含有接着層である、[9]または[10]に記載の発泡性接着シート。
[12]
上記第一接着層および上記第二接着層が、上記発泡剤含有接着層である、[11]に記載の発泡性接着シート。
[13]
上記第一接着層のタックが、0gf以上、10gf未満であり、上記第二接着層のタックが、10gf以上、400gf以下である、[11]または[12]に記載の発泡性接着シート。
[14]
硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物であって、
上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、
支持体の一方の面に上記接着剤組成物を45μmの厚さで塗布し、上記接着剤組成物の塗膜を上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記塗膜を発泡硬化させて発泡体層を形成したとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが上記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、接着剤組成物。
[15]
硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物であって、
上記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、上記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、
支持体の一方の面に上記接着剤組成物を45μmの厚さで塗布し、上記接着剤組成物の塗膜を上記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、上記塗膜を発泡硬化させて発泡体層を形成したとき、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、上記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、接着剤組成物。 In the present disclosure, for example, the following inventions are provided.
[1]
An article having a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member,
The adhesive member has at least a cured adhesive layer,
The cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
In a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm is determined by the number of cells in the foam layer. An article having less than 7 pieces per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction.
[2]
An article having a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member,
The adhesive member has at least a cured adhesive layer,
The cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
In a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more is 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Articles having fewer than 7 pieces per length.
[3]
The adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer,
The article according to [1] or [2], wherein at least one of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer is the foam layer.
[4]
The article according to [3], wherein the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer are the foam layers.
[5]
A method for manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the method comprising:
The adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
a step of arranging the foamable adhesive sheet between the first member and the second member;
an adhesion step of foaming and curing the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet to form a foam layer, and adhering the first member and the second member;
The foam curing conditions in the bonding step are such that, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm. A method for manufacturing an article, wherein the number of bubbles is set to be less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
[6]
A method for manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the method comprising:
The adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
a step of arranging the foamable adhesive sheet between the first member and the second member;
an adhesion step of foaming and curing the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet to form a foam layer, and adhering the first member and the second member;
In the cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more is set to the foam curing conditions in the bonding step. A method for producing an article, wherein the number of pieces is set to be less than 7 per 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the body layer.
[7]
The foamable adhesive sheet has a first adhesive layer and a second adhesive layer,
The method for producing an article according to [5] or [6], wherein at least one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer is the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer.
[8]
The curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule,
The method for manufacturing an article according to any one of [5] to [7], wherein the heating temperature in the bonding step is within ±20° C. of the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent.
[9]
A foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer,
The adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
The curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule,
When the foamable adhesive sheet is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C to foam and cure the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer to form a foam layer, the thickness direction of the foam layer is In the cross section parallel to A foamable adhesive sheet having less than 7 pieces per 4 mm length.
[10]
A foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer,
The adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
The curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule,
When the foamable adhesive sheet is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C to foam and cure the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer to form a foam layer, the thickness direction of the foam layer is In a cross section parallel to , the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. , foam adhesive sheet.
[11]
having a first adhesive layer and a second adhesive layer,
The foamable adhesive sheet according to [9] or [10], wherein at least one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer is the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer.
[12]
The foamable adhesive sheet according to [11], wherein the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer are the foaming agent-containing adhesive layers.
[13]
The foamable adhesive sheet according to [11] or [12], wherein the first adhesive layer has a tack of 0 gf or more and less than 10 gf, and the second adhesive layer has a tack of 10 gf or more and 400 gf or less.
[14]
An adhesive composition comprising a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, the adhesive composition comprising:
The curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule,
The adhesive composition is applied to one side of the support to a thickness of 45 μm, and the coating film of the adhesive composition is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C. When a foam layer is formed by foaming and curing the membrane, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length of the foam layer in the thickness direction is equal to the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm. The adhesive composition has a number of bubbles equal to or greater than the value of less than 7 per 4 mm length in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
[15]
An adhesive composition comprising a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, the adhesive composition comprising:
The curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule,
The adhesive composition is applied to one side of the support to a thickness of 45 μm, and the coating film of the adhesive composition is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C. When a foam layer is formed by foaming and curing the film, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more is as follows. An adhesive composition having less than 7 pieces per 4 mm length in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
1 … 接着層
1a … 第一接着層
1b … 第二接着層
5、5a、5b、15、15a、15b … 発泡体層
11 … 硬化接着層
11a … 第一硬化接着層
11b … 第二硬化接着層
12 … 基材
13a … 第一中間層
13b … 第二中間層
10 … 発泡性接着シート
20a … 第一部材
20b … 第二部材
30 … 接着部材
100 … 物品 1...Adhesive layer 1a... First adhesive layer 1b... Second adhesive layer 5, 5a, 5b, 15, 15a, 15b... Foam layer 11... Cured adhesive layer 11a... First cured adhesive layer 11b... Second cured adhesive layer 12... Base material 13a... First intermediate layer 13b... Second intermediate layer 10... Foamable adhesive sheet 20a... First member 20b... Second member 30... Adhesive member 100... Article
1a … 第一接着層
1b … 第二接着層
5、5a、5b、15、15a、15b … 発泡体層
11 … 硬化接着層
11a … 第一硬化接着層
11b … 第二硬化接着層
12 … 基材
13a … 第一中間層
13b … 第二中間層
10 … 発泡性接着シート
20a … 第一部材
20b … 第二部材
30 … 接着部材
100 … 物品 1...
Claims (15)
- 第一部材と、第二部材と、前記第一部材および前記第二部材との間に配置された接着部材とを有する物品であって、
前記接着部材が、少なくとも硬化接着層を有し、
前記硬化接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、
前記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが前記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、物品。 An article having a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member,
the adhesive member has at least a cured adhesive layer,
The cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
In a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm is determined by the number of cells in the foam layer. An article having less than 7 pieces per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction. - 第一部材と、第二部材と、前記第一部材および前記第二部材との間に配置された接着部材とを有する物品であって、
前記接着部材が、少なくとも硬化接着層を有し、
前記硬化接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物の発泡硬化物を含有する発泡体層であり、
前記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、物品。 An article having a first member, a second member, and an adhesive member disposed between the first member and the second member,
the adhesive member has at least a cured adhesive layer,
The cured adhesive layer is a foam layer containing a foamed cured product of an adhesive composition containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
In a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more is 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. Articles having fewer than 7 pieces per length. - 前記接着部材が、第一硬化接着層と第二硬化接着層とを有し、
前記第一硬化接着層および前記第二硬化接着層の少なくとも一方が、前記発泡体層である、請求項1または請求項2に記載の物品。 The adhesive member has a first cured adhesive layer and a second cured adhesive layer,
3. The article of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein at least one of the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer is the foam layer. - 前記第一硬化接着層および前記第二硬化接着層が、前記発泡体層である、請求項3に記載の物品。 4. The article of claim 3, wherein the first cured adhesive layer and the second cured adhesive layer are the foam layers.
- 少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートを用いる物品の製造方法であって、
接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、
第一部材および第二部材の間に、前記発泡性接着シートを配置する配置工程と、
前記発泡性接着シートの前記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層とし、前記第一部材および前記第二部材を接着する接着工程と、
を有し、前記接着工程における発泡硬化条件を、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが前記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満となるように設定する、物品の製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the method comprising:
The adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
a step of arranging the foamable adhesive sheet between a first member and a second member;
an adhesion step of foaming and curing the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet to form a foam layer, and adhering the first member and the second member;
The foam curing conditions in the bonding step are such that, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm. A method for manufacturing an article, wherein the number of bubbles is set to be less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. - 少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートを用いる物品の製造方法であって、
接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、
第一部材および前記第二部材の間に、前記発泡性接着シートを配置する配置工程と、
前記発泡性接着シートの前記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層とし、前記第一部材および前記第二部材を接着する接着工程と、
を有し、前記接着工程における発泡硬化条件を、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満となるように設定する、物品の製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an article using a foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer, the method comprising:
The adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
arranging the foam adhesive sheet between the first member and the second member;
an adhesion step of foaming and curing the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer of the foamable adhesive sheet to form a foam layer, and adhering the first member and the second member;
and the foam curing conditions in the bonding step are such that the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer is A method for producing an article, wherein the number of pieces is set to be less than 7 per 4 mm in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the body layer. - 前記発泡性接着シートが、第一接着層と第二接着層とを有し、
前記第一接着層および前記第二接着層の少なくとも一方が、前記発泡剤含有接着層である、請求項5または請求項6に記載の物品の製造方法。 The foamable adhesive sheet has a first adhesive layer and a second adhesive layer,
The method for manufacturing an article according to claim 5 or 6, wherein at least one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer is the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer. - 前記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、前記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、
前記接着工程における加熱温度が、前記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃以内である、請求項5または請求項6に記載の物品の製造方法。 The curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule,
The method for manufacturing an article according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the heating temperature in the bonding step is within ±20° C. of the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent. - 少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートであって、
接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、
前記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、前記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、
前記発泡性接着シートを前記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、前記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層としたとき、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが前記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、発泡性接着シート。 A foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer,
The adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
The curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule,
When the foamable adhesive sheet is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C to foam and harden the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer to form a foam layer, the thickness direction of the foam layer is In a cross section parallel to , the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is equal to or greater than the value of the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm is in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. A foamable adhesive sheet having less than 7 pieces per 4 mm length. - 少なくとも接着層を有する発泡性接着シートであって、
接着層が、硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する発泡剤含有接着層であり、
前記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、前記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、
前記発泡性接着シートを前記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、前記発泡剤含有接着層を発泡硬化させて発泡体層としたとき、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、発泡性接着シート。 A foamable adhesive sheet having at least an adhesive layer,
The adhesive layer is a foaming agent-containing adhesive layer containing a curable adhesive and a foaming agent,
The curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule,
When the foamable adhesive sheet is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C to foam and harden the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer to form a foam layer, the thickness direction of the foam layer is In a cross section parallel to , the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more is less than 7 per 4 mm length in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. , foam adhesive sheet. - 第一接着層と第二接着層とを有し、
前記第一接着層および前記第二接着層の少なくとも一方が、前記発泡剤含有接着層である、請求項9または請求項10に記載の発泡性接着シート。 having a first adhesive layer and a second adhesive layer,
The foamable adhesive sheet according to claim 9 or 10, wherein at least one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer is the foaming agent-containing adhesive layer. - 前記第一接着層および前記第二接着層が、前記発泡剤含有接着層である、請求項11に記載の発泡性接着シート。 The foamable adhesive sheet according to claim 11, wherein the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer are the foaming agent-containing adhesive layers.
- 前記第一接着層のタックが、0gf以上、10gf未満であり、前記第二接着層のタックが、10gf以上、400gf以下である、請求項11に記載の発泡性接着シート。 The foamable adhesive sheet according to claim 11, wherein the first adhesive layer has a tack of 0 gf or more and less than 10 gf, and the second adhesive layer has a tack of 10 gf or more and 400 gf or less.
- 硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物であって、
前記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、前記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、
支持体の一方の面に前記接着剤組成物を45μmの厚さで塗布し、前記接着剤組成物の塗膜を前記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、前記塗膜を発泡硬化させて発泡体層を形成したとき、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが前記発泡体層の厚さ-6μmの値以上である気泡の数が、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、接着剤組成物。 An adhesive composition comprising a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, the adhesive composition comprising:
The curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule,
The adhesive composition is applied to one side of the support to a thickness of 45 μm, and the coating film of the adhesive composition is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C. When a foam layer is formed by foaming and curing the membrane, in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer, the length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is the thickness of the foam layer - 6 μm. The adhesive composition has a number of bubbles equal to or greater than the value of less than 7 per 4 mm length in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer. - 硬化性の接着剤および発泡剤を含有する接着剤組成物であって、
前記硬化性の接着剤が、熱硬化性の接着剤であり、前記発泡剤が、熱膨張性マイクロカプセルであり、
支持体の一方の面に前記接着剤組成物を45μmの厚さで塗布し、前記接着剤組成物の塗膜を前記発泡剤の最大発泡温度±20℃で15分間加熱することにより、前記塗膜を発泡硬化させて発泡体層を形成したとき、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向に平行な断面において、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向の長さが100μm以上である気泡の数が、前記発泡体層の厚さ方向に垂直な方向に4mmの長さ当たり7個未満である、接着剤組成物。 An adhesive composition comprising a curable adhesive and a foaming agent, the adhesive composition comprising:
The curable adhesive is a thermosetting adhesive, the foaming agent is a thermally expandable microcapsule,
The adhesive composition is applied to one side of the support to a thickness of 45 μm, and the coating film of the adhesive composition is heated for 15 minutes at the maximum foaming temperature of the foaming agent ±20°C. When a foam layer is formed by foaming and curing the membrane, the number of cells whose length in the thickness direction of the foam layer is 100 μm or more in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the foam layer is An adhesive composition having less than 7 pieces per 4 mm length in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the foam layer.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2022043569A JP2023137382A (en) | 2022-03-18 | 2022-03-18 | Article, article production method, expandable adhesive sheet and adhesive composition |
JP2022-043569 | 2022-03-18 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2023176134A1 true WO2023176134A1 (en) | 2023-09-21 |
Family
ID=88023272
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2023/001532 WO2023176134A1 (en) | 2022-03-18 | 2023-01-19 | Article, method for producing article, foamable adhesive sheet, and adhesive composition |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP2023137382A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2023176134A1 (en) |
Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2010064378A1 (en) * | 2008-12-03 | 2010-06-10 | 日東電工株式会社 | Double-faced pressure-sensitive adhesive tape for affixing decorative panel |
JP2013104044A (en) * | 2011-11-16 | 2013-05-30 | Three M Innovative Properties Co | Thermally expandable adhesive sheet and manufacturing method thereof |
WO2016047611A1 (en) * | 2014-09-24 | 2016-03-31 | 日東電工株式会社 | Foam sheet |
WO2019155896A1 (en) * | 2018-02-09 | 2019-08-15 | Dic株式会社 | Adhesive tape, article, and method for producing article |
WO2020067270A1 (en) * | 2018-09-26 | 2020-04-02 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Adhesive composition and foamable adhesive sheet |
WO2021193848A1 (en) * | 2020-03-25 | 2021-09-30 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Expandable adhesive sheet and method for producing article |
-
2022
- 2022-03-18 JP JP2022043569A patent/JP2023137382A/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2023
- 2023-01-19 WO PCT/JP2023/001532 patent/WO2023176134A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2010064378A1 (en) * | 2008-12-03 | 2010-06-10 | 日東電工株式会社 | Double-faced pressure-sensitive adhesive tape for affixing decorative panel |
JP2013104044A (en) * | 2011-11-16 | 2013-05-30 | Three M Innovative Properties Co | Thermally expandable adhesive sheet and manufacturing method thereof |
WO2016047611A1 (en) * | 2014-09-24 | 2016-03-31 | 日東電工株式会社 | Foam sheet |
WO2019155896A1 (en) * | 2018-02-09 | 2019-08-15 | Dic株式会社 | Adhesive tape, article, and method for producing article |
WO2020067270A1 (en) * | 2018-09-26 | 2020-04-02 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Adhesive composition and foamable adhesive sheet |
WO2021193848A1 (en) * | 2020-03-25 | 2021-09-30 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Expandable adhesive sheet and method for producing article |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP2023137382A (en) | 2023-09-29 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP7414164B2 (en) | Method for manufacturing foam adhesive sheets and articles | |
KR101771884B1 (en) | Adhesive sheet | |
WO2020067270A1 (en) | Adhesive composition and foamable adhesive sheet | |
JP7294023B2 (en) | Adhesive composition and foamable adhesive sheet | |
JP2022113240A (en) | Expandable adhesive sheet and stator for dynamo-electric machine | |
WO2021193850A1 (en) | Foaming adhesive sheet and method for producing article | |
JP7396335B2 (en) | Method for manufacturing foam adhesive sheets and articles | |
WO2023176134A1 (en) | Article, method for producing article, foamable adhesive sheet, and adhesive composition | |
JP7556489B1 (en) | Adhesive sheet, method for manufacturing an adhesive sheet, and method for manufacturing an article | |
WO2024219465A1 (en) | Adhesive sheet, method for producing adhesive sheet, and method for producing article | |
CN116724098A (en) | Heat-expandable adhesive composition and heat-expandable adhesive sheet | |
WO2023145504A1 (en) | Foaming adhesive sheet and article manufacturing method | |
WO2024063029A1 (en) | Foam adhesive sheet, and method for manufacturing structure | |
JP7204971B1 (en) | Expandable adhesive sheet and method for producing article | |
JP2023127119A (en) | Foamable adhesive sheet and manufacturing method of article | |
JP7280986B1 (en) | Article manufacturing method, adhesive composition and foamable adhesive sheet | |
WO2023167239A1 (en) | Foaming adhesive sheet and production method for article | |
JP2024080433A (en) | Foamable adhesive sheet and method for producing article | |
JP2024098844A (en) | Foamable adhesive sheet and method for manufacturing article | |
WO2023132356A1 (en) | Foaming adhesive sheet and article | |
JP2024110102A (en) | Foamable adhesive sheet, method for producing foamable adhesive sheet, method for producing article, and method for inspecting quality of foamable adhesive sheet | |
JP2022057769A (en) | Adhesive composition, expandable adhesive sheet, and article manufacturing method |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23770097 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |